c Series Manual | Voltage | Signal (Electrical Engineering)

© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH

imc C-series
Dezember, 2007 Version 1.0Rev 4
imc Meßsysteme GmbH, Voltastrasse 5, 13355 Berlin
User's manual
imc C-series 2
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
Table of Contents
imc C-Series
................................................................................................................................... 8 1.1 imc Customer Suport - Hotline
................................................................................................................................... 9 1.2 Guide to Using the Manual
................................................................................................................................... 10 1.3 Guidelines
......................................................................................................................................................... 10 1.3.1 CE Certification
......................................................................................................................................................... 11 1.3.2 Guarantee of Year 2000 conformity
......................................................................................................................................................... 11 1.3.3 Quality Management
......................................................................................................................................................... 11 1.3.4 imc Gaurantee
......................................................................................................................................................... 12 1.3.5 ElektroG, RoHS, WEEE
......................................................................................................................................................... 12 1.3.6 Product improvement
................................................................................................................................... 13 1.4 Important notes
......................................................................................................................................................... 13 1.4.1 Remarks Concerning EMC
......................................................................................................................................................... 13 1.4.2 FCC-Note
......................................................................................................................................................... 13 1.4.3 Modifications
......................................................................................................................................................... 14 1.4.4 Cables
......................................................................................................................................................... 14 1.4.5 Other Provisions
General Notes
................................................................................................................................... 15 2.1 After unpacking ...
................................................................................................................................... 15 2.2 Transporting the device
................................................................................................................................... 15 2.3 Guarantee
................................................................................................................................... 15 2.4 Before starting
................................................................................................................................... 16 2.5 Grounding, shielding
................................................................................................................................... 16 2.6 Power supply
......................................................................................................................................................... 17 2.6.1 Main switch
......................................................................................................................................................... 17 2.6.2 Remote control of the main switch
................................................................................................................................... 18 2.7 UPS
......................................................................................................................................................... 18 2.7.1 Concept
......................................................................................................................................................... 18 2.7.2 Buffering time constant and maximum buffer duration
......................................................................................................................................................... 19 2.7.3 Charging time
......................................................................................................................................................... 19 2.7.4 Take-over threshold
................................................................................................................................... 19 2.8 Rechargeable batteries
................................................................................................................................... 19 2.9 Fuses
................................................................................................................................... 20 2.10 Precautions for operation
................................................................................................................................... 20 2.11 Storage
................................................................................................................................... 20 2.12 Modularity
................................................................................................................................... 21 2.13 Notes on maintenance and servicing
................................................................................................................................... 21 2.14 Watchdog
................................................................................................................................... 21 2.15 Cleaning
................................................................................................................................... 21 2.16 Industrial Safety
................................................................................................................................... 22 2.17 Sampling interval
3
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
................................................................................................................................... 22 2.18 Synchronicity
Properties of the imc C-Series
................................................................................................................................... 23 3.1 General
......................................................................................................................................................... 23 3.1.1 Universal measurement device for development, testing and service
......................................................................................................................................................... 24 3.1.2 Different housings for different applications
......................................................................................................................................................... 24 3.1.3 Real-time capabilities
......................................................................................................................................................... 24 3.1.4 More than just a universal measurement amplifier
......................................................................................................................................................... 24 3.1.5 Noise and vibration analysis
......................................................................................................................................................... 24 3.1.6 Universal power measurement
......................................................................................................................................................... 25 3.1.7 Measuring with strain gauges - Structure Analysis
......................................................................................................................................................... 25 3.1.8 The C-Series in test rigs
......................................................................................................................................................... 25 3.1.9 imc operating software - imcDevices
................................................................................................................................... 25 3.2 What the C-Series has to offer
......................................................................................................................................................... 25 3.2.1 Autonomous or PC-aided
......................................................................................................................................................... 26 3.2.2 Ethernet network capability
......................................................................................................................................................... 26 3.2.3 Real-time calculation, open- and closed-loop control
......................................................................................................................................................... 26 3.2.4 No data loss from power outages
......................................................................................................................................................... 26 3.2.5 Reading measurement data from filed busses
......................................................................................................................................................... 27 3.2.6 Wireless long-term monitoring and remote maintenance via modem and Internet
......................................................................................................................................................... 28 3.2.7 Global Positioning System (GPS)
......................................................................................................................................................... 28 3.2.8 Modem connection
......................................................................................................................................................... 28 3.2.9 TRIGGER
......................................................................................................................................................... 29 3.2.10 TEDS
.................................................................................................................................................. 29 3.2.10.1 imc Plug & Measure - complex measurements as child’s play
.................................................................................................................................................. 29 3.2.10.2 Particular advantages and applications
.................................................................................................................................................. 29 3.2.10.3 Sensor administration by database
......................................................................................................................................................... 30 3.2.11 Temperature measurement
.................................................................................................................................................. 31 3.2.11.1 Thermocouples as per DIN and IEC
.................................................................................................................................................. 31 3.2.11.2 PT100 (RTD) - Measurement
Device Description
................................................................................................................................... 32 4.1 Hardware configuration of all devices
......................................................................................................................................................... 33 4.1.1 DIOENC
.................................................................................................................................................. 33 4.1.1.1 Digital inputs and outputs
........................................................................................................................................... 33 4.1.1.1.1 Digital Inputs
...................................................................................................................................... 33 4.1.1.1.1.1 Input voltage
...................................................................................................................................... 34 4.1.1.1.1.2 Sampling interval and brief signal levels
........................................................................................................................................... 34 4.1.1.1.2 Digital outputs
...................................................................................................................................... 35 4.1.1.1.2.1 Block schematic
...................................................................................................................................... 36 4.1.1.1.2.2 Possible configurations
.................................................................................................................................................. 36 4.1.1.2 Analog outputs
.................................................................................................................................................. 37 4.1.1.3 Incremental encoder channels
........................................................................................................................................... 37 4.1.1.3.1 Measurement quantities
........................................................................................................................................... 37 4.1.1.3.2 Time measurement conditions
........................................................................................................................................... 38 4.1.1.3.3 Scaling
........................................................................................................................................... 38 4.1.1.3.4 Sensor types, synchronization
........................................................................................................................................... 39 4.1.1.3.5 Comparator conditioning
........................................................................................................................................... 40 4.1.1.3.6 Structure
........................................................................................................................................... 40 4.1.1.3.7 Channel assignment
........................................................................................................................................... 41 4.1.1.3.8 Incremental encoder track configuration options
........................................................................................................................................... 41 4.1.1.3.9 Block schematic
imc C-series 4
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
........................................................................................................................................... 42 4.1.1.3.10 Connection
...................................................................................................................................... 42 4.1.1.3.10.1 Connection: Open-Collector Sensor
...................................................................................................................................... 42 4.1.1.3.10.2 Connection: Sensors with RS422 differential line drivers
...................................................................................................................................... 43 4.1.1.3.10.3 Connection: Sensors with current signals
......................................................................................................................................................... 44 4.1.2 Miscellaneous
.................................................................................................................................................. 44 4.1.2.1 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-Expansion plug for voltage channels
........................................................................................................................................... 44 4.1.2.1.1 ICP-Sensors
........................................................................................................................................... 44 4.1.2.1.2 Feed current
........................................................................................................................................... 44 4.1.2.1.3 ICP-Expansion plug
........................................................................................................................................... 45 4.1.2.1.4 Configuration
...................................................................................................................................... 47 4.1.2.1.4.1 Circuit schematic: ICP-plugs
.................................................................................................................................................. 48 4.1.2.2 ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC, ACC/DSUB-ICP2-MICRODOT
.................................................................................................................................................. 48 4.1.2.3 SEN-SUPPLY Sensor supply
.................................................................................................................................................. 49 4.1.2.4 imc Display
.................................................................................................................................................. 51 4.1.2.5 GPS
.................................................................................................................................................. 52 4.1.2.6 LEDs and Beeper
.................................................................................................................................................. 52 4.1.2.7 Modem connection
.................................................................................................................................................. 52 4.1.2.8 SYNC
.................................................................................................................................................. 53 4.1.2.9 Filter-Einstellungen
........................................................................................................................................... 53 4.1.2.9.1 Theoretischer Hintergrund
........................................................................................................................................... 53 4.1.2.9.2 Allgemeines Filter-Konzept
........................................................................................................................................... 53 4.1.2.9.3 Implementierten Filter
.................................................................................................................................................. 55 4.1.2.10 DSUB-Q2 charging amplifier
................................................................................................................................... 56 4.2 CS-1016, CL-1032
......................................................................................................................................................... 56 4.2.1 Universal measurement device
......................................................................................................................................................... 56 4.2.2 Hardware configuration
......................................................................................................................................................... 56 4.2.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
.................................................................................................................................................. 57 4.2.3.1 Voltage measurement
.................................................................................................................................................. 57 4.2.3.2 Current measurement
......................................................................................................................................................... 57 4.2.4 Current-fed sensors
.................................................................................................................................................. 57 4.2.4.1 External +5V supply voltage
.................................................................................................................................................. 57 4.2.4.2 Connection
................................................................................................................................... 58 4.3 CS-1208, CL-1224
......................................................................................................................................................... 58 4.3.1 All-purpose laboratory and test rig devices
......................................................................................................................................................... 58 4.3.2 Hardware configuration
......................................................................................................................................................... 58 4.3.3 Conditioning and signal connection
.................................................................................................................................................. 58 4.3.3.1 Voltage measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 59 4.3.3.1.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference
........................................................................................................................................... 59 4.3.3.1.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference
........................................................................................................................................... 60 4.3.3.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at other, fixed potential
........................................................................................................................................... 60 4.3.3.1.4 Voltage measurement: With taring
.................................................................................................................................................. 60 4.3.3.2 Current measurement
.................................................................................................................................................. 61 4.3.3.3 External voltage supply for ICP-Extension plug
.................................................................................................................................................. 61 4.3.3.4 Bandwidth
.................................................................................................................................................. 61 4.3.3.5 Connection
................................................................................................................................... 62 4.4 CL-2108
......................................................................................................................................................... 62 4.4.1 Power measurement devices
......................................................................................................................................................... 62 4.4.2 Hardware equipment
......................................................................................................................................................... 62 4.4.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
.................................................................................................................................................. 62 4.4.3.1 High-voltage channels
........................................................................................................................................... 62 4.4.3.1.1 Voltage measurement
.................................................................................................................................................. 63 4.4.3.2 Current probe channels of the CL-2108
........................................................................................................................................... 63 4.4.3.2.1 Voltage measurement_CL-2108_CP
5
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
.................................................................................................................................................. 63 4.4.3.3 Connection
........................................................................................................................................... 63 4.4.3.3.1 Voltages
........................................................................................................................................... 64 4.4.3.3.2 Currents
.................................................................................................................................................. 64 4.4.3.4 Using transducers
.................................................................................................................................................. 65 4.4.3.5 Rogowski coil
.................................................................................................................................................. 65 4.4.3.6 Pin configuration and cable wiring
........................................................................................................................................... 65 4.4.3.6.1 Notes on the measurement setup
................................................................................................................................... 66 4.5 CS-3008, CL-3024
......................................................................................................................................................... 66 4.5.1 Compact measurement device for current feed sensores
......................................................................................................................................................... 66 4.5.2 Hardware configuration
......................................................................................................................................................... 66 4.5.3 Signal conditioning
......................................................................................................................................................... 66 4.5.4 Input coupling
......................................................................................................................................................... 67 4.5.5 Voltage measurement
.................................................................................................................................................. 67 4.5.5.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference
.................................................................................................................................................. 67 4.5.5.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference
......................................................................................................................................................... 67 4.5.6 Bandwidth
................................................................................................................................... 68 4.6 CS-4108, CL-4124
......................................................................................................................................................... 68 4.6.1 Compact measurement device with isolated inputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 68 4.6.2 Hardware configuration
......................................................................................................................................................... 68 4.6.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
.................................................................................................................................................. 68 4.6.3.1 Voltage measurement
.................................................................................................................................................. 69 4.6.3.2 Current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 69 4.6.3.2.1 Input stage block schematic
.................................................................................................................................................. 69 4.6.3.3 External +5V supply voltage (non-isolated)
.................................................................................................................................................. 69 4.6.3.4 Temperature-channels
.................................................................................................................................................. 69 4.6.3.5 Connection
................................................................................................................................... 70 4.7 CS-5008, CL-5016, CX-5032
......................................................................................................................................................... 70 4.7.1 Bridge measurement device for multi-channel measurements
......................................................................................................................................................... 70 4.7.2 Hardware configuration
......................................................................................................................................................... 70 4.7.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
.................................................................................................................................................. 70 4.7.3.1 Voltage measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 71 4.7.3.1.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference
........................................................................................................................................... 72 4.7.3.1.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference
........................................................................................................................................... 73 4.7.3.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential
........................................................................................................................................... 73 4.7.3.1.4 Voltage measurement: With zero-adjusting (tare)
.................................................................................................................................................. 74 4.7.3.2 Current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 74 4.7.3.2.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 75 4.7.3.2.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 76 4.7.3.2.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply
.................................................................................................................................................. 77 4.7.3.3 Bridge measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 78 4.7.3.3.1 Case 1: Full bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 79 4.7.3.3.2 Case 2: Half bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 79 4.7.3.3.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 81 4.7.3.3.4 Balancing and shunt calibration
......................................................................................................................................................... 81 4.7.4 Sensor supply module
......................................................................................................................................................... 81 4.7.5 Bandwidth
......................................................................................................................................................... 81 4.7.6 Connection
................................................................................................................................... 82 4.8 CS-6004, CL-6012
......................................................................................................................................................... 82 4.8.1 High-end bridge measurement device for DC and CF modes
......................................................................................................................................................... 82 4.8.2 Hardware configration
......................................................................................................................................................... 82 4.8.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
.................................................................................................................................................. 83 4.8.3.1 Block schematic of bridge channels CS-6004, CL-6012:
........................................................................................................................................... 83 4.8.3.1.1 Terminal scheme of the CS-6004 and CL-6012 terminal pods:
imc C-series 6
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
.................................................................................................................................................. 84 4.8.3.2 Connection scheme: Full bridge, double sense:
.................................................................................................................................................. 84 4.8.3.3 Connection scheme: Full bridge, double and single line-Sense:
.................................................................................................................................................. 84 4.8.3.4 Connection scheme: Half-bridge, double Sense:
.................................................................................................................................................. 85 4.8.3.5 Connection scheme: Half-bridge, single line-Sense:
.................................................................................................................................................. 85 4.8.3.6 Connection scheme, without Sense:
.................................................................................................................................................. 86 4.8.3.7 Connection scheme, quarter bridge, with Sense:
.................................................................................................................................................. 86 4.8.3.8 Connection scheme: Quarter-bridge, without Sense:
........................................................................................................................................... 87 4.8.3.8.1 Background info on quarter-bridge configuration:
.................................................................................................................................................. 88 4.8.3.9 Overload recognition
.................................................................................................................................................. 88 4.8.3.10 Connection
................................................................................................................................... 89 4.9 CS-7008, CL-7016
......................................................................................................................................................... 89 4.9.1 Compact measurement device for any sensor and signal type
......................................................................................................................................................... 89 4.9.2 Hardware configuration
......................................................................................................................................................... 89 4.9.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
.................................................................................................................................................. 89 4.9.3.1 Voltage measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 90 4.9.3.1.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference
........................................................................................................................................... 91 4.9.3.1.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference
........................................................................................................................................... 92 4.9.3.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential
........................................................................................................................................... 92 4.9.3.1.4 Voltage measurement: with zero-adjusting (tare)
.................................................................................................................................................. 93 4.9.3.2 Current-fed sensors
.................................................................................................................................................. 93 4.9.3.3 Current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 93 4.9.3.3.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 94 4.9.3.3.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 95 4.9.3.3.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply
.................................................................................................................................................. 96 4.9.3.4 Bridge measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 97 4.9.3.4.1 Case 1: Full bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 98 4.9.3.4.2 Case 2: Half bridge
........................................................................................................................................... 98 4.9.3.4.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge
...................................................................................................................................... 99 4.9.3.4.3.1 Quarter bridge with 350Ohm option.
........................................................................................................................................... 99 4.9.3.4.4 Balancing and shunt calibration
.................................................................................................................................................. 100 4.9.3.5 Temperature measurement
........................................................................................................................................... 100 4.9.3.5.1 Thermocouple measurement
...................................................................................................................................... 101 4.9.3.5.1.1 Case 1: Thermocouple mounted with ground reference
...................................................................................................................................... 102 4.9.3.5.1.2 Case 2: Thermocouple mounted without ground reference
........................................................................................................................................... 102 4.9.3.5.2 Pt100/ RTD measurement
...................................................................................................................................... 103 4.9.3.5.2.1 Case 1: Pt100 in 4-wire configuration
...................................................................................................................................... 103 4.9.3.5.2.2 Case 2: Pt100 in 2-wire configuration
...................................................................................................................................... 103 4.9.3.5.2.3 Case 3: Pt100 in 3-wire configuration
...................................................................................................................................... 104 4.9.3.5.2.4 Open sensor detection
.................................................................................................................................................. 105 4.9.3.6 Charging amplifier
.................................................................................................................................................. 105 4.9.3.7 Sensor supply module
.................................................................................................................................................. 105 4.9.3.8 Bandwidth
.................................................................................................................................................. 105 4.9.3.9 Connectors
........................................................................................................................................... 105 4.9.3.9.1 DSUB-15 plugs
................................................................................................................................... 106 4.10 CS-8008
......................................................................................................................................................... 106 4.10.1 Overview
......................................................................................................................................................... 106 4.10.2 Hardware equipment
......................................................................................................................................................... 107 4.10.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
.................................................................................................................................................. 107 4.10.3.1 Voltage measurement’s
.................................................................................................................................................. 107 4.10.3.2 1/3-octave calculation
.................................................................................................................................................. 107 4.10.3.3 Measurements with ICP sensors
.................................................................................................................................................. 107 4.10.3.4 Connection
7
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
Technical specifications
................................................................................................................................... 108 5.1 C-Series general technical specification
......................................................................................................................................................... 111 5.1.1 Incremental encoder channels
......................................................................................................................................................... 112 5.1.2 Digital outputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 113 5.1.3 Digital Inputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 113 5.1.4 Analog outputs (DAC-4)
......................................................................................................................................................... 114 5.1.5 DC-12/24 USV
......................................................................................................................................................... 114 5.1.6 CAN-BUS Interface
......................................................................................................................................................... 115 5.1.7 Synchronization and time base
................................................................................................................................... 116 5.2 CS-1016, CL-1032
................................................................................................................................... 118 5.3 CS-1208, CL-1224
................................................................................................................................... 120 5.4 CL-2108
................................................................................................................................... 124 5.5 CS-3008, CL-3024
................................................................................................................................... 126 5.6 CS-4108, CL-4124
................................................................................................................................... 129 5.7 CS-5008, CL-5016, CX-5032
................................................................................................................................... 132 5.8 CS-6004, CL-6012
................................................................................................................................... 135 5.9 CS-7008, CL-7016
................................................................................................................................... 139 5.10 CS-8008
................................................................................................................................... 142 5.11 Miscellaneous
......................................................................................................................................................... 142 5.11.1 imc Graphics Display
......................................................................................................................................................... 143 5.11.2 Alphanumeric Display M/DISPLAY, M/DISPLAY - L
......................................................................................................................................................... 143 5.11.3 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-expansion plug
......................................................................................................................................................... 144 5.11.4 ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC, ACC/DSUB-ICP2-MICRODOT
......................................................................................................................................................... 145 5.11.5 ACC/DSUB-ENC4-IU connector for incremental sensors with current signals
......................................................................................................................................................... 146 5.11.6 SUPPLY Sensor supply module
......................................................................................................................................................... 147 5.11.7 DSUB-Q2 charging amplifier
................................................................................................................................... 148 5.12 Connectors
......................................................................................................................................................... 148 5.12.1 Connecting DSUB-15
......................................................................................................................................................... 149 5.12.2 DSUB-plugs for all devices of the C-Series
.................................................................................................................................................. 149 5.12.2.1 DSUB15 plugs for DI, DO, DAC and incremental encoder
.................................................................................................................................................. 149 5.12.2.2 DSUB-9 plugs for CAN-Bus
.................................................................................................................................................. 150 5.12.2.3 DSUB-9 plug for display
.................................................................................................................................................. 150 5.12.2.4 DSUB-9 plug for modem
......................................................................................................................................................... 151 5.12.3 DSUB-9 plug for GPS-mouse
......................................................................................................................................................... 152 5.12.4 Pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-15 sockets for amplifiers
......................................................................................................................................................... 153 5.12.5 Pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-15 for CS-6004 and CL-6012
......................................................................................................................................................... 154 5.12.6 Pin configuration of the remote sockets
Index 155
8
imc C-series
imc C-series
imc C-Series
user's manual
28.12.2007 Version 1.0Rev 4
1.1 imc Customer Suport - Hotline
In case of problems or questions, our customer service will be happy to help:
Germany:
imc Meßsysteme GmbH
Phone:  +49 30 / 46 70 90 - 26
Fax:  +49 30 / 4 63 15 76
WWW: http://www.imc-berlin.de
e-mail: hotline@imc-berlin.de
For our international partners see http://www.imc-berlin.com and click to International Distributors
When requesting telephone consultation, please be prepared to state the serial numbers for your device
and for your software's data carrier, and have this manual present. Thanks!
9
imc C-Series
1.2 Guide to Using the Manual

Tutorials
Troubleshooting
Pins
WHERE? To look for WHAT? Contents
You should really read the following chapters!
Ch. 1
C-series Guidelines and general notes
Ch. 2 General notes Grounding, power supply, etc.
Ch. 3 Properties of the C-series Overview of the device family, general technical
description of the device
Ch. 4 Device description description of the various C-series types
Ch. 5
Technical Specifications Spec. sheets tables of connection terminals
WHERE? To look for WHAT? Contents
You should really read the imcDevices manual!
Ch. 2 Getting Started Software installation, requirements, settings,
update-info
Ch. 3 Operation Description of the various menu commands and
options
Ch. 4 Field bus CAN-Bus-Interface
Ch. 5 Triggers and Events Triggered/untriggered measurement, pretrigger,
oscilloscope mode, multi-shot operation
Ch. 6 Save Options and Directory Structure Saving to PC hard disk, saving to the device hard
disk, autotrial mode, autostart mode, stand-alone
mode, directory structure
Sample memory requirement estimation
Ch. 7 Online FAMOS Operation and application tips
Ch. 8 µ-Disk, PCMCIA Drive Features of the µ-Disk & Hot-plug
Ch. 9 Network Options Synchronized start (Ethernet-) net-bits
Ch. 10 Synchronization with DCF77 Workings, connecting
Ch. 11 Display Operation and Tutorial
Ch. 12 imcMessaging Automatic generated messages by the devices
Ch. 13 Miscellaneous Tips and tricks
Regularly updated information and up-to-date user's manuals can be accessed on www.imc-berlin.com.
10
imc C-series
imc C-series
1.3 Guidelines
1.3.1 CE Certification
11
imc C-Series
1.3.2 Guarantee of Year 2000 conformity
We certify that our software products imcDevices, LOOK, FAMOS
1
, SEARCH, Filter Design, FRAME and
Online-FRAME as well as our hardware product imc C-series meet the "C-EURO YEAR 2000"
requirements. There should be no problems in the interpretation of dates. All data recorded after the year
1980 (the year DOS was introduced) will be correctly interpreted until the year 2079.
This means in particular (i.a.):
- Processing of the date will at no time lead to system interruptions.
- Date-based processing operations return the same results regardless of the value for the data
supplied, whether prior to 2000 A.D. or after (up until 2079 A.D.), unless otherwise defined.
- The value for the date is defined either explicitly or by an unequivocal algorithm or by a derivable
rule, in all interfaces and memory areas.
1
Some FAMOS sequences return the year number in two digits (see Manual "FAMOS Functions'
Reference").
Your application may require testing for this circumstance.
1.3.3 Quality Management
imc holds DIN-EN-ISO-9001 certification since May 1995. imc's conformity to the world-wide accepted
standard DIN EN 9001:2000 is attested to by the Certificate issued July 2006 by the accredited TÜV CERT
certification body of TÜV Rheinland Anlagentechnik GmbH. imc's certificate registration number is 01 100
85152.
1.3.4 imc Gaurantee
imc Limited Warranty
Subject to imc Meßsysteme GmbH's general terms and conditions.
12
imc C-series
imc C-series
1.3.5 ElektroG, RoHS, WEEE
The company imc Meßsysteme GmbH is registered under the following number:
WEEE Reg.- # DE 43368136
Brand: imcDevices
Category 9: Monitoring and control instruments exclusively for commercial use
Valid as of 24.11.2005
Our products fall under Category 9, "Monitoring and control instruments exclusively for commercial use"
and are thus at this time exempted from the RoHS guidelines 2002/95/EG.
_______________________________________________________
The law (ElektroG) governing electrical and electronic equipment was announced on March 23, 2005 in the German Federal Law
Gazette. This law implements two European guidelines in German jurisdiction. The guideline 2002/95/EG serves "to impose
restrictions on the use of hazardous materials in electrical and electronic devices". In English-speaking countries, it is abbreviated as
"RoHS" ("Restriction of Hazardous Substances").
The second guideline, 2002/96/EG "on waste electrical and electronics equipment" institutes mandatory acceptance of returned used
equipment and for its recycling; it is commonly referred to as WEEE guidelines ("Waste on Electric and Electronic Equipment").
The foundation "Elektro-Altgeräte Register" in Germany is the "Manufacturers’ clearing house" in terms of the law on electric and
electronic equipment ("ElektroG"). This foundation has been appointed to execute the mandatory regulations.
1.3.6 Product improvement
Dear Reader!
We at imc hope that you find this manual helpful and easy to use. To help us in further improving this
documentation, we would appreciate hearing any comments or suggestions you may have.
In particular, feel free to give us feedback regarding the following:
- Terminology or concepts which are poorly explained
- Concepts which should be explained in more depth
- Grammar or spelling errors
- Printing errors
Please send your comments to the following address:
imc Mess-Systeme GmbH
integrated measurement & control
Customer Service Department
Voltastrasse 5
D - 13355 Berlin
Telephone: 0049 - 30 - 46 70 90 - 26
Telefax: 0049 - 30 - 463 15 76
e-mail: hotline@imc-berlin.de
13
imc C-Series
1.4 Important notes
1.4.1 Remarks Concerning EMC
imc C-Series satisfies the EMC requirements for unrestricted use in industrial settings. The use in living
quarters may cause disturbance for other electric devices.
Any additional devices connected to imc C-Series must satisfy the EMC requirements as specified by
(within Europe
2
):
1. BMPT-Vfg. No. 1046/84 or No. 243/91. or
2. EC Guidelines 89/336/EWG
All products which satisfy these requirements must be appropriately marked by the manufacturer or display
the CE certification marking.
Products not satisfying these requirements may only be used with special approval of the regulating body in
the country where operated.
All signal lines connected to imc C-Series must be shielded and the shielding must be grounded.
Note
The EMC tests were carried out using shielded and grounded input and output cables with the exception of
the power cord. Observe this condition when designing your experiment to ensure high interference
immunity and low jamming.
Reference
See also Chapter 0. "Shielding "
2
When outside Europe, please refer the appropriate EMC standards used in the country of operation.
1.4.2 FCC-Note
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to
Part 15 of the FCC Rules (CFR 15.105)
3
. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television
reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment on and off, the user is encouraged to try to
correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help.
3
FCC - United States Federal Communications Commission
1.4.3 Modifications
The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not
expressly approved by imc may void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
16
14
imc C-series
imc C-series
1.4.4 Cables
Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods to
maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations.
1.4.5 Other Provisions
This equipment has been carefully designed, manufactured and individually tested. It has been shipped in a
condition in complete compliance with the various safety standards and guidelines described in the CE
Certification.
We certify that imc C-Series in all product configuration options corresponding to this documentation
conforms to the directives in the accident prevention regulations in "Electric Installations and Industrial
Equipment" (VBG 4 of the Index of Accident Prevention Regulations of the Professional Guilds in
Germany).
This certification has the sole purpose of releasing imc from the obligation to have the electrical equipment
tested prior to first use (§ 5 Sec. 1. 4 of VBG 4). This does not affect guarantee and liability regulations of
the civil code.
15
General Notes
General Notes
This device has been conceived and designed to comply with the current safety regulations for data
processing equipment (which includes business equipment). If you have any questions concerning whether
or not you can use this device in its intended environment, please contact imc or your local distributor.
The measurement system has been carefully designed, assembled and routinely tested in accordance with
the safety regulations specified in the included certificate of conformity and has left imc in perfect operating
condition. To maintain this condition and to ensure continued danger-free operation, the user should pay
particular attention to the remarks and warnings made in this chapter. In this way, you protect yourself and
prevent the device from being damaged.
Read this manual before turning the device on for the first time! Pay attention to any additional
information pages pertaining to the pin configuration etc. which may have been included with this
manual.
WARNING!
Before touching the device sockets and the lines connected to them, make sure static electricity is
drained. Damage arising from electrostatic discharge is not covered by the warrantee.
2.1 After unpacking ...
Please check the device for mechanical damage and/ or loose parts after unpacking it. The supplier must
be notified immediately of any transportation damage! Do not operate a damaged device!
2.2 Transporting the device
When transporting the device, always use the original packaging or a appropriate packaging which protects
the device against knocks and jolts. If transport damages occur, please be sure to contact the imc
Customer Support. Damage arising from transporting is not covered in the manufacturer's guarantee.
Possible damage due to condensation can be limited by wrapping the device in plastic sheeting. For more
on this topic, see the notes under Before starting .
2.3 Guarantee
Each device is subjected to a 24-hour "burn-in" before leaving imc. This procedure is capable of
recognizing almost all cases of early failure. This does not, however, guarantee that a component will not
fail after longer operation. Therefore, all imc devices are guaranteed to function properly for one year. The
condition for this guarantee is that no alterations or modifications have been made to the device by the
customer.
Unauthorized intervention in the device renders the guarantee null and void.
2.4 Before starting
Condensation may form on the circuit boards when the device is moved from a cold environment to a warm
one. In these situations, always wait until the device warms up to room temperature and is completely dry
before turning it on. The acclimatization period should take about 2 hours.
We recommend a warm-up phase of at least 30 min prior to taking measurements.
The device is approved for operating temperatures of up to 55°C.
The devices have been designed for use in clean and dry environments. It is not to be operated in 1)
exceedingly dusty and/ or wet environments, 2) in environments where danger of explosion exists nor 3) in
environments containing aggressive chemical agents.
Lay cables in a manner to avoid hazards (tripping) and damage.
15
16
imc C-series
imc C-series
2.5 Grounding, shielding
In order to comply with Part 15 of the FCC-regulations applicable to devices of Class B, the system must
be grounded. Grounding is also the condition for the validity of the technical specifications stated.
Use of the desktop power supply unit, included in the package, ensures proper grounding via the plug's
protective earth terminal: in the supply unit's LEMO-plug, the supply voltage's (-) pole as well as the shield
and plug enclosure are connected to the cable's ground.
The DC-supply input on the device itself (LEMO-socket) is galvanically isolated, i.e. isolated from the
housing!
Also, all signal leads to the device must be shielded and the shielding grounded (electric contact between
the shielding and the plug housing "CHASSIS"). To avoid compensation currents, always connect the
shielding to one side (potential) only.
Note
When using multiple devices connected via the Sync terminal for synchronization purposes, ensure that
all devices are the same voltage level. Any potential differences among devices may have to be evened
out using an additional line having adequate cross section.
Alternatively it is possible to isolate the devices by using the module ISOSYNC, see also chapter
Synchronization in the imcDevices manual.
2.6 Power supply
The device is powered by a DC-supply voltage which is supplied via a 2-pole LEMO-plug (type designation:
FGG.1B.302 CLAD ).
The permissible supply voltage range is 10 ... 36V (DC) at 20W max. consumption. The product package
includes a corresponding desktop supply unit (24V , DC) as an AC-adapter for mains voltage (110 .. 240V
50/60Hz).
Note
Please note, that the operation temperature of the desktop supply is prepared for 0°C to 40°C, even if
your measurement devices is designed for extended temperature range!
The package also includes a cable with a ready-made LEMO-plug which can be connected to a DC-voltage
source such as a car battery. When using this, note the following:
- Grounding of the device must be ensured. If the power supply unit comes with a grounding line, it
would be possible to ground the system "by force", by making a connection from this line to the plug
enclosure (and thus to the device ground). The table-top power supply unit is made to allow this.
This manner of proceeding may not be desirable because it may be desirable to avoid transient
currents along this line (e.g. in vehicles). In this case the ground-connection must be made to the
device directly. For this purpose a (black) banana jack ("CHASSIS") is provided.
- The feed line must have low resistance, the cable must have an adequate cross-section. Any
interference-suppressing filters which may be inserted into the line must not have any series inductor
greater than 1mH. Otherwise an additional parallel-capacitor is needed.
- Pin configuration:
LEMO-Plug
(inside view on
soldering pins)
+Supply
-Supply
FGG.1B.302.CLAD76
FGG.0B.302.CLAD52ZN
17
General Notes
2.6.1 Main switch
The device's main switch for the CL-devices and CS-8008 is a rocker-switch which must be pressed
down on the "ON"-side (upper portion) for approx. 1 sec. to achieve activation. The other CS-devices' main
switch is a standard switch.
The ON state is indicated by the green "POWER"-LED flashing. If the device boots correctly, three short
beep-tones are emitted together with blinking of 2x 2LEDs.
To switch the device off, press the rocker switch down on the OFF-side (lower portion) for approx. 1 sec.
This causes the device to not be deactivated abruptly during a running measurement. Instead, any files on
the internal hard drive involved are closed before the device switches off by itself. This process takes up to
10sec. Holding the "OFF"-side of the switch down is not necessary! If no measurement is currently running,
it takes only approx. 1second for the device to be deactivated.
2.6.2 Remote control of the main switch
PIN configuration of LEMO plug (FGG.0B.306.CLAD.52Z 6-pin)
The signal " SWITCH1" serves to run the device with the switch permanently bridged: when "ON" and
"SWITCH1" are connected, the device starts as soon as an external supply voltage is provided. If this
supply is interrupted, the UPS keeps the device activated for the appropriate buffer duration in order to
close the measurement and files, and then the device deactivates itself. Starting the device on the internal
battery isn't possible in this configuration, but once it has started the device can run on the battery as a
backup. This type of operation is specially designed for use in a vehicle, permanently coupled to the ignition
and not requiring manual control.
Any switch or relay contact used for this purpose must be able to bear a current of approx. 50mA at 10O
max. The reference voltage for these signals is the primary voltage supply .
Pin configuration: "REMOTE”-plug
CX-, CS-8008
DSUB-15 Pin
Terminal
(imc DSUB terminal plug)
CL
LEMO
Signals at
the REMOTE-plug
9 1 1 OFF
2 2 2 SWITCH
10
3
11
3
4
5
3
4
5
ON
SWITCH1
-BATT (internal test pin)
mainframe 15, 16 mainframe CHASSIS
Possible configurations
Function Jumper between
Switch on "normal" SWITCH and ON
Switch on when connected to main supply only ¬ "jumpered main switch " SWITCH1 and ON
Switch off (forced switch off after 10s) SWITCH and OFF
18
imc C-series
imc C-series
2.7 UPS
2.7.1 Concept
An optional module for uninterruptible power supply (UPS) is available. This unit makes it possible to
continue through a short-term outage of the mains power supply. It is especially useful in mobile settings
(on board vehicles) in order to handle the drop in voltage from the vehicle battery which occurs at ignition.
The use of backup power from the battery is indicated by the control lamp "PWR" changing from green to
yellow and the buzzer sounding.
The buffering of the power supply is provided by a built-in lead/gel storage battery (accumulator), which is
recharged during normal operation by the external power supply.
The UPS provides backup in case of power outage and also monitors its duration. If the power outage is
continuous and if it exceeds the device's buffer duration (standard: 1sec.), the device deactivates itself.
This is done in the same way as in the case of manual deactivation, i.e., any running measurements and
pertinent files are closed, which can cause a delay of up to approx. 10s.
If the power outage isn't continuous but only temporary as in the case of a vehicle being started, the buffer
duration monitoring always jumps back to the beginning.
Thus, a typical application of this configuration is in vehicles, where the power supply is coupled to the
ignition. A buffer is thus provided against short-term interruptions. And on the other hand, deep discharge
of the buffer battery is avoided in cases where the measurement system is not deactivated when the
vehicle is turned off.
2.7.2 Buffering time constant and maximum buffer duration
The buffer time constant is a permanently configurable device parameter which can be selected as a
order option. It sets the maximum duration of a continuous power outage after which the device turns
itself off.
The maximum buffer duration is the maximum (total) time, determined by the battery capacity, which the
device can run on backup. This refers to cases where the self-deactivation is not triggered; e.g., in case of
repeated short-term power-interruptions. The maximum buffer duration depends on the battery's current
charge, on the ambient temperature and on the battery's age. The device automatically deactivates itself
just in time to avoid deep discharge of the battery.
19
General Notes
2.7.3 Charging time
With an external supply voltage connected and the device activated (!), about 12W of power are
effectively available for the purpose of charging the internal buffer (backup) battery, up to 15W in the short
term. The time needed for charging up for the desired buffer duration is thus given by:
T_Charge = T_Buffer * total power / 12W
Due to the inevitable self-discharge or leakage, the device should be run every few months at least for the
purpose of assuring that the UPS-storage battery is fully charged and at the ready.
2.7.4 Take-over threshold
The voltage threshold at which the storage battery takes over the power supply from the external source is
approx. 9.75V (8.1V for CS). The take-over procedure is subjected to an hysteresis to prevent oscillating
take-over. This would be caused by the external supply's impedance. This inevitable impedance lets the
external supply rise again, right after take-over to internal buffering. Hysteresis in the take-over threshold
will prevent oscillations due to this effect. If, during supply from of the buffering battery, the external supply
voltage rises as high as 10.9V (9V for CS), the external voltage takes over again from the buffering battery.
If you check these thresholds, note that when the supply voltage is overlaid with a high frequency
interference or ripple-voltage, the minima are of key importance. In fact, the overlying interference could be
caused by feedback from the device itself!
Note
The voltage specification refers to the device terminals. Please consider the voltage drop of the supply line,
when determining the voltage supply.
2.8 Rechargeable batteries
The unit comes with long-lasting lithium batteries (Type BR2032) requiring no special maintenance.
Replacement of the battery can only be performed by the manufacturer in the framework of a system
inspection (maintenance) (recommended for every 3-7 years depending on field of application).
Devices which come with the optional USV-Function contain maintenance-free lead-gel accumulators (4x
Type LC-R061R3PG, Panasonic, 6x WPO.5-4 with CL). Charging these internal backup batteries is
accomplished automatically when the activated device receives a supply voltage. Due to the inevitable
leakage of charge we recommend that the device be activated at least every 6 months to prevent the
batteries from dying.
For C-series (MP0,5-4 4V Pb accu) the manufacturer specifies 5-7 years @ T<20°C and less than 1 year
@ 50°C, if the discharge is very little (Trickle-life).
In case the UPS is used a lot (many discharge and recharge cycles), the life time depends on how much
(deep) it has been discharged (is the UPS buffering only for a short time or is the UPS discharged
completely every time?). The manufacturer specifies 200 cycles @100% discharging and 1200 cycles @
30% and 25°C ambient temperature. (that should be true in general for all Pb accus.)
imc recommend maintenance every 2-3 years.
2.9 Fuses
The device supply input (10..36V DC) is equipped with maintenance-free polarity-inversion protection.
No fuses or surge protection is provided here. Particularly upon activation of the device, high current peaks
are to be expected. When using the device with a DC-voltage supply and custom-designed supply cable,
be sure to take this into account by providing adequate cable cross-section.
The designated current inputs of the "Voltage channels" are protected from overvoltage by 100mA fuses.
The fuse is not accessible and can only receive maintenance by the manufacturer.
The supply voltage for external sensors, whose outlet are the voltage or incremental encoder channels
, is provided with maintenance-free electronic fuses (current-limitation).
20
imc C-series
imc C-series
2.10 Precautions for operation
Certain ground rules for operating the system, aside from reasonable safety measures, must be observed
to prevent danger to the user, third parties, the device itself and the measurement object. These are the
use of the system in conformity to its design, and the refraining from altering the system, since possible
later users may not be properly informed and may ill-advisedly rely on the precision and safety promised by
the manufacturer.
If you determine that the device cannot be operated in a non-dangerous manner, then the device is to be
immediately taken out of operation and protected from unintentional use. Taking this action is justified
under any of the following conditions:
- the device is visibly damaged,
- loose parts can be heard within the device,
- the device has been stored for a long period of time under unfavorable conditions (e.g. outdoors or
in high-humidity environments).
1. Observe the data in the chapter "Technical Specifications", to prevent damage to the unit through
inappropriate signal connection.
2. Note when designing your experiments that all input and output leads must be provided with shielding
which is connected to the protection ground ("CHASSIS") at one end in order to ensure high resistance
to interference and noisy transmission.
3. Unused, open channels (having no defined signal) should not be configured with sensitive input ranges
since otherwise the measurement data could be affected. Configure unused channels with a broad input
range or short them out. The same applies to channels not configured as active.
4. To measure voltages > 60V, only use insulated banana plugs (4 mm).
5. If you are using a internal device drive, observe the notes in Chapter 7 of imcDevices manual. Particular
care should be taken to comply with the storage device’s max. ambient temperature limitation.
6. Avoid prolonged exposure of the device to sunlight.
2.11 Storage
As a rule, the measurement device can be stored at temperatures ranging from -40 to +90°C. The following
limitations apply in consequence of the manufacturer’s specifications.
- Lead rechargeable batteries (-20 to 40°C)
- Li-Ion rechargeable batteries (-20°C to 60°C)
- Display (-20-85°C)
- Mechanical hard disk (drives) (-20°C to 70°C)
2.12 Modularity
The devices belonging to the imc C-series are not modular systems. The modules are not to be replaced
by other types.
21
General Notes
2.13 Notes on maintenance and servicing
No particular maintenance is necessary.
The specified maximum errors are valid for 1 year following delivery of the device under normal operating
conditions (note ambient temperature!).
There are a number of important device characteristics which should be subjected to precise checking at
regular intervals. We recommend annual calibration. Our calibration procedure includes calibration of
inputs (checking of actual values of parameters; deviations beyond tolerance levels will be reported), a
complete system-checkup, newly performed balancing and subsequent calibration (the complete protocol
set with measurement values is available at an extra charge). Consult our Hotline for the price for system
calibration according to DIN EN ISO 9001.
When returning the device in connection with complaints, please include a written, outlining description of
the problem, including the name and telephone number of the sender. This will help expedite the process
of problem elimination.
For questions by telephone please be prepared to provide your device's serial number and have your
imcDevices installation software, as well as this manual at hand, thanks!
The serial number, necessary power supply, interface type and software version included can be
determined from the plaque on the side of the device.
2.14 Watchdog
All devices of the C-series come with the Watchdog function. When the Watchdog is activated the device
restarts automatically if no interface processor activity is detected for a specifiable period of time. The
Watchdog normally is not active.
For further information see manual imcDevices chapter 13 miscellaneous\ troubleshooting.
2.15 Cleaning
- Always unplug the power supply before cleaning the device. Only qualified service technicians are
permitted to clean the housing interior.
- Do not use abrasive materials or solutions which are harmful to plastics. Use a dry cloth to clean the
housing. If the housing is particularly dirty, use a cloth which has been slightly moistened in a cleaning
solution and then carefully wrung out. To clean the corners, slits etc. of the housing, use a small soft dry
brush.
- Do not allow liquids to enter the housing interior.
2.16 Industrial Safety
It is confirmed that our product as delivered complies with the provisions of the industrial safety regulation
"Electrical Installations and Equipment" (BGV-A3).
This confirmation is for the sole purpose of absolving the company of the obligation of having the electrical
equipment inspected prior to initial commissioning (§ 5 Clauses 1, 4 of BGV-A3). Civil liability and warranty
are not affected by this regulation.
22
imc C-series
imc C-series
2.17 Sampling interval
Among the system's physical measurement channels, up to two different sampling times can be in use.
See the technical specifications for the smallest possible sampling time. The aggregate sampling rate of
the system is the sum of the sampling rates of all active channels and can take a maximum value of 400
kHz.
The sampling rates of the virtual channels computed by Online FAMOS do not contribute to the sum
sampling rate. Along with the (maximum of) two "primary" sampling rates, the system can contain
additional "sampling rates" resulting from the effects of certain data-reducing Online FAMOS-functions
(ReductionFactor RF).
There is one constraint when selecting two different sampling rates: Two sampling rates having the ratio
2:5 are not permitted (e.g. 2ms and 5ms). Any attempt to set sampling rates which do not comply with
this rule will cause an error message to be posted:
"The two active sampling intervals may not be in a ratio of 2:5. Error number: 365“
2.18 Synchronicity
If certain channels are to be correlated to each other, for instance, for the purpose of computing the power,
it's vitally important that there not be a phase-offset between them, in other words, that they be captured
synchronously.
One of the main features of the devices of the imc C-Series is that it can ensure this synchronicity, even
for channels of different types and different sampling rates. The condition for this is, that the channels be
configured with the same filter setting. The low-pass filters always cause a defined additional phase-offset.
For a 1kHz low pass Butterworth filter, this phase-offset corresponds to a frequency-independent, constant
"group delay" which is 663µs (for frequencies well below the cutoff frequency) .
Note that two channels having different sampling rates and both configured with the filter setting AAF do
not have the same filter frequency!
23
Properties of the imc C-Series
Properties of the imc C-Series
3.1 General
3.1.1 Universal measurement device for development, testing and service
The C-Series consists of smart network-capable, unventilated compact measurement devices for
all-purpose measurement of physical quantities. These devices can operate either in computer-aided or
autonomous mode and are lightweight, compact, and robust, and thus especially well adapted to
applications in R&D or in the testing of mechanical and und electromechanical components of machines,
on board vehicles, or in monitoring tasks in installations.
The C-Series comes with either differential or isolated universal measurement amplifiers with analog
anti-aliasing filters.
The universal amplifiers offer a high degree of flexibility; they are high-precision and low in noise. They are
designed for direct connection of:
- voltage- and current signals
- any thermocouples and resistance thermometers
- strain gauge measurement bridges with current supply and adjustment control
- current-fed sensors (ICPs)
- they also come with a sensor power supply and TEDS capability.
For measurements in difficult environments, where voltage conditions aren’t clearly defined, the C-Series
with its models CS-4108 and CL-4124 offers isolated input channels. Through the use of electrically
isolated channels, signal disturbance can be prevented even in the presence of ground loops.
Depending on the model, the input channels can be sampled at up to 100kHz, and this at a bandwidth of up
to 22.4kHz.
24
imc C-series
imc C-series
Specialized or all-purpose
Universal lab or mobile
applications
Test rig applications Measurement with strain
gauges
Noise and vibration
analysis
Power measurement
3.1.2 Different housings for different applications
To meet the wide spectrum of the C-Series’ application potential, there are three different housing varieties:
the very compact CS frame for up to 16 input channels; the CL variant for up to 32 input channels; and the
larger CX frame, which has room for 32 bridge measurement channels.
3.1.3 Real-time capabilities
For real-time functionality such as mathematical calculations, limit monitoring or closed- and open-loop
tasks in the μs range, the C-Series comes standard equipped with the enhancement Online FAMOS.
Online FAMOS comes with powerful digital signal processors (DSPs) which carry out the functions quickly
and independently of the PC. Online FAMOS enables "free" definition of one’s own real-time functions and
makes the C-Series a Personal Analyzer.
3.1.4 More than just a universal measurement amplifier
In addition to the analog inputs, all of the C-Series models also come with:
• 8 digital inputs
• 8 digital outputs
• 4 analog outputs
• 4 counter inputs for capture of RPMs, displacements etc.
• CAN-bus Interface
3.1.5 Noise and vibration analysis
The C-Series is also optimally equipped for noise and vibration analysis. The CS8008 model in particular is
a device offering a large analog bandwidth and high sampling rate, as well as the possibility of directly
connecting current-fed accelerometers and microphones. Along with simple time-domain signals, the
CS8008 can also display 1/3-octave spectra.
Using the software platform imcWAVE, the measurement device is transformed into a true workstation for
specialized tasks involving noise and vibration analysis. imcWAVE’s individual optional software modules
make order-tracking, spectral and sound power analyses possible at the click of a button.
3.1.6 Universal power measurement
For the full range of power measurements, the model CL-2108 provides the right tools. It can carry out
single-, two-and three-phase power measurements. CL-2108 offers a convincing combination of affordable
price and high precision. An optional software package for network voltage analysis is also available.
25
Properties of the imc C-Series
3.1.7 Measuring with strain gauges - Structure Analysis
With five model varieties specially adapted to measuring with strain gauges, the C-Series provides the right
device for any structure analysis application. For performing strain gauge measurements inexpensively, the
models CS5008, CL5016 and CX5032 are available. For dynamic strain gauge measurements of the
highest quality, the models CS6004 and CL6012 are the devices of choice.
3.1.8 The C-Series in test rigs
For test rig applications in particular, it is often desirable to integrate equipment into new or existing
environments. In conjunction with imc COM and the LabView interface, C-Series is able to meet this wish.
3.1.9 imc operating software - imcDevices
By means of the operating software imcDevices, all devices belonging to the C-Series are immediately
ready to go with all of their respective functions. Combined operation with different devices (µ-Musycs,
SPARTAN, CRONOS-PL, imcC1) is also possible.
For special tasks such as system integration in test rigs, ther are comfortable interfaces for all common
programming languages like Visual Basic ™, Delphi ™ or LabVIEW.
3.2 What the C-Series has to offer
3.2.1 Autonomous or PC-aided
Optional color display
The C-Series devices are optimally suited for PC-less operation as compact smart measurement
instruments. a variety of different setups can be stored on the internal device hard drive and called from the
device keyboard. If display of measured values is required, it can be provided by the external Display
device. If a configuration is written to the device as an Autostart configuration, measurement begins
automatically upon activating the device.
26
imc C-series
imc C-series
3.2.2 Ethernet network capability
Die C-Series is networkable with Ethernet (TCP/IP). Multiple C-Series devices as well as older imc
measurement systems can be joined up into a measurement network. The structure of decentralized
measurement networks is thus no problem at all and quickly achieved. All devices run in parallel and with
complete synchronization of the measurement channels. Messages can be exchanged between the
devices. Of course, communication with the PC can also take place wirelessly via WLAN.
3.2.3 Real-time calculation, open- and closed-loop control
With its signal processors (DSP), and in conjunction with Online FAMOS, the C-Series is a Personal
Analyzer. A Personal Analyzer offers not only general calculation functionality but also special calculation
algorithms such as digital filters, class-counting, order-tracking analysis and much more, as well as
electronic control unit commands and closed-loop control functions.
Without the need for programming tools, the measurement system can be expanded with
application-specific functionality, such as data compression, calculation operations performed on whole
channels, control processes and closed-loop control functions. Complete integration of this DSP
functionality is achieved by means of the operating software imcDevices.
3.2.4 No data loss from power outages
The C-Series comes with an internal uninterruptible power supply (UPS) and self-activation capability. In a
power outage, the measurement device automatically deactivates itself. The measurement is wrapped up
properly and the data sets acquired are closed. Once the power supply has been restored, the
measurement device starts up automatically and resumes the measurement.
3.2.5 Reading measurement data from filed busses
The C-Series is equipped with a CAN-bus interface which enables the devices to read measured data and
status information from the field bus. Measured data from the bus are processed, displayed and saved in
parallel and synchronicity with conventionally measured data. The C-Series supports CAN High Speed
(ISO11898) and CAN Low Speed (ISO11519).
27
Properties of the imc C-Series
The measured data sent via the CAN-Bus can be imported, triggered, displayed and processed
synchronously.
3.2.6 Wireless long-term monitoring and remote maintenance via modem and
Internet
Maintenance of system performance, localization of sporadic errors and long-term monitoring for the
purpose of preemptive maintenance can all be substantially simplified by means of Internet-based remote
monitoring. Unmanned monitoring of vehicles, machines or plants, as well as wireless transfer of
measurement data all save lots of money and time.
The C-Series can be equipped with a modem which can log itself into the Internet and set up a stable and
secure GPRS online connection between the measurement device and the home PC via an Internet-based
switching center (server).
When a signal limit is violated, the device automatically sends a report in the form of measured data, status
information or alarms via SMS, e-mail or FAX.
28
imc C-series
imc C-series
3.2.7 Global Positioning System (GPS)
With the help of a GPS system, it is additionally possible to evaluate the measured data with regard to local
circumstances and conditions.
At the nine-pin GPS socket it is possible to connect a GPS-receiver of the type GPS35LVS, which enables
absolute synchronization to GPS time. If the GPS-mouse has reception, the measurement system
synchronizes itself automatically. Also, if a valid DCF-77 signal is applied at the Sync-socket, the first signal
which the hardware recognizes as valid is accepted.
As of imcDevices Version 2.6, the time counter can be selected by software. Furthermore, from this version
onward, it is possible to evaluate all GPS information which can be retrieved in the system via the process
vector. By means of Online FAMOS, this information can be processed further. This requires in addition to
the imcDevices version V2.6 the GPS-receiver Garmin GPS18-5Hz.
The available GPS information includes:
time.sec
course
course_variation
hdop
height
height_geoidal
latitude.degrees
latitude.minutes
longitude.degrees
longitude.minutes
pdop
satellites
speed.kmh
state
time.usec
vdop
The DSUB-9 socket’s pin configuration for the GPS mouse .
3.2.8 Modem connection
By default, an external modem is connected via the 9-pin DSUB socket. If your system comes with a
built-in modem, there is an RJ45 socket instead. Normal telephone connection plugs are smaller than
standard RJ45 plugs, however they will fit without an adapter.
Note
Don’t mistake the modem socket for the Ethernet socket used to connect to a computer network.
3.2.9 TRIGGER
imc C-Series enables you to define a digital event for each measurement channel on the basis of signal
thresholds, etc., and thus provide a simple method of monitoring measured quantities.
The digital events thus generated can be directly assigned to a digital output and/or can be combined in
compound trigger events. In order to solve complex measurement tasks directly, up to 48 independent
triggers can be set up. Any amounts of channels can be assigned to each trigger defined.
151
29
Properties of the imc C-Series
3.2.10 TEDS
3.2.10.1 imc Plug & Measure - complex measurements as child’s play
imc Plug & Measure is based on the TEDS technology set out in IEEE 1451.4. It fulfills the vision of quick
and error-free measurement even by inexperienced use.
A TEDS sensor or a conventional sensor equipped with a sensor recognition memory unit is connected to
the device. The sensor recognition contains a record of the sensor’s data and the measurement device
settings. The C-Series reads this info and sets itself accordingly. An incorrectly measurement channel is
then recognized automatically and marked in different colors. The meaning of the colors is described in
manual imcDevices chaper 2 menu Settings ¬ Configuration ¬ Sensor tab.
3.2.10.2 Particular advantages and applications
• Quick and error-free measurement device setting
• Reduction of routine work
• Recordable measurement channel parameter recommendations (sampling rate, filter settings, etc.)
• Standardization of channel designations for particular sensors used
• Verification of calibration data and their validity
• Quick and unambiguous traceability of calibration data per ISO9000
• Monitoring of calibration intervals
• Measurement device-independent sensor administration
• overvoltage protection for ±50V
3.2.10.3 Sensor administration by database
In the administration of sensor information, the user is supported by imcSensors (sensor database for the
imc Plug & Measure technology).
Along with import of information from TEDS, parameters values can also be transferred from the sensor
database by means of Drag & Drop.
Sensor information can be transferred via the measurement device software from the sensor database to
the sensor recognition and vice versa.
For more advanced sensor administration, the sensor database supports barcode reading devices.
imcSensors makes the use and administration of many different sensors quick, easy and economical by
the use of TEDS and imc Plug & Measure.
imcSensors is a software expansion for imcDevices. But Plug & Measure also functions as a stand-alone
application. imc Sensors is designed to make a sensor's data quickly and comprehensively available.
30
imc C-series
imc C-series
It makes it possible to:
• administer sensors in a central database
• parameterize a measurement channel
• trace the calibration history
• inspect the spec sheet
In conjunction with TEDS-capable measurement amplifiers of the C-Series, imcSensors supports modern
TEDS sensors in accordance with IEEE 1451.4
Especially recommendable for this purpose are the models CS-7008 and CL-7016, to which a wide variety
of sensors can be connected directly.
3.2.11 Temperature measurement
Temperatures can be measured by CS/CL-41xx and CS/CL-70xx.
Two methods are available for measuring temperature.
Measurement using a PT100 requires a constant current, e.g. of 1mA to flow through the sensor. The
temperature-dependent resistance causes a voltage drop which is correlated to a temperature according to
a characteristic curve.
In measurement using thermocouples, the temperature is determined by means of the electrochemical
series of different alloys. The sensor produces a temperature-dependent potential difference from the
terminal in the CAN connector pod. To find the absolute temperature, the temperature of the terminal point
must be known. For the PT1000. this is measured directly in the terminal pod, and therefore a special type
of connector pod is needed.
The voltage coming from the sensor will be converted into the displayed temperature using the
characteristic curves according temperature table IPTS-68.
Note on making settings with imcDevices
A temperature measurement is a voltage measurement whose measured values are converted to physical
temperature values by reference to a characteristic curve. The characteristic curve is selected from the
Base page of the imcDevices configuration dialog. CS/CL-70xx which enable bridge measurement, must
first be set to Voltage mode (DC), in order for the temperature characteristic curves to be available on the
Base page.
31
Properties of the imc C-Series
3.2.11.1 Thermocouples as per DIN and IEC
The following standards apply for the thermocouples, in terms of their thermoelectric voltage and
tolerances:
Thermocouple Symbol Max. temp. Defined up to (+) (-)
DIN IEC 584-1
Iron-constantan (Fe-CuNi) J 750°C 1200°C black white
Copper-constantan (Cu-CuNi) T 350°C 400°C brown white
Nickel-chromium-Nickel (NiCr-Ni) K 1200°C 1370°C green white
Nickel-chromium-constantan (NiCr-CuNi) E 900°C 1000°C violet white
Nicrosil-Nisil (NiCrSi-NiSi) N 1200°C 1300°C rot orange
Platinum-Rhodium-platinum (Pt10Rh-Pt) S 1600°C 1540°C orange white
Platinum-Rhodium-platinum (Pt13Rh-Pt) R 1600°C 1760°C orange white
Platinum-Rhodium-platinum
(Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
B 1700°C 1820°C n.a. n.a.
DIN 43710
Iron-constantan (Fe-CuNi) L
4
600°C 900°C rot blue
Copper-constantan (Cu-CuNi) U 900°C 600°C rot brown
If the thermo-wires have no identifying markings, the following distinguishing characteristics can help:
- Fe-CUNi: Plus-pole is magnetic
- Cu-CuNi: Plus-pole is copper-colored
- NiCr-Ni: Minus-pole is magnetic
- PtRh-Pt: Minus-pole is softer
The color-coding of compensating leads is stipulated by DIN 43713. For components conforming to IEC
584: The plus-pole is the same color as the shell; the minus-pole is white.
4
not compatible with Type J
3.2.11.2 PT100 (RTD) - Measurement
Aside from thermocouples, RTD (PT100) units can be directly connected in 4-wire-configuration (Kelvin
connection). An additional reference current source feeds a chain of up to 4 sensors in series.
With the imc-Thermoplug, the connection terminals are already wired in such a way that this reference
current loop is closed "automatically".
If fewer than 4 PT100 units are connected, the current-loop must be completed by a wire jumper from the
"last" RTD to "I4".
If you dispense with the "support terminals" (±I1 .. ± I4) provided in the imc-Thermoplug for 4-wire
connection, a standard terminal plug or any DSUB-15 plug can be used. The "current loop" must then be
formed between "+I1" and "-I4".
32
imc C-series
imc C-series
Device Description

CS-7008
CL-1032
4.1 Hardware configuration of all devices
All devices belonging to the imc C-Series come with the following equipment:
- 2 nodes for Field-bus inputs
- 4 incremental counter inputs
- 8 digital inputs
- 8 digital outputs
- 4 analog outputs
- Display connector for CS
- Integrated display for CL
- GPS-input
- SYNC plug
33
Device Description
4.1.1 DIOENC
All devices offer 8 binary inputs, 8 binary outputs, 4 analog outputs and 4 incremental encoder inputs.
Available on request is a 16 binary input version. In that case, the analog outputs are not applied.
The technical specs for the digital inputs .
The technical specification of the digital outputs .
The technical specification of the module DAC-4 .
The technical specification of the incremental encoder .
4.1.1.1 Digital inputs and outputs
Eight eight binary inputs and eight outputs are provided.
The DSUB15 connectors’ pin configuration .
4.1.1.1.1 Digital Inputs
The DI potion possesses 8 digital inputs which can take samples at rates of up to 10kHz. Every group of
four inputs has a common ground reference and are not mutually isolated. However, this input group is
isolated from the second input group, the power supply and CAN-Bus, but not mutually.
The technical specification of the digital inputs .
The pin configuration of the corresponding DSUB 15 plug ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 .
TTL
DC / DC
+IN1..4
HCOM
5V
DI_1..4
5V
-IN1/2/3/4
current
limit
400µA
LCOM
LEVEL
24V/TTL
level
+IN5..8
DI_5..8
-IN5/6/7/8
register
current
limit
400µA
register
+IN1..4
HCOM
5V
-IN1/2/3/4
LCOM
LEVEL
+IN5..8
-IN5/6/7/8
+IN1..4
HCOM
5V
-IN1/2/3/4
LCOM
LEVEL
+IN5..8
-IN5/6/7/8
+IN1..4
HCOM
5V
-IN1/2/3/4
LCOM
LEVEL
+IN5..8
-IN5/6/7/8
24V
+
-
24V
TTL
24V
4.1.1.1.1.1 Input voltage
The input voltage range can be set for a group of 8 channels to either 5V (TTL-range) or 24V. The
switching is accomplished by means of a jumper at the ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 connector:
- If LEVEL and LCOM are jumpered, all 8 bits work with 5V and a threshold of 1.7..1.8V.
- If LEVEL is not bridged with LCOM, 24V and a threshold of 6.95 ...7.05V are valid.
Thus, an unconnected connector is set by default for 24V. This prevents 24 V from being applied to the
voltage input range of 5V.
113
112
113
111
149
113
149
34
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.1.1.1.1.2 Sampling interval and brief signal levels
The digital inputs can be recorded in the manner of an analog channel. It isn’t possible to select individual
bits for acquisition; all 8 bits (digital port) are always recorded. The hardware ensures that the brief HIGH
level within one sampling interval can be recognized.
input signal
sampling
inc. memory
recorded signal
4.1.1.1.2 Digital outputs
The digital outputs DO_01..08 provide galvanically isolated control signals with current driving
capability whose values (states) are derived from operations performed on measurement channels using
Online FAMOS. This makes it easily possible to define control functions.
In addition to control via Online FAMOS, it is alternatively possible to set the digital outputs interactively
via the user interface. Furthermore it is even possible to assign trigger values to digital outputs.
The technical specification of the digital outputs .
The pin configuration of the corresponding DSUB 15 plug ACC/DSUB-DO8 .
Important notes
- available levels: 5V (internal) or up to 30V with external power supply
- current driving capability:
HIGH: 15 - 20mA LOW: 700mA
- short-circuit-proof to supply or to reference potential HCOM and LCOM
- configurable as open-drain driver (e.g. as relay driver)
- default-state at system power-on:
HIGH (Totem-Pole mode) or high-impedance (Open-Drain mode)
- The eight outputs are galvanically isolated as a group from the rest of the system and are designed as
Totem-Pole drivers. The eight stages' ground references are connected and are accessible as a signal
at LCOM.
HCOM represents the supply voltage of the driver stage. It is generated internally with a galvanically
isolated 5V-source. Alternatively, an external higher supply voltage can be connected (max. +30V), which
then determines the drivers' output level.
112
149
35
Device Description
The control signal OPDRN on the D-SUB plug can be used to set the driver type for the corresponding
8-bit-group: either Totem-Pole or Open-Drain :
In Totem-Pole mode, the driver delivers current in the HIGH-state. In the Open-Drain configuration,
conversely, it has high impedance in the HIGH-state, in LOW-state, an internally (HCOM) or externally
supplied load (e.g. relay) is pulled down to LCOM (Low-Side Switch).With Open-Drain mode, the external
supply driving the load, need not be connected to HCOM but only to the load.
Inductive loads (relays, motors) should be equipped with a clamp diode in parallel for shorting out
switch-off transients (anode to output, cathode to positive supply voltage).
Power-up response:
0) deactivated high-Z (high resistance)
1) power-up high-Z (high resistance)
High- und LowSide switch inactive
2) first write access With “Prepare measurement” following Reset or Power-up (setting procedure):

activation of the output state with the mode set by the programming pin
“OPDRN”
Example: * wire jumper between programming pin “OPDRN” and LCOM (-> Totem-Pole driver type)
* Initialization (first setting procedure) with 0 (LOW)
÷ resulting startup sequence: High-Z à LOW, without intermediate HIGH state!!
Without further steps the default initialization state while preparing measurement is: “LOW”.
If a different state is desired, the appropriate checkmark must be set in the DIO interface dialog, namely
under:
Settings ® Input/ Output channels ® Set values of Input/ Output channels in the experiment
And not under
Measure ® Input/ Output channels ® Read and write Input/ Output channels !!!
4.1.1.1.2.1 Block schematic
DC / DC
TOTEM POLE
TTL / 24V
OPTO-
KOPPLER
Register
20mA
LCOM
BIT1..8
OPDRN enable
HCOM
max. 30V
DO_1..8
5V
36
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.1.1.1.2.2 Possible configurations
Relais
BIT1...8
HCOM
OPDRN
LCOM
max. 30V
BIT1...8
HCOM
LCOM
Totem Pole
+
-
30V
Open Drain
OPDRN
Relais
Relais
BIT1...8
HCOM
OPDRN
LCOM
BIT1...8
HCOM
LCOM
Totem Pole Open Drain
OPDRN
Relais
+
-
30V
5V (internal)
4.1.1.2 Analog outputs
The analog outputs DAC_01..04 are able to drive analog control signals whose values can be given by
the results of computational operations performed by Online FAMOS on combinations of measurement
channels.
The pin configuration of the corresponding DSUB 15 plug ACC/DSUB-DAC4 .
The most important specs:
- ± 10V level at max. ± 10mA and 250O driver capability
- 16bit resolution
- guaranteed startup in inactive state (0V) upon switch-on, without undefined transients
- short-circuit protected against ground.
The technical specification of the module DAC-4 .
149
113
37
Device Description
4.1.1.3 Incremental encoder channels
The four incremental encoder channels are for measuring time or frequency-based signals. In contrast to
the analog channels as well as to the digital inputs, the channels are not sampled at a selected, fixed rate,
but instead time intervals between edges (transitions) of the digital signal are measured.
The counters used (set individually for each of the 4 channels) achieve time resolutions of up to 31ns (32
Mhz); which is far beyond the abilities of sampling procedures (under comparable conditions). The
"sampling rate" which the user must set is actually the rate at which the system evaluates the results of the
digital counter or the values of the quantities derived from the counters.
The pin configuration connector of the ACC/DSUB-ENC-4 . This enables all four incremental encoders
to a single connector.
The technical specification of the incremental encoder .
4.1.1.3.1 Measurement quantities
The quantity to measure must be set as the input for the incremental encoder channel.
The choices available:
Quantities derived from event-counting:
- events
- linear motion (differential)
- angle (differential)
Quantities derived from time measurements:
- time
- frequency
- velocity
- rpm
- pulse time (phase-difference)
The quantities derived from event-counting, Events, Linear motion and Angle are "differential"
measurements: the quantity measured is the respective change of displacement or angle within the last
sampling interval. (positive or, for dual track encoders, negative also) or the newly occurred events (always
positive).
If, for instance, the total displacement is desired, it must be calculated by integration of the differential
measurements using Online FAMOS functions.
4.1.1.3.2 Time measurement conditions
The mode Time requires the definition of edge conditions, to specify the time interval to be measured
(also two-signal encoder).
These conditions refer to the transitions (edges, slopes) of the digital signal:
- positive edge ¬ negative edge: ( | ¬ + )
- negative edge ¬ positive edge: ( + ¬ | )
- positive edge ¬ positive edge: ( | ¬ | )
The combination
- negative edge ¬ negative edge: ( + ¬ + ) is not allowed
For all other measurement modes (frequency, rpm's etc.), it generally isn't recommendable to define edge
conditions. For that reason, the time between two positive signal edges is evaluated, as a rule.
149
111
38
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.1.1.3.3 Scaling
A maximum value must be entered under Input range (max. frequency etc, depend on mode). This
Maximum determines the scaling factor of the computational processing and amounts to the range which is
represented by the available numerical format of 16bits. Depending on the measurement mode (quantity to
be measured), it is to be declared as an input range's unit or in terms of a corresponding max. pulse rate.
A maximum value must be entered under Input range (max. frequency etc, depend on mode). This
Maximum determines the scaling factor of the computational processing and amounts to the range which is
represented by the available numerical format of 16bits. Depending on the measurement mode (quantity to
be measured), it is to be declared as an input range's unit or in terms of a corresponding max. pulse rate.
In the interest of maximizing the measurement resolution it is recommended to set this value accordingly.
The Scaling is a sensor specification which states the relation between the pulse rate of the sensor and it's
corresponding physical units (sensitivity). This is also the place to enter a conversion factor for the sensor
along with any physical quantity desired, for instance, to translate the revolutions of a flow gauge to a
corresponding volume.
The table below summarizes the various measurement types' units;
the bold, cursive letters denote the (fixed) primary quantity, followed by its (editable) default physical unit:
Measurement quantity (Sensor-) scaling Range Maximum
Linear motion Pulse / m m m / s
Angle Pulse / U U U / min
Velocity Pulse / m m / s m / s
RPM Pulse / U U / min U / min
Event Pulse / Pulse 1 Pulse Hz
Frequency Hz / Hz Hz Hz
Time s / s s s
Pulse time 1 1 s
4.1.1.3.4 Sensor types, synchronization
Index signal denotes the synchronization signal SYNC which is globally available to all four channels in
common. If its function Encoder w/o zero impulse is not activated, the following conditions apply: After the
start of a measurement the counters remain inactive until the first positive slope arrives from SYNC. This
arrangement is independent of the release-status of the Start-trigger condition.
The index signal is armed for each measurement!
If a sensor without an index track (Reset signal) is used, Encoder w/o zero impulse must be selected,
otherwise the counters will remain in reset-state and will never be started because the enabling
start-impulse will never occur!!
Incremental encoder sensors often have an index track (index signal, zero marker pulse) which emits a
synchronization-signal once per revolution. The SYNC-input is differential and set by the comparator
settings. Its bandwidth is limited to 20kHz by a permanently low-pass filter. The input is located on
ACC/DSUB-ENC4 Pins 6 and 13. If the input remains open, an (inactive) HIGH-state will set in.
The measurement types Linear Motion, Angle, RPM and Velocity are especially well adapted for direct
connection to incremental encoder-sensors. These consist of a rotating disk with fine gradation in
conjunction with optical scanning and possibly also with electric signal conditioning.
One differentiates between single track and dual track encoders. Dual track encoders (quadrature
encoders) emit two signals offset by 90° of phase, the tracks A and B (C and D). By evaluating the phase
information between the A and B-track, the direction of turning can be determined. If the corresponding
encoder type is selected, this functionality is supported.
The actual time or frequency information, however, is derived exclusively from the A(C) -track!
39
Device Description
The measurement types Event, Frequency, and Time always are measured by one-track encoders, since
in these cases no evaluation of direction or sign would make any sense. The sensor must simply be
connected to the terminal for Track A (C).
Since many signal encoders require a supply voltage, +5V are provided at the connector socket for this
purpose (max. 300mA). The reference potential for this voltage, in other words the supply-ground
connection for the sensor, is CHASSIS.
4.1.1.3.5 Comparator conditioning
The incremental encoder channels' special properties make special demands on the signal quality: The
very high time-resolution of the detector or counter means that even extremely short impulses which
sampling measurement procedures (as at the digital inputs) would miss are captured and evaluated.
Therefore the digital signals must have clean edges in order not to result in distorted measurements.
Missed pulses or bounces could otherwise lead to drop-outs in the time measurements, or enormous
"peaks" in the rpm-measurements.
Simple sensors such as those based on induction or photosensitive relays often emit only unconditioned
analog signals which must be evaluated in terms of a threshold value condition. Furthermore long cables,
ground loops or interference, can make the processing of even conditioned encoder signals (such as
TTL-levels) difficult. The device, however, can counteract this using its special three-step conditioning unit.
To begin with, a high-impedance differential amplifier (±10V range, 100kO) enables reliable
measurement from a sensor even along a long cable, as well as effective suppression of common mode
interference and ground loops. A (configurable) filter (in preparation) at the next stage offers additional
suppression of interference, adapted to the measurement set-up. Finally, a comparator with configurable
threshold and hysteresis acts as a digital detector. The (configurable) hysteresis is an extra tool for
suppressing noise:
VREF VHYST
INC
(digital)
IN
(analog)
IN > VREF+VHYST/2 IN < VREF-VHYST/2
If the analog signal exceeds the threshold VREF + VHYST/2. the digital signal changes its state (| : 0 ¬ 1)
and at the same time reduces the threshold which must be crossed in order to change the state back to 0
by the amount VHYST (new threshold: VREF - VHYST/2). The magnitude of the hysteresis therefore
represents the maximum level of noise and interference that would not cause a spurious transition.
The threshold VREF is set to 1.5V, the hysteresis VHYST is 0.5V.
State transitions are therefore detected at the signal amplitudes:
1.75V (  0  1 ) and
1.25V (  1  0 ).
In future device versions, the threshold and hysteresis will be globally adjustable for all four channels within
the range:
- VREF = ±10V VHYST = +100mV .. +4V
Corner frequencies of the (2-pole) low-pass filter will be jointly configurable for both of a channel's tracks to
the values:
- Low-pass filter: 20kHz, 2kHz, 200Hz
40
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.1.1.3.6 Structure
Complete conditioning with individual differential inputs is provided for 4 tracks: they can be used for forur
channels with one-signal-encoders or for two channels with two-signal encoders.
Block schematic

GND
-INA
+INA
+5V
CHASSIS
GND
SENSOR
SUPPLY
POWER_GND
Ua
-Ua
Filter
REF
HYST FREQ
COUNT
+/-30V
9 tracks: IN1..4 X/Y, INDEX
cable sensor
Dual track encoders (quadrature encoders) emit two signals offset by 90° of phase, the tracks A and B. By
evaluating the phase information between the A and B-track, the direction of turning can be determined. If
the corresponding encoder type is selected, this functionality is supported. The actual time or frequency
information, however, is derived exclusively from the A-track!
Like the other channels, the Index-channel is fully conditioned. If its function is activated, it can take effect
on all four channels. At the imc terminal plug the pin is labeled ±INDEX.
4.1.1.3.7 Channel assignment
The connector used is the ACC/DSUB-ENC-4. It enables all four incremental counters to be connected at
the same terminal.
As a prerequisite for the input differential amplifier to find the correct working point, the sensor must be
ground referenced, i.e. it must have low resistance to ground (GND, CHASSIS, PE). This is not to be
confused with the sensor’s common mode voltage, which may be up to +25V/-12V (even for the –IN input!).
It also does not matter that a differential measurement is configured for the high-impedance differential
input. If this electrical connection to the system ground (CHASSIS) does not exist initially because the
sensor is electrically isolated, then such a connection must be set up, for instance in the form of a wire
jumper between the sensor’s GND and POWER_GND contacts!
The 5V (max. 100mA, 300mA upon request) supply voltage which the module provides at the terminals
+5V and GND can be used to power the sensors. If more voltage or supply power is needed, the sensor
must be supplied externally, which means that it is absolutely necessary to ensure that this supply voltage
is referenced to system ground!
41
Device Description
4.1.1.3.8 Incremental encoder track configuration options
Mode
Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4
Single-signal mode √ √ √ √
two-signal mode
Single-signal mode shows signal value 0 √ √
two-signal mode √
Single-signal mode √ √ shows signal value 0
two-signal mode √
Single-signal mode shows signal value 0 shows signal value 0
two-signal mode √ √
4.1.1.3.9 Block schematic

42
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.1.1.3.10 Connection
The connector is the ACC/DSUB-ENC-4. This enables all four incremental encoders to a single connector.
Each of the 4 incremental encoder channels has an A and a B-track (C and D) for connecting a two-signal
encoder. If a one-signal encoder is used, it must be connected to the X-track and the positive Y-track must
be shorted with the negative Y-track. If the index-input isn't used, the positive index channel must be
shorted with the negative index-channel.
The pin configuration of the DSUB15 plug .
4.1.1.3.10.1 Connection: Open-Collector Sensor
Simple rotary encoder sensors are often designed as an Open-Collector stage:

GND
-INA
+INA
+5V
CHASSIS
+/-30V
cable sensor ENC-4
(SUPPLY)
POWER_GND
Ua
SIGNAL_GND
4.1.1.3.10.2 Connection: Sensors with RS422 differential line drivers
Commercially available rotary encoders are often equipped with differential line drivers, for instance as per
the EIA-standard RS422. These deliver a complementary (inverse) TTL-level signal for each track. The
sensor's data are evaluated differentially between the complementary outputs. The threshold to select is
0V, since the differential evaluation results in a bipolar zero-symmetric signal: 3.8...5V (HIGH) or –3.8...-5V
(LOW). Ground loops as pure common mode interference are suppressed to the greatest possible extent.
The illustration below shows the circuiting. The reflection response and thus the signal quality can be
further improved by using terminator resistors.

GND
-INA
+INA
a
+5V
CHASSIS
+/-30V
cable sensor ENC-4
(SUPPLY)
POWER_GND
Ua
-Ua
R_
ter
m
RS422
149
43
Device Description
4.1.1.3.10.3 Connection: Sensors with current signals
For a rotational encoder working with current signals, the current/ voltage terminal ACC/DSUB-ENC-4-IU
can be used.
It is possible to power the sensor from the ENC-4 module. The pertinent specifications are:
max. supply current: 320 mA
typ. encoder with 11µAss signals:
Heidenhain ROD 456, current c: max. 85mA per (2-signal) encoder
Note The resulting input voltage for the ENC module can not be measured at the terminal but at the pins of
the DSUB plug.
The pin configuration is equal to ACC/DSUB-ENC-4 .
145
149
44
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.1.2 Miscellaneous
4.1.2.1 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-Expansion plug for voltage channels
4.1.2.1.1 ICP-Sensors
The ICP-channels are specially designed for the use of current-fed sensors in 2-wire-configuration.
This sensor type is fed with a constant current of typically 4mA and delivers a voltage-signal consisting of a
DC-component (typ. +12V) superimposed with an AC-signal (max. ±5V).
ICP-sensors are typically employed in vibration and solid-borne sound measurements and are offered by
various manufacturers as solid-borne sound microphones or accelerometers under different
(trademarked) product names, such as:
PCB: ICP-Sensor, KISTLER: Piezotron-Sensor, Brüel&Kjaer: DeltaTron-Sensor.
The commonly used name ICP (Integrated Circuit Piezoelectric) is actually a registered trademark of the
American manufacturer "PCB Piecotronics".
The technical specification of the module ACC/DSUB-ICP4 .
4.1.2.1.2 Feed current
The exact magnitude of the supply current is irrelevant for the measurement's precision. Values of 2mA
tend to be adequate. Only in the case of very high bandwidth and amplitude signals in conjunction with very
long cables, supply currents may be a concern, as considerable currents are need to dynamically charge
the capacitive load of the cable.
dynam. current headroom: I = 2mA
cable capacity (typ. coax-cable): C = l * 100pF/m
max. signal slew rate (full-power): dU/dt = 5V * 2*PI*25kHz
 max. cable length: l_max = 2mA / (100pF/m * 5V * 2*PI*25kHz) = 25m
Up to a max. cable length of 25m, no limitations are to be expected as long as the above conditions are
fulfilled.
4.1.2.1.3 ICP-Expansion plug
As a special accessory for voltage channels, an ICP expansion plug is available. This can be used to
directly connect current-fed ICP-sensors also at voltage channels.
4-channel models (ACC /DSUB-ICP4) are available for the following devices:
C-12xx, C-10xx, C-41xx
2- channel models (ACC /DSUB-ICP2) are available for the following devices:
C-70xx, C-50xx, C-60xx
This (active) expansion plug having the same dimensions as the imc DSUB-plug, comes with additional
conditioning equipment built into its housing and having the following features:
- individual current sources for the current-fed ICP-sensors
- per source: 4.2mA (typ.), voltage swing: max. 25V
- differential AC-coupling to block the signal's DC-component (approx. +12V) typical with ICP.
- each channel can be switched to current-fed ICP measurement (AC-coupled) or DC-coupled voltage
measurement.
143
45
Device Description
4.1.2.1.4 Configuration
Block schematic: Potential relationships
+ICP
+27V
-ICP
AGND
+/- 5V ...
+/- 250mV
"DC-coupling"
+
-
ICP-
Sensor
shielded cable
CHASSIS
+IN
-IN
AGND
DC / DC
+5V
GND
CRONOS Voltage channel ICP-Expansion plug
s
e
e
t
e
x
t
s
e
e

t
e
x
t
4 mA
no isolation
common sensor
AGND
Groundloop common mode interf erence
Bridge f or ungrounded
sensors
1
0
0
CHASSIS
AGND
Switch position ICP:
- The AC-coupling is already provided by the ICP-plug, the voltage channel is DC-coupled.
- The input range must be adapted to the signal's AC-component, it can be adjusted within the range
between
±5V ... ±250mV
- The combination of the built-in coupling capacitor (2 x 220nF corresponding to 110nF diff.) with the
impedance of the ICP-plug (2MO diff.) and the input impedance constitutes a high-pass filter. When
connecting the plug or sensor, be aware of the transients experienced by this high-pass filter, caused
by the sensor's DC-offset (typ. +12V). It is necessary to wait until this phenomenon decays and the
measured signal is offset-free!
- When the ICP-expansion plug is used, a considerable offset can occur (in spite of AC-coupling), which
can be traced to the (DC-) input currents in conjunction with the voltage amplifier's DC input impedance.
This remainder, too, can be compensated by high-pass filtering with Online FAMOS.
(Direct high-pass filtering for voltage channels is in preparation).
Switch position Volt:
- The voltage channel is DC-coupled, the current source de-coupled.
- The voltage channel's input impedance is reduced by parallel connection with the ICP-plug's
impedance.
46
imc C-series
imc C-series
The following table provides an overview of the modules compatible with the ICP-plugs.
The voltage amplifiers' different input impedance values (with / without input divider) depend on the voltage
range selected. The resulting high-pass cutoff frequencies and the time necessary for the 12V-offset to
decay to 10µV are shown.
Module Range diff. R_in Res. impedance tau fg Settling. (10µV)
C-12xx ≥ ±20V 1MO 0. 7MO 73ms 2.2Hz 1.0s
  ≤ ±10V 20MO 1. 2MO 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s
C-41xx ≥ ±5V 1 MO 0. 7MO 73ms 2.2 Hz 1.0s
  ≤ ±2V 10MO 1. 7MO 18ms 0.9 Hz 2.6s
C-60xx ≥ ±5V 1 MO 0. 7MO 73ms 2.2 Hz 1.0s
  ≤ ±2V 20MO 1. 2MO 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s
C-70xx ≥ ±20V 1 MO 0. 7MO 73ms 2.2 Hz 1.0s
  ≤ ±10V 20MO 1. 2MO 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s
C-50xx alle 20MO 1. 2MO 20ms 0.8 Hz 2.8s
In terms of the shielding and grounding of the connected ICP-sensors, note:
- We recommend using multicore, shielded cable, where the shielding (at the plug) is connected to the
plug "CHASSIS", or can be connected to the pull-relief brace in the plug.
The section on ICP-channels within this chapter provides further information on ICP-sensors and hints on
applications.
47
Device Description
4.1.2.1.4.1 Circuit schematic: ICP-plugs
-in1
+in2
-in2
+in3
+in1
+
pwr
-in3
+in4
-in4
-
pwr
Sensor
4 x 3,8 mA
CHASSIS
Signal ground
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Terminal
numbers
DSUB-
15 Pins
8
7
14
13
5
4
11
2
10
ICP
ICP
ICP
ICP
17
18
13
14
15
16 1
+5V
1
0
0
R
1
0
0
R
1
0
0
R
1
0
0
R
+ICP1
-ICP1
+ICP2
-ICP2
+ICP3
-ICP3
+ICP4
-ICP4
CHAS
SIS
CHAS
SIS
CHAS
SIS
CHAS
SIS
AGND
AGND
48
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.1.2.2 ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC, ACC/DSUB-ICP2-MICRODOT
This is a 2-channel pre-amp in the form of an imc clamp terminal, which enables two sensors having ICP-
output to be connected via BNC interconnections. To the available coupling types for channels to which it is
connected, it offers the additional entry “AC with current supply”, which makes direct connection of ICP™ -,
DeltaTron
®
-, or PiezoTron
®
-sensors possible. The connector ensures a 4mA current supply.
Once the ICP2-BNC terminal is connected, the information on the TEDS-capable sensors used must be
imported. Otherwise, this error message will appear upon performing preparation:
"All channels connected to the imc clamp terminal ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC requires input
coupling AC with current feed or DC! Error number 6329"
Channels at which an ICP2-BNC terminal is connected but not any TEDS-capable sensor must be set to
DC, in order to be able to successfully prepare the measurement.
However, if the opposite case occurs: “AC with current feed” is set but no ICP terminal is connected at the
corresponding channel, the following error message provides notification of this:
"The required imc clamp terminal ACC/DSUB-ICP is not connected! Error number: 6334"
In this case, an appropriate terminal must be connected or the coupling type must be corrected by
importing the sensor’s info (if no sensor info is found, the typical coupling types for that amplifier are
displayed again).
The technical specification of the ACC/DSUB-ICP plug.
A
C
C
/
D
S
U
B
-
I
C
P
-
B
N
C
ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC
4.1.2.3 SEN-SUPPLY Sensor supply
Non-isolated Module for Sensor Supply with Selectable Voltage Output
The module provides a sensor supply voltage which is adjustable by a selection switch. The maximum
available power is 3 W. The voltages provided are short-circuit-proof.
Upon request also available as an internal amplifier expansion for sensor supply. The terminal for the
voltage is then at the amplifier DSUB jack. Other limitations apply (5 ranges; ±15V as optional substitute for
+15V), refer to the amplifier’s spec sheet.
The technical specification of the module SEN-SUPPLY .
144
146
49
Device Description
4.1.2.4 imc Display
The optional display screen enables interaction between the user and a running measurement process by
posting read-outs of system states and allowing parameter adjustments via the membrane touch panel.
If the measurement device is prepared for opening a particular configuration upon being activated, it’s
possible to carry out the measurement without any PC. The display serves as a convenient status indicator
and can replace or supplement imcDevices for process control purposes. It works even where no PC or
display unit normally could, for example at temperatures of -20°C or +70°C.
The Display can be connected or disconnected at any time without disturbing a running measurement. This
makes it possible, for instance, to check the status of multiple running devices in succession.
The Display’s interaction with the measurement device is handled by means of virtual Display variables or
bits, which can either be evaluated for the purpose of status indication or set in order to affect the
measurement process.
A variety of different models of the Display are available:
- Alphanumeric Displays – Hand-held terminals and built-in displays
o Alphanumeric hand-held terminals have 32 scrollable lines of text with 40 characters each.
Four of the lines are visible on screen. This Display type comes in these varieties:
 M/Display housing dimensions approx.
220mm x 105mm x 30mm
Screen dimensions:
146mm x 28.5mm
Weight: approx. 0.5kg
 M/Display-L housing dimensions approx. 350mm x 168mm x 25mm
Screen dimensions: 244mm x 68mm
Weight: approx. 1.3kg
The technical specification of the alphanumerical display .
143
50
imc C-series
imc C-series
- Graphics Displays – The prerequisite is the software version imcDevices 2.5
o imc Graphics Terminal technical benchmarks:
Housing dimensions: approx. 306mm x 170mm x 25mm
Screen dimensions: approx. 11.5cm x 8.6cm
Weight: approx. 1.0kg
There are three different display modes:
 320 x 240 pixels in 16 gray scale colors
 320 x 240 pixels in 65536 colors
 The built-in Display is monochrome: 160 x 80 pixels
The technical specification of the graphics display .
142
51
Device Description
4.1.2.5 GPS
At the nine-pin GPS socket it is possible to connect a GPS-receiver of the type Garmin GPS35LVS,
GPS18LVC, GPS18LVC-5Hz etc. which enables absolute synchronization to GPS time. If the GPS-mouse
has reception, the measurement system synchronizes itself automatically. Also, if a valid DCF-77 signal is
applied at the Sync-socket, the first signal which the hardware recognizes as valid is accepted.
order number
CRPL/GPS-MOUSE-1Hz 1080065
CRPL/GPS-MOUSE-5Hz 1080174
C/GPS-MOUSE-5Hz 1400019
As of imcDevices Version 2.6, the time counter DCF77 or GPS can be selected by software. Furthermore,
from this version onward, it is possible to evaluate all GPS information which can be retrieved in the system
via the process vector. By means of Online FAMOS, this information can be processed further.
The available GPS information includes:
pv.GPS.quality
GPS quality indicator
1 Invalid position or position not available
2 GPS standard mode, fix valid
3 differential GPS, fix valid

pv.GPS.satellites
number of used satellites.
pv.GPS.latitude
pv.GPS.longitude
latitude and longitude in degree. (Scaled with 1E-7)
pv.GPS.height
height over sea level (over geoid) in meter
pv.GPS.height_geoidal
height geoid minus height ellipsoid (WGS84) in meter
pv.GPS.course
course in °
pv.GPS.course_variation
magnetic declination in °
pv.GPS.speed
speed in km/h
pv.GPS.hdop
pv.GPS.vdoppv.GPS.pdop
Dilution of precision for horizontal, vertical and position
See http://www.iota-es.de/federspiel/gps_artikel.html
for internal use only:
pv.GPS.time.sec
pv.GPS.time.usec
pv.GPS.counter
pv.GPS.test
52
imc C-series
imc C-series
slow = Mean( DIn01, 1, 10 )
latitude = CreateVChannelInt( slow, pv.GPS.latitude)
longitude = CreateVChannelInt( slow, pv.GPS.longitude)
quality = CreateVChannel( slow, pv.GPS.quality)
satellites = CreateVChannel( slow, pv.GPS.satellites)
Important note
pv.GPS.latitude and pv.GPS.longitude are scaled as integer 32 with 1E-7. They must be proceeded as
integer channels, otherwise precession will be lost.
Pin configuration of the DSUB9 connector.
4.1.2.6 LEDs and Beeper
6 Status-lamps (LEDs, on the device front panel) and a beeper are provided as additional visual and
acoustic "output channels". They can be used just as standard output channels in Online FAMOS by
assigning them the binary values "0" / "1" or functions taking the Boolean value range.
Interactive setting and Bit-window display for these output channels is neither especially useful nor
supported.
It is not possible to deactivate the beeper by software.
4.1.2.7 Modem connection
By default, an external modem is connected via the 9-pin DSUB socket. If your system comes with a
built-in modem, there is an RJ45 socket instead. Normal telephone connection plugs are smaller than
standard RJ45 plugs, however they will fit without an adapter.
Pin configuration of the 9 pin DSUB socket .
Note
Don’t mistake the modem socket for the Ethernet socket used to connect to a computer network.
4.1.2.8 SYNC
For a synchronized measurement use the SYNC terminal. That connector has to be connected with other
imc devices or a DCF77 antenna.
Note
When using multiple devices connected via the Sync terminal for synchronization purposes, ensure that
all devices are the same voltage level. Any potential differences among devices may have to be evened
out using an additional line having adequate cross section.
Alternatively it is possible to isolate the devices by using the module ISOSYNC.
See also chapter Synchronization in the imcDevices manual.
Technical data for synchronization.
151
150
115
53
Device Description
4.1.2.9 Filter-Einstellungen
4.1.2.9.1 Theoretischer Hintergrund
Der Filter-Einstellung kommt bei einem abtastenden Mess-System besondere Bedeutung zu: Aus der
Theorie digitaler Signalverarbeitung und des Abtasttheorems (Shannon, Nyquist) geht hervor, dass bei
einem abtastenden System eine Bandbegrenzung des Signals vorhanden sein muss. Diese stellt sicher,
dass das Signal ab der halben Abtastfrequenz (Nyquist-Frequenz) keine nennenswerten spektrale
Signalanteile mehr beinhaltet. Andernfalls führt dies zu Aliasing - Fehlern, die auch durch nachträgliche
Filterung nicht mehr zu beseitigen sind.
SPARTAN-Ux(-CAN) stellt ein abtastendes System dar, bei dem die im Konfigurationsmenü einzustellende
Abtastzeit (bzw. Frequenz) dieser Bedingung unterworfen ist. Die auswählbare Tiefpass-Filterfrequenz ist
dabei bestimmend für die Bandbegrenzung des mit dieser Rate abzutastenden Eingangssignals.
Die Einstellung AAF für die Filtereinstellung steht für Automatisches Antialiasing Filter. Sie nimmt eine
automatische Wahl der Filterfrequenz vor, angepasst an die gewählte Abtastrate. Die zugrundeliegende
Regel dabei ist:
AAF-Filterfrequenz (-80dB) = Abtastfrequenz * 0,6 = Nyquistfrequenz * 1,2
AAF-Filterfrequenz (-0,1dB) = Abtastfrequenz * 0,4 = Nyquistfrequenz * 0,8
4.1.2.9.2 Allgemeines Filter-Konzept
Die C-Serie verwendet eine zweistufige Systemarchitektur, bei dem die analogen Signale mit einer festen
primären Abtastrate abgetastet werden (analog-digital Wandlung mit Sigma-Delta ADCs). Hierbei
vermeidet ein festes analoges Tiefpassfilter Aliasing-Fehler. Der Betrag dieser primären Abtastrate ist nicht
nach außen hin sichtbar, hängt vom Kanaltyp ab und ist in der Regel größer oder gleich der in der
Einstelloberfläche wählbaren Abtastrate. Das einstellbare Filter ist als digitales Filter realisiert, welches den
Vorteil eines exakten Betrags- und Phasenverlaufs hat. Dies ist insbesondere für den Gleichlauf (Matching)
von miteinander verrechneten Kanälen von großer Bedeutung.
Werden in der System-Konfiguration langsamere Datenraten (f_sample) eingestellt, so gewährleisten
digitale Anti-Aliasing Filter (Tiefpass-Filter) die Einhaltung der Bedingungen des Abtast-Theorems. Drei
Fälle können dabei unterschieden werden:
4.1.2.9.3 Implementierten Filter
Filter-Einstellung „Filter-Typ: ohne“:
Nur das (analoge) auf die primäre Datenrate abgestimmte Anti-Aliasing-Filter ist wirksam, neben einer
nachgeschalteten digitalen Frequenzgang-Korrektur, die für einen steileren Frequenzgang sorgt.
Diese Einstellung kann sinnvoll sein, wenn maximale Bandbreitenreserven genutzt werden sollen und
gleichzeitig einschränkende Annahmen über die spektrale Verteilung des Messsignals gemacht werden
können, die einen Verzicht auf vollständige Filterung rechtfertigen.
Filter-Einstellung „Filter-Typ: AAF“:
Die (digitalen) Anti-Aliasing-Filter werden als elliptische Cauer-Filter ausgeführt. Deren „scharfe“ Kennlinie
im Frequenzbereich ermöglicht es, die Eckfrequenzen erheblich näher an die Abtast- bzw.
Nyquist-Frequenz heranzuführen, ohne Kompromisse zwischen Bandbreite und Aliasing-Freiheit
einzugehen.
Die automatische Wahl der Eckfrequenz in der Einstellung „AAF“ basiert auf folgenden Kriterien:
- Im Durchlassbereich („pass band“) ist eine maximale (AC-) Verstärkungs-Unsicherheit von
0.006% = -0.005dB zulässig. Das pass band ist definiert durch die Eckfrequenz, bei der dieser Wert
unterschritten wird.
- Der Sperrbereich („stop band“) ist gekennzeichnet durch eine Dämpfung von mindestens –80 dB.
Diese Dämpfung wird auch für 16-Bit Systeme als ausreichend angesehen, da diskrete Störfrequenzen
nie 100% Amplitude erreichen können: der nutzbare Messbereich wird im wesentlichen durch das
Nutzsignal ausgefüllt. Andernfalls müsste ohnehin ein größerer Bereich gewählt werden um
54
imc C-series
imc C-series
Übersteuerung zu vermeiden.
- Der Übergangsbereich („transition band“) liegt typischerweise symmetrisch um die Nyquist-Frequenz
herum. Damit ist gewährleistet, dass die ins pass band zurückgespiegelten Aliasing-Anteile aus dem
stop band um ausreichende (mind.) –80dB unterdrückt sind. Rest-Anteile aus dem Frequenzbereich
zwischen Nyquist-Frequenz und stop band Grenze spiegeln lediglich zurück in den Bereich außerhalb
des pass band (pass band bis Nyquist) dessen Signalgehalt als nicht relevant definiert ist.
- Die genannten Kriterien sind mit den verwendeten Cauer-Filter durch folgende Konfigurations-Regel
erfüllt:
Filter-Einstellung „Filter-Typ: AAF“:
- fg_AAF (-0.1dB) = 0.4 * f_sample;
- Charakteristik: Cauer Filter-Ordnung: 8-pol
Filter-Einstellung „Filter-Typ: Tiefpass“:
Es kann manuell eine Tiefpassfrequenz gewählt werden, die den konkreten Anforderungen der
Applikation gerecht wird. Insbesondere kann eine Eckfrequenz deutlich unterhalb der Nyquist-Frequenz
eingestellt werden, die in jedem Fall ein Aliasing garantiert ausschließt, natürlich unter „Opferung“
entsprechender Bandbreite-Reserven.
mit fg_AAF (3dB) = f_sample / 4 Dämpfung bei Nyquist Frequenz: 1/64 = -36 dB
mit fg_AAF (3dB) = f_sample / 5 Dämpfung bei Nyquist Frequenz: 1/244 = -48 dB
mit fg_AAF (3dB) = f_sample / 10 Dämpfung bei Nyquist Frequenz: 1/15630 = -84 dB
- Charakteristik: Butterworth, Filter-Ordnung: 8-pol
In jedem Fall ist die Einstellung AAF keine Garantie für Aliasing-freies Messen: Die Anforderungen an das
Filter sind im konkreten Anwendungsfall zu überprüfen und bei stark gestörten Signalen anzupassen. Da
die einstellbaren Abtast- und Filterfrequenzen jeweils in 1 – 2 – 5 Schritten gestuft sind, ist stets entweder
1
/
4
oder
1
/
5
der Abtastrate als Filter einstellbar.
Weitere mögliche Filtereinstellungen sind Bandpass und Hochpass jeweils 4.Ordnung.
55
Device Description
4.1.2.10 DSUB-Q2 charging amplifier
Charging amplifier in DSUB connector
The charging amplifier accessory DSUB-Q2 serves as an adapter for a piezo-electric sensor having a
charge output to the voltage measurement inputs of the CRPL device family. It contains two miniature
charge amplifiers which convert charge to voltage. They can perform both quasi-static and dynamic
measurements, and can be used to measure force, velocity and acceleration directly or indirectly.
charging amplifier DSUB-Q2
The two-channel pre-amp takes the form of an imc plug which enables two charge sensors to be
connected via BNC. It adds the options “DC charge” and “AC charge” to the list of coupling types available
for the channels to which it is connected. Since only charges can be measured at the channels concerned
as long as the terminal is connected, the other coupling types are not available.
Once the DSUB-Q2 terminal is connected, the channels used are configured by importing the sensor
information . Otherwise, this error message appears during the preparation process:
"The required imc plug with charging amplifier DSUB-Q2 is not connected! Error number:
6333"
Now the channels are set to charge
coupling. All other couplings such as
current measurement, bridge
measurement etc. are now no longer
available.
imcDevices>amplifier tab: DSUB-Q2 settings with UNI-8
NOTE
The charge amplifier itself is not TEDS-capable, so it is not possible to import sensor information from the
connected charge sensors. For this reason, the button “Import sensor data from sensor and set channel”
causes the function “Import connector data and set channel” to be performed in this case.
However, if the opposite case occurs, namely that charge coupling is set but no charge amplifier is
connected to the corresponding channel, the following error message provides notification of this:
"The required imc plug charging amplifier DSUB-Q2 is not connected! Error number: 6333"
The technical data for the DSUB-Q2 connector .
147
56
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.2 CS-1016, CL-1032
4.2.1 Universal measurement device
CS-1016 and CL-1032 are 16- and 32-channel universal measurement devices, respectively, for voltage
and current measurement tasks, with sampling rates of up to 20kHz per channel. The input channels are
differential and equipped with per-channel signal conditioning, including filters.
The technical specs of the CS-1016, CL-1032 .
CS-1016
CL-1032
4.2.2 Hardware configuration
The devices come with the following analog measurement channels:
- voltage - current - current-fed sensors e.g. ICP (optional)
4.2.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
The devices come with 16 (CS) or 32 (CL) differential, non-isolated input channels which can be used for
measuring voltage. In addition, current measurement by means of a shunt plug and the use of an
ICP-expansion plug are provided for.
The module is built as a "scanner" which enables the maximum aggregate sampling rate of 320kHz to be
distributed among the amount of activated channels (up to 16). The maximum sampling rate for a single
channel can extend up to 20kHz.
The channels each come with 5
th
order ("analog", fixed-configuration) anti-aliasing filters, whose cutoff
frequency is 6.8kHz. This means that for a channel sampled at 20kHz, nearly aliasing-free measurement in
the sense of the Sampling Theorem is ensured.
116
57
Device Description
For low channel sampling rates (esp. when many channels are active), appropriately adapted (digital)
low-pass filter are implemented. This procedure then no longer stringently adheres to the condition for the
Sampling Theorem, since the cutoff frequency of the "primary" analog filter (6.8kHz) is not adapted to the
lower channel sampling rate; however, the properties of this affordable module are perfectly adequate for a
number of applications.
- Input ranges: ±250mV, ±1V, ±2.5V, ±10V
- Analog bandwidth: 6.8kHz (-3dB).
- Maximum aggregate sampling rate: 320kHz
- Impedance: 20MO (differential)
4.2.3.1 Voltage measurement
- Voltage ranges: ±250mV, ±1V, ±2.5V, ±10V
The input impedance is 10MO referenced to system ground or 20MO differential. The inputs are
DC-coupled. The corresponding connection terminal is designated ACC/DSUB-U4
4.2.3.2 Current measurement
- Current ranges: ±5mA, ±20mA, ±50mA
For current measurements, a special plug with a built-in shunt (50) is needed (order #: ACC/DSUB-I4).
Configuration is carried out in the voltage mode, but an appropriate scaling factor is entered which allows
direct display of current values (20mA/V = 1/50O).
For current measurement with the special shunt-plugs ACC/DSUB-I4, input ranging only up to max. ±5
0mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt's
limited power dissipation in the case of static long-term loading.
4.2.4 Current-fed sensors
For measurement of current-fed sensors, e.g. ICPs, the special connector ACC/DSUB-ICP2 is required.
4.2.4.1 External +5V supply voltage
At the DSUB-15 connector plugs, there is a 5V supply voltage available for external sensors or for the
ICP-expansion plug. This source is not isolated; its reference potential is identical to the overall system's
ground reference.
The +5V supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short-circuiting and can each be
loaded up to max. 160mA (short-circuit limiting: 200mA). The sensor's reference potential, in other words
its supply-ground connection is the terminal "GND".
4.2.4.2 Connection
The DSUB connectors’ pin configuration of the CS-1016, CL-1032 .
152
58
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.3 CS-1208, CL-1224
4.3.1 All-purpose laboratory and test rig devices
CS-1208 and CL-1224 are 8- and 24-channel universal measurement device, respectively, for voltage and
current measurement tasks, with sampling rates of up to 100kHz per channel. Their 50V input range and
their very low noise voltage in particular destine these devices for highest-performance voltage
measurement. The input channels are differential and equipped with per-channel signal conditioning,
including filters.
The technical specs of the CS-1208, CL-1224.
4.3.2 Hardware configuration
The devices come with the following analog measurement channels:
- voltage - current - current-fed sensors e.g. ICP (optional)
4.3.3 Conditioning and signal connection
8/24 differential analog inputs (ICP™-, DELTATRON
®
-, PIEZOTRON
®
-Sensors)
5
The measurement inputs (non-isolated, differential amplifiers) are for voltage or current measurement. The
15-pin DSUB plug ACC/DSUB-U4 enables voltage measurement on four channels. For measurement of
current, the ACC/DSUB-I4, which comes with 50O shunts, must be used. In addition, the use of an
ICP-expansion plug ACC/DSUB-ICP4 is possible.
The module supports TEDS; the technical specification of the amplifier .
5
-ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.
  - DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibration.
- PIEZOTRON, PIEZOBEAM is a registered trade mark of Kistler.
4.3.3.1 Voltage measurement
- Voltage: ±50V... ±5mV
In the voltage ranges ±50V and ±20V, a voltage divider is in operation; the resulting input impedance is 1
MO. In the voltage ranges ±10V to ±5mV, by contrast, the input impedance is 20MO. When the device is
deactivated, it drops to about 1MO.
The input configuration is differential and DC-coupled.
118
118
59
Device Description
4.3.3.1.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference
The voltage source itself already is referenced to the device's ground. The voltage source is at the same
potential as the device ground.
+in
-in
GND
+
- U
e
Example: The unit is grounded. Thus, the input GND is at ground potential. If the voltage source itself is
also grounded, it is referenced to the device ground. It isn't any problem if, as it may be, the ground
potential at the voltage source deviates from the ground potential of the device itself by a few degrees. The
maximum permitted common mode voltage must not be exceeded.
Important: In this case, the negative signal input -IN may not be connected to the ground contact GND in
the device. Otherwise, a ground loop would result, through which interference could be coupled in.
In this case, a true differential (but not isolated!) measurement is performed.
4.3.3.1.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference
The voltage source itself has no reference to unit’s ground, but instead, its potential floats freely vis-à-vis
the device ground. If a ground reference cannot be established, it's also possible to connect the negative
signal input –IN to the ground contact GND.

+in
-in
GND
+
- U
e
Example: A voltage source which isn't grounded (e.g. a battery) and whose contacts have no connection to
ground potential is measured. The device is grounded.
Important: When –IN and GND are connected, be sure that the signal source's potential can actually be
drawn to the device ground's potential without an appreciable current flowing. If the source can't be brought
to that potential level (because it turns out to be at fixed potential after all), there is a risk of permanent
damage to the amplifier. If IN and GND are connected, a single end measurement is performed. This isn't
a problem unless a ground reference already existed.
60
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.3.3.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at other, fixed potential
In the input ranges ≤20V, the common mode voltage U
cm
must lie within the range ±10V. It is reduced by
one-half of the input voltage.

+in
-in
GND
+
- U
e
+
-
Ucm
4.3.3.1.4 Voltage measurement: With taring
With voltage measurement, it's possible to tare a zero offset to restore correct zero. For this purpose,
select the menu item Settings _Amplifiers (balance etc.)…, and on the screen's index card Common,
under Balancing, select the option Tare for the desired channel. The input range correspondingly is
reduced by the amount of the zero adjustment. If the initial offset is so large that it's not possible to adjust it
by means of the device, a larger input range must be set.
4.3.3.2 Current measurement
Current: e.g. ±50mA ... ±1mA
For current measurement, the DSUB connector ACC/DSUB-I4 must be used. This plug is not included in
the standard package. It contains a 50O shunt. In addition, voltage can be measured via an externally
connected shunt. The appropriate scaling must be set in the user interface. The value 50O is only a
suggestion. The resistance should be sufficiently precise. Make not of the shunt's power consumption.
+in
-in
GND
R
cable
R
cable
+
-
50O
In this configuration, too, the maximum common mode voltage must lie within the range ±10V. This can
generally only be assured if the current source is also already referenced to ground. If the current source
has no ground reference, there is a danger of the unit suffering unacceptably high overvoltage. It may be
necessary to create a ground reference, for instance, by grounding the current source.
61
Device Description
4.3.3.3 External voltage supply for ICP-Extension plug
A permanent 5V supply voltage for external sensors for the ICP expansion plug is always available at the
terminal sockets. This voltage source is referenced to the unit’s chassis.
4.3.3.4 Bandwidth
The channels' max. sampling rate is 100kSamples/s (10µs sampling interval). The analog bandwidth
(without digital low-pass filtering) is 1 4kHz (-3dB).
The technical specification of the CS-1208, CL-1224 .
4.3.3.5 Connection
The DSUB connectors’ pin configuration of the CS-1208, CL-1224 .
118
152
62
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.4 CL-2108
4.4.1 Power measurement devices
CL-2108 is a measurement device for measurement of network power quality. The amplifier enables direct
measurement of voltages of up to ±600V and offers connection terminals for current probes. With the
optional software enhancement imcPOLARES, it can serve network quality analyzer according to EN 50160
(power measurement devices and event analyzer) for standards-compliant evaluation of the quality of
electrical supply networks.
4.4.2 Hardware equipment
The following measurement channels are available:
- voltages of up to ±600V with a
protection class of up to CAT
II
- current probes/ low voltages - direct support for the use of
Rogowski coils
4.4.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
4 differential analog inputs
The high voltage amplifier consists of one two-channel master module and one two-channel attachment
module which is configured for measurement of either voltage or current probe signals. Thus, a single
amplifier can acquire either four voltage signals or two voltage and current probe channels each.
The technical specifications of the CL-2108 .
4.4.3.1 High-voltage channels
The high-voltage channels are each equipped with an isolated amplifier. They enable direct measurement
of voltages of up to ±600V (peak values), in accordance with the protection class CAT II. The utilization is
determined for each target system, and may not reach the maximum in some cases – refer to the technical
data.
The measurement signal is connected directly to the device via a safety banana jack.
The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) is 6.5kHz.
4.4.3.1.1 Voltage measurement
- Voltage: ±1000V ... ±2.5V in 9 different ranges
The inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance of 2MO. The differential response is
achieved by means of the isolated configuration.
120
63
Device Description
4.4.3.2 Current probe channels of the CL-2108
Current probe channels are non-isolated voltage channels, which are configured for direct connection of
isolated current probes.
4.4.3.2.1 Voltage measurement_CL-2108_CP
- Voltage: ±10V ... ±300mV in 4 different ranges
The non-isolated differential inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance of 2MO.
Besides measurement with current probes, any other voltage signals can also be connected.
4.4.3.3 Connection
4.4.3.3.1 Voltages
For voltage measurements of up to 1000V (peak), safety banana jacks are provided.
The maximum permitted voltage to ground depends on the measurement site. See Chapter T to
learn the measurement category.
Only use connectors which are protected on all sides against touch.
All the inputs are individually isolated.
The voltage channels are each equipped with isolated amplifiers. They enable direct measurement of
voltages up to ± 1000 V (this values decreases the higher the measurement category is  see the
technical data).
The measurement signal is connected directly to the device via a safety banana jack.
The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) enables correct measurement of up to the 50
th
harmonic.
The inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance in the MO range. The differential
response is achieved by means of the isolated configuration.
Note
To the extent possible, use symmetric connection cables having separate leads for both the measurement
and reference voltages of each line. Connect the leads for the reference voltage, if necessary, only at the
measurement object.
64
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.4.3.3.2 Currents
Current measurement is achieved contact-freeCC by means of current probes. To connect these
transducers, three-pin Phoenix sockets are provided. Only current probes fitted by imc with special
terminals can be connected. Connection resembles the illustrations below.



Current probe MN71 Current transducer AmpFLEX A100
The current probes recommended by imc cover the range for low currents (< 10A) and for medium to high
currents (5...10kA). With probes having multiple input ranges, the input range set on the probe must also
be correctly set by hand in the user’s interface.Both the amplitude- and phase response of the current
probes provided by imc are measured prior to delivery and recorded in a TEDS. The amplifier is able to
read this information and to correct the signal accordingly.
Notes
 If the current input range set in the user’s interface doesn’t match the probe’s, the current signal is
scaled incorrectly. However, the device’s electronics are not in danger of damage.
 Use only current probes provided by imc, or have your own current probes modified by our customer
service. Only then can error-free functioning be assured. imc will not accept responsibility for
disturbances or damage sustained by the device if unauthorized probes are used.
 Whenever you connect a new current probe, read its TEDS information. This is the only way to ensure
that phase-independent quantities (e.g. power) are determined correctly. The TEDS data are recorded
along with the experiment and therefore need not be imported each time the same equipment is
activated.
4.4.3.4 Using transducers
Compensation of systematic transducer conversion errors isn’t possible, since these errors aren’t known. If
the transducer’s conversion uncertainty is specified, it often only pertains to the technical frequencies, so
that the error estimation for higher harmonics is difficult.
Note
The transducers’ amplitudes and angle errors influence the measurement results, which especially affects
the measurement of power.
65
Device Description
4.4.3.5 Rogowski coil
Transducers which work according to the principle of the Rogowski coil return a signal’s derivative. The
amplifier is configured for this measurement type and returns an integrated signal in this case.
4.4.3.6 Pin configuration and cable wiring
Cable connection plug (without pod) – Current probe channels
Plug socket in CL-2108 Signal Definition
+ IN TEDS - IN
+IN Signal input
-IN
Signal input /
Reference potential L or (PE)N
TEDS
Transducer Electronic Data Sheet
Enables recognition of the current
probe connected
4.4.3.6.1 Notes on the measurement setup
Measurement lines must be kept away from unshielded conductors, sharp edges, electromagnetic fields
and other adverse environmental factors.
- Measurement line for the voltage: The measurement line’s connection to the measurement object
must be designed for the maximum occurring voltage. Before conducting the measurement, check the
line leading to it in order to prevent the occurrence of dangerous touch voltages and short circuits. The
use of flexible terminals makes special care necessary. It must be checked whether the mechanical
connection is secure and what would happen if it is accidentally disconnected. For increased reliability,
the lines should be secured at the measurement location. The fuse’s breaking capacity must correspond
to the expected error current at the measurement location.
- Measurement line for the current: The current probes must be connected in a mechanically secure
manner. The aim should be to orient it orthogonally to the current rail or lead. This applies especially to
current measurement coils operating according to the Rogowski principle.
- Measurement device: The device must be placed in such a way that no terminals can be accidentally
disconnected.
66
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.5 CS-3008, CL-3024
4.5.1 Compact measurement device for current feed sensores
CS-3008 and CL-3024 are 8- and 24-channel compact measurement devices, respectively, with sampling
rates of up to 100kHz per channel. The BNC inputs provide supply for current feed sensors.(ICP™-,
DELTATRON
®
-, PIEZOTRON
®
-Sensors). The technical specs of the CS-3008, CL-3024 .
4.5.2 Hardware configuration
The devices come with the following analog measurement channels:
- voltage DC - voltage AC - sensors with current feed supply, e.g. ICP
4.5.3 Signal conditioning
This model includes an internal ICP expansion, so that no external ICP-plug is necessary (ICP™-,
DELTATRON
®
-, PIEZOTRON
®
-Sensors). The interconnections ( not isolated, differential) are of the type BNC.
This means there is no possibility to measure current via the special DSUB terminal.
The ICPU-8 supports TEDS (Transducer Electronic Data Sheet) as per IEEE 1451.4 Class I Mixed
Mode Interface. According to this protocol, both TEDS data and analog signals are sent and received along
the same line. The technical specification for ICPU-8 .
4.5.4 Input coupling
Mode: AC
BNC
IN1..8
R
_
i
n
range:
<= 10V: 910k
>10V: 330k
R
_
i
n
0.37 Hz /
1.0 Hz
Mode: DC
BNC
IN1..8
R
_
i
n
range:
<= 10V: 10M
>10V: 500k
R
_
i
n
Mode: AC single-end
BNC
IN1..8
5
0
R
range:
<= 10V: 910k
>10V: 330k R
_
i
n
0.37 Hz /
1.0 Hz
Mode: DC single-end
BNC
IN1..8
5
0
R
R
_
i
n
range:
<= 10V: 10M
>10V: 500k
Note
In the settings mode Sensor with current feed, an open-circuit current-fed voltage of about 30V is present
at the BNC sockets, which can cause damage to other (non-current-fed) sensor types. For that reason, this
mode should only be set for appropriate sensors.
It is assured that no current feed is active when the device is started. This state remains in effect until the
measurement is first prepared, no matter what is set in the user's interface.
124
29
124
67
Device Description
4.5.5 Voltage measurement
- Voltage: ±50V... ±5mV
In the voltage ranges ±50V and ±20V, a voltage divider is in operation; the resulting input impedance is 1
MO in DC mode and 0.67MO in AC mode. In the voltage ranges ≤±10V, by contrast, the input impedance
is 20MO in DC and 1.82MO in AC mode. When the device is deactivated, it drops to about 1MO.
With the AC coupled ICP-measurement the DC voltage is suppressed by a high pass filter of 0.37Hz for all
ranges ≤ ±10V. For the ranges ≥ ±20V the low pass cut-off frequency is 1Hz. The input configuration is
differential.
4.5.5.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference
The voltage source itself already
is referenced to the device's
ground. The voltage source is at
the same potential as the device
ground.

+in
-in
GND
+
- U
e
Example: The measurement system is grounded. Thus, the input GND is at ground potential. If the
voltage source itself is also grounded, it is referenced to the device ground. It isn't any problem if, as
it may be, the ground potential at the voltage source deviates from the ground potential of the device
itself by a few degrees. The maximum permitted common mode voltage must not be exceeded.
Important: In this case, the negative signal input -IN may not be connected to the ground contact
GND in the device. Otherwise, a ground loop would result, through which interference could be
coupled in.
In this case, a true differential (but not isolated!) measurement is performed.
4.5.5.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference
The voltage source itself has no reference
to the device's ground, but instead, its
potential floats freely compared to the
device ground. If a ground reference
cannot be established, it's also possible to
connect the negative signal input –IN to the
ground contact GND.
+in
-in
GND
+
- U
e
Example: A voltage source which isn't grounded (e.g. a battery) and whose contacts have no
connection to ground potential is measured. The measurement system is grounded.
Important: When –IN and GND are connected, be sure that the signal source's potential can
actually be drawn to the device ground's potential without an appreciable current flowing. If the
source can't be brought to that potential level (because it turns out to be at fixed potential after all),
there is a risk of permanent damage to the amplifier. If IN and GND are connected, a single end
measurement is performed. This isn't a problem unless a ground reference already existed.
4.5.6 Bandwidth
The channels' max. sampling rate is 100kSamples/s (10µs sampling interval). The analog bandwidth
(without digital low-pass filtering) is 14kHz (-3dB). In AC mode the lower cut off frequency is 0.37Hz for all
ranges ≤ ±10V, else 1Hz.
68
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.6 CS-4108, CL-4124
4.6.1 Compact measurement device with isolated inputs
CS-4108 and CL-4124 are 8- and 24-channel universal measurement devices, respectively, with sampling
rates of up to 50kHz per channel. They are specially designed for measurement tasks in environments with
unclear voltage fields such as test rigs or large-scale machinery. The input channels are electrically
isolated, differential and equipped with per-channel signal conditioning including filters.
The technical specs of the CS-4108, CL-4124 .
4.6.2 Hardware configuration
The devices come with the following analog measurement channels:
- voltage
- current
- current-fed sensors e.g. ICP (optional) - thermocouples
- PT100
4.6.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
Each of the isolated voltage channels has its own isolated amplifier, operated in the voltage mode.
Along with voltage measurement, current measurement via a shunt plug and temperature measurement
are all provided for. It is also possible to use the ICP extension plug with the ISO2-8, but than the
isolation properties are not effective anymore.
The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) of the isolated voltage channels is 8kHz.
General remarks on isolated channels
When using an isolated channel (with or without supply), one should make sure the common mode
potential is "defined", one way or another: Using an isolated channel on an isolated signal source usually
does not make sense. The very high common mode input impedance of this isolated configuration (> 1GO)
will easily pick up enormous common mode noise as well as possibly letting the common mode potential
drift to high DC-level. These high levels of common-mode noise will not be completely rejected by the
amplifier's common-mode (isolation-mode) rejection.
So, as a general rule: isolated amps should be used in environments where the common-mode level is high
but "well defined" in terms of a low (DC-) impedance towards (non-isolated) system ground (CHASSIS).
In other words: isolated amps are used in environments where the common mode levels and noise are
already inherent in the process and not just accidental results of the equipment's isolation.
If, in turn, the signal source itself is isolated, it can be forced to a common-mode potential, which is the
potential of the measurement equipment. This is the case with a microphone: the non-isolated power
supply will force the common mode potential of the microphone and amp-input to system ground instead of
leaving it floating, which would make it susceptible to all kinds of noise and disturbance.
The technical specification of the analog inputs of the CS-4108, CL-4124 .
4.6.3.1 Voltage measurement
- Voltage: ±60V ... ±50mV in 11 different ranges
An internal pre-divider is in effect in the voltage ranges ±50V to ±5V. In this case, the differential input
impedance is 1MO, in all other ranges 10MO. If the device is de-activated, the impedance is always 1MO.
The inputs are DC-coupled. The differential response is achieved by means of the isolated circuiting.
126
44
126
69
Device Description
4.6.3.2 Current measurement
- Current: ±40mA , ±20mA, ±10mA.,. ±1mA in 6 ranges
A special plug (order-code: ACC/DSUB-I4) with a built-in shunt (50 ) is needed for current measurement.
Configuration is performed in voltage mode, whereby an appropriate scaling factor is entered in order for
amperage values to be displayed (20mA/V = 1/50O).
For current measurement with the special shunt-plugs ACC/DSUB-I4, inputs ranging only up to max. ±
50mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt's
limited power dissipation in the case of static long-term loading.
4.6.3.2.1 Input stage block schematic

1
M
Ω

2
0
k
Ω

+IN
-IN
Isolation
current
measurement
rom-
voltage
measuremen
t
+IN
-IN
5
0

Ω

ACC/DSUB_I4 isolated voltage channel - 10 kHz
1
0
M
Ω

4.6.3.3 External +5V supply voltage (non-isolated)
The isolated voltage channels are also provided with a 5V supply voltage at the DSUB-15 connector
plugs, for external sensors or ICP-extension plug. This source is not isolated; its reference potential is
identical to the non-isolated reference ground of the overall system.
These +5V supply outputs are each electronically protected inside from short-circuiting, against up to 160
mA (limit of short circuit protection: 280mA). The reference potential, in other words the supply's ground
connection for the sensor, is the terminal GND.
4.6.3.4 Temperature-channels
The analog channels are designed for direct connection of thermocouples and PT100-sensors (RTD,
platinum-resistance thermometers). Any combination of both sensor types can be used; all common
thermocouple types are supported along with their particular characteristic curves.
4.6.3.5 Connection
The DSUB connectors’ pin configuration of the CS-4108, CL-4124 .
152
70
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.7 CS-5008, CL-5016, CX-5032
4.7.1 Bridge measurement device for multi-channel measurements
CL-5016
The devices CS-5008, CL-5016 and CX-5032 are especially well suited for affordable multi-channel
measurement of strain gauges. Outfitted according to only slightly less powerful specs than the amplifiers
for CS-6004 and CL-6012, and not equipped for CF-mode, the measurement amplifier offers the highest
density of channels in the smallest space. Ideal for multi-channel dynamic and quasi-static strain gauge
applications.
The technical specs of the CS-5008, CL-5016, CX-5032 .
4.7.2 Hardware configuration
The devices have the following kinds of analog measurement channels:
- bridge-sensor
- bridge: strain gauge
- differential voltage
- voltage measurements with
adjustable supply
- current feed sensors
- current
measurement
4.7.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
The eight measurement inputs whose terminals are the four DSUB plugs (ACC/DSUB-UN2) are for
voltage, current, bridge PT-100 and thermocouple measurements. They are non-isolated differential
amplifiers. They share a common voltage supply for sensors and measurement bridges.
The amplifier supports TEDS ; the technical specification of the CS-5008, CL-5016, CX-5032 .
4.7.3.1 Voltage measurement
- Voltage: ±1000V ... ±2.5V in 9 different ranges
The inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance of 2MO. The differential response is
achieved by means of the isolated configuration.
129
29 129
71
Device Description
4.7.3.1.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference
The voltage source itself already has a connection to the device’s ground. The potential difference between
the voltage source and the device ground must be fixed.

+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
C
A
B
F
G
D
U
e
Example: The device is grounded. Thus, the input D is also at ground potential. If the voltage source itself
is also grounded, it's referenced to the device ground. It doesn't matter if the ground potential at the voltage
source is slightly different from that of the device itself. But the maximum allowed common mode voltage
must not be exceeded.
Important: In this case, the negative signal input B may not be connected with the device ground D.
Connecting them would cause a ground loop through which interference could be coupled in.
In this case, a genuine differential (but not isolated!) measurement is carried out.
72
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.7.3.1.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference
The voltage source itself is not referenced to the device ground but is instead isolated from it. In this case,
a ground reference must be established. One way to do this is to ground the voltage source itself. Then it is
possible to proceed as for "Voltage source with ground reference". Here, too, the measurement is
differential. It is also possible to make a connection between the negative signal input and the device
ground, in other words to connect B and D.
+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
C
A
B
F
G
D
Example: An ungrounded voltage source is measured, for instance a battery whose contacts have no
connection to ground. The device module is grounded.
Important: If B and D are connected, care must be taken that the potential difference between the signal
source and the device doesn't cause a significant compensation current. If the source's potential can't be
adjusted (because it has a fixed, overlooked reference), there is a danger of damaging or destroying the
amplifier. If B and D are connected, then in practice a single-ended measurement is performed. This is no
problem if there was no ground reference beforehand.
73
Device Description
4.7.3.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential
Suppose a voltage source is to be measured which is at a potential of 120V to ground. The device itself is
grounded. Since the common mode voltage is greater than permitted, measurement is not possible. Also,
the input voltage difference to the amplifier ground would be above the upper limit allowed. For such a
task, the device cannot be used!

+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
C
A
B
F
G
D
U
e
+
-
Ucm
4.7.3.1.4 Voltage measurement: With zero-adjusting (tare)
In voltage measurement, it is possible for the sensor to have an initial offset from zero. For such cases, use
the operating software to select the measurement mode "Voltage enable offset calibration" for the desired
channel. The measurement range will be reduced by the offset correction If the initial offset is too large for
compensation by the device, a larger input range must be set.
74
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.7.3.2 Current measurement
4.7.3.2.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement
- Current: e.g. ±50mA ... ±1mA
+in
+V Supply
GND
R
cable
R
cable
sense
+I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
50O
C
A
B
F
G
D
-in
For current measurement could be used the DSUB plug ACC/DSUB-I2. That connector comes with a 50O
shunt and is not included with the standard package. It is also possible to measure a voltage via an
externally connected shunt. Appropriate scaling must be set in the user interface. The value 50O is just a
suggestion. The resistor needs an adequate level of precision. Pay attention to the shunt's power
consumption.
The maximum common mode voltage must be in the range ±10V for this circuit, too. This can generally
only be ensured if the current source itself already is referenced to ground. If the current source is
ungrounded a danger exists of exceeding the maximum allowed overvoltage for the amplifier. The current
source may need to be referenced to the ground, for example by being grounded.
The sensor can also be supplied with a software-specified voltage via Pins C and D.
75
Device Description
4.7.3.2.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement
- Current: ±50mA ... ±2mA

+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
R
cable
R
cable
-sense
+I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
120O
C
A
B
F
G
D
In this circuit, the current to be measured flows through the 120O shunt inside the module. Note that here,
the terminal D is simultaneously the device’s ground. Thus, the measurement carried out is single-end or
ground referenced. The potential of the current source itself may be brought into line with that of the
device's ground. In that case, be sure that the unit itself is grounded.
In the settings interface, set the measurement mode to Current.
Note that the jumper between A and G should be connected right to PIN G inside the connecter.
76
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.7.3.2.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply
E.g. for pressure transducers 4.. 20mA.
+in
-in
+V Supply
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
GND
R
cable
R
cable
sense
C
A
B
F
G
D
Sensor
4..20mA
120 O
Transducers which translate the physical measurement quantity into their own current consumption and
which allow variable supply voltages can be configured in a two-wire circuit. In this case, the device has its
own power supply and measures the current signal.
In the settings dialog on the index card Universal amplifiers/ General, a supply voltage is set for the
sensors, usually 24V. The channels must be configured for Current measurement.
The sensor is supplied with power via Terminals C and G.
The signal is measured by the unit between A and D. For this reason, a wire jumper must be positioned
between Pins A and G inside the connector pod.
Note
There is a voltage drop across the resistances of the leadwires and the internal measuring resistance of 12
0W which is proportional to the amperage. This lost voltage is no longer available for the supply of the
transducer (2.4V = 120W * 20mA). For this reason, you must ensure that the resulting supply voltage is
sufficient. It may be necessary to select a leadwire with a large enough cross-section.
77
Device Description
4.7.3.3 Bridge measurement
Measurement of measurement bridges such as strain gauges.
The measurement channels have an adjustable DC voltage source which supplies the measurement
bridges. The supply voltage for all eight inputs is set in common. The bridge supply is asymmetric, e.g., for
a bridge voltage setting of V
B
= 5V, Pin C is at +VB = 5V and Pin D at -VB = 0V. The terminal–VB is
simultaneously the device's ground reference.
Depending on the supply set, the following input ranges are available:
Bridge measurement [V] Input ranges [mV/V]
10 ±1000... ± 0.5
5 ±1000... ± 0.5
Fundamentally, the following holds:
For equal physical modulation of the sensor, the higher the selected bridge supply is, the higher are the
absolute voltage signals the sensor emits and thus the measurement's signal-to-noise ratio and drift
quality. The limits for this are set by the maximum available current from the source and by the dissipation
in the sensor (temperature drift!) and in the device (power consumption!)
- For typical measurements with strain gauges, the ranges 5mV/V ... 1mV/V are particularly relevant.
- There is a maximum voltage which the Potentiometer sensors are able to return, in other words max.
1V/V; a typical range is then 1000mV/V.
Bridge measurement is set by selecting as measurement mode either Bridge: Sensor or Bridge: Strain
gauge in the operating software. The bridge circuit itself is then specified under the tab Bridge circuit, where
quarter bridge, half bridge and full bridge are the available choices.
78
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.7.3.3.1 Case 1: Full bridge
A full bridge has four resistors, which can be four correspondingly configured strain gauges or one
complete sensor which is a full sensor internally. The full bridge has five terminals to connect. Two leads (C
and D) serve supply purposes, two other leads (A and B) capture the differential voltage. The fifth lead (F)
is the Sense lead for the lower supply terminal, which is used to determine the single-sided voltage drop
along the supply line. Assuming that the other supply cable (C) has the same impedance and thus
produces the same voltage drop, no 6
th
lead is needed. The Sense lead makes it possible to infer the
measurement bridge's true supply voltage, in order to obtain a very exact measurement value in mV/V.

+in
-in
+VB
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
-VB
R
cable
R
cable
sense
VB
C
A
B
F
G
D
Please note that the maximum allowed voltage drop along a cable may not exceed approx. 0.5V. This
determines the maximum possible cable length.
If the cable is so short and its cross section so large that the voltage drop along the supply lead is
negligible, the bridge can be connected at four terminals by omitting the Sense line. In that case, however,
F and D must be jumpered. Pin F must never be unconnected!
79
Device Description
4.7.3.3.2 Case 2: Half bridge
A half bridge may consist of two strain gauges in a circuit or a sensor internally configured as a half bridge,
or a potentiometer sensor. The half bridge has 4 terminals to connect. For information on the effect and
use of the Sense lead F, see the description of the full bridge .
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+in
-in
+VB
-VB
R
cable
R
cable
sense
int.half
bridge
VB
C
A
B
F
G
D
The unit internally completes the full bridge itself, so that the differential amplifier is working with a genuine
full bridge.
4.7.3.3.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge
A quarter bridge can consist of a single strain gauge resistor, whose nominal value can be 120O.
For quarter bridge measurement, only 5V can be set as the bridge supply.
+in
-in
+VB
-VB
120
R
cable
R
cable
quarter
bridge
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
O
VB
C
A
B
F
G
D
int.half
bridge
The quarter bridge has 3 terminals to connect. Refer to the description of the full bridge for comments on
the Sense lead. However, with the quarter bridge, the Sense lead is connected to +IN and Sense jointly.
If the sensor supply is equipped with the option “±15V”, a quarter bridge measurement is not
possible. The pin I_1/4B for the quarter bridge completion is used for–15V instead.
78
80
imc C-series
imc C-series
General notes
The SENSE lead serves to compensate voltage drops due to cable resistance, which would otherwise
produce noticeable measurement errors. If there are no Sense lines, then SENSE (F) must be connected
in the terminal plug according to the sketches above.
Bridge measurements are relative measurements (ratiometric procedure) in which the fraction of the
bridge supply fed in which the bridge puts out is analyzed (typically in the 0.1% range, corresponding to 1
mV/V). Calibration of the system in this case pertains to this ratio, the bridge input range, and takes into
account the momentary magnitude of the supply. This means that the bridge supply's actual magnitude
is not relevant and need not necessarily lie within the measurement's specified overall accuracy.
The bandwidth for DC bridge measurement (without low-pass filtering) is also 5kHz (-3dB).
Any initial unbalance of the measurement bridge, for instance due to mechanical pre-stressing of the strain
gauge in its rest state, must be zero-balanced (tare). Such an unbalance can be many times the input
range (bridge balancing). If the initial unbalance is too large to be compensated by the device, a larger input
range must be set.
Input range [mV/V] Bridge balancing
(VB = 5V) [mV/V]
Bridge balancing
(VB = 10V) [mV/V]
±1000
500 150
±500
100 250
±200
100 50
±100
15 50
±50
15 7
±20
3 7
±10
10 15
±5
10 5
±2
3 5
±1
4 5
81
Device Description
4.7.3.3.4 Balancing and shunt calibration
The amplifier offers a variety of possibilities to trigger bridge balancing (tare):
- Balancing / shunt calibration upon activation (cold start) of the unit. If this option is selected, all the
bridge channels are balanced as soon as the device is turned on.
- Balancing / shunt calibration via the on the Amplifier balance tab.
- In shunt calibration, the bridge is unbalanced by means of a 59.8kO or 174.66kO shunt. The results are:
Bridge resistance 120O 350O
Unbalance 59.8kO
174.7kO
0.5008mV/V
0.171mV/V
1.458mV/V
0.5005mV/V
The procedures for balancing bridge channels also apply analogously to the voltage measurement mode
with zero-balancing.
Note
We recommend setting channels which are not connected for voltage measurement at the highest input
range. Otherwise, if unconnected channels are in quarter- or half-bridge mode, interference may occur in a
shunt calibration!
4.7.4 Sensor supply module
The CS-5008, CL-5016 and CX-5032 is enhanced with a sensor supply unit, which provides an adjustable
supply voltage for active sensors.
The supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short circuiting to ground. The reference ­
potential, in other words the sensor's supply ground contact, is the terminal GND.
The supply voltage can only be set for all measurement inputs in common. The voltage selected is also
the supply for the measurement bridges. If a value other than 5V or 10V is set, bridge measurement is no
longer possible!
4.7.5 Bandwidth
The channels' maximum sampling rate is 10µs (100kHz). The analog bandwidth (without digital
low-pass filtering) is 5KHz (-3dB).
4.7.6 Connection
The DSUB connectors’ pin configuration of the CS-5008, CL-5012, CX-5032.
152
82
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.8 CS-6004, CL-6012
4.8.1 High-end bridge measurement device for DC and CF modes
The CS-6004 and CL-6012 units come with a high-end bridge amplifier for direct connection of strain
gauges. The amplifier can run in either DC- or CF-mode and allows double sensor leads and symmetrical
bridge supply. With these properties and with the especially quiet 24-bit measurement amplifier, this
module is ideal for measuring mechanical strains.
The technical specs of the CS-6004, CL-6012 .
CS-6004
4.8.2 Hardware configration
The devices have the following kinds of analog measurement channels:
- bridge: sensor
- bridge: strain gauge
- differential voltage input
4.8.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
The device's bridge works with your choice of a DC-voltage or a carrier frequency of 5kHz. For a bandwidth
of 8.6kHz (DC mode) the available sampling rate per channel is up to 20kHz. With carrier frequency, the
bandwidth is limited to 3kHz (-1dB). Voltage or bridge mode is global for all four channels.
The technical specification of the CS-6004, CL-6012 .
132
132
83
Device Description
4.8.3.1 Block schematic of bridge channels CS-6004, CL-6012:
+IN
+VB
-IN
-VB
+/- 50V ...
+/- 5mV
DC
TF
5 kHz
+Vb/2
Rb =
120R ...1k
0V, 1V, 2.5V, 5V
global: k1..k4
AGND
10M
10M
dR/R
R
R
R
R
R_HB
R_HB
R_KAL
25k / 50k / 200k
R_1/4
120 / 350
+Vb/2
Uk
CHASSIS
Rk
Uk
Rk
-Vb/2
Teiler
-SENSE
BR4
Rk
g=10
AGND
single-end
R_KAL
25k / 50k / 200k
4-Leiter
+SENSE
1/4 Brücke DC
3-Leiter-Sense
3-Leiter
4-Leiter
3-Leiter
+/- 2V ...
+/- 5mV
4.8.3.1.1 Terminal scheme of the CS-6004 and CL-6012 terminal pods:
The amplifier supports configurations with single-line sense, for compensation of symmetric cables: Just
leave the unused sense line unconnected (+ or –SENSE): Internal pulldown-resistors provide defined zero
levels to detect the SENSE configuration automatically. It will be shown at the balance dialog of
imcDevices and allows probe-breakage recognition.
84
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.8.3.2 Connection scheme: Full bridge, double sense:
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
B
R
_
B
R
_
B
+VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
c
a
l
R_cable
- 6-wire connection
- Both SENSE-lines, ±SENSE, used ("4L-Sense").
Compensation of the influence even of asymmetric cable resistances.
- Calibration resistor for shunt calibration; for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase
errors
4.8.3.3 Connection scheme: Full bridge, double and single line-Sense:
- Analogous to the corresponding half-bridge configuration
4.8.3.4 Connection scheme: Half-bridge, double Sense:
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
B
+VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
c
a
l
R
_
H
B
R
_
H
B
R_cable
- 5-wire connection
- Both SENSE-lines, ±SENSE, used (double Sense):
Compensation of the influence even of asymmetric cable resistances.
- Calibration resistor for shunt calibration: shunt calibration of external half-bridge arm;
for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase errors
- Internal half-bridge completion excitation is controlled by an internal, buffered SENSE line; therefore
asymmetric cable is permitted without the resulting offset-drift!
85
Device Description
4.8.3.5 Connection scheme: Half-bridge, single line-Sense:
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
B
+VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
c
a
l
R
_
H
B
R
_
H
B
R_cable
- 4-wire connection
- Only one SENSE-line is used (single line-Sense):
Compensation of the influence of symmetric cable resistances.
+SENSE or –SENSE can be used, recognized automatically, unused SENSE left open.
- Calibration resistor for shunt calibration of external half-bridge arm;
for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase errors.
- Internal half-bridge completion fed by ±VB, therefore symmetric cable required, otherwise not only
incorrect gain correction but also corresponding offset drift!
4.8.3.6 Connection scheme, without Sense:
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
B
+VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
c
a
l
R
_
H
B
R
_
H
B
R_cable
- 3-wire connection
- No SENSE-line used, SENSE terminals to be left open of jumpered to ±VB at the plug, in order to
compensate the plug's contact resistance.
- Calibration resistor for shunt calibration on external half-bridge arm;
for long cables in CF mode, reduced precision due to phase errors.
- Optional cable resistance calibration ("offline"):
Cable resistance determined by means of shunt calibration and automatic calculation.
Symmetric cabling required (also to +IN!).
No acquisition of cable resistance drift, since it can only be performed offline before measurement.
- Internal half-bridge completion fed by ±VB, therefore symmetric cabling required, otherwise not only
incorrect gain correction but also corresponding offset drift!
86
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.8.3.7 Connection scheme, quarter bridge, with Sense:
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable +VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
H
B
R
_
H
B
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
c
a
l
R
_
1
/
4
- 4-wire connection
- +SENSE is used compensation of gain error caused by symmetric cable resistance (at ±VB).
- Calibration resistor for shunt calibration: Shunt calibration at internal quarter-bridge completion.
Shunt calibration can also be used with long cables in the CF mode!
- Symmetric cables required, otherwise corresponding offset drift!
4.8.3.8 Connection scheme: Quarter-bridge, without Sense:
+VB
-IN
+IN
-VB
-SENSE
+SENSE
R_cable +VB/2
-VB/2
R
_
H
B
R
_
H
B
R_cable
R_cable
R
_
B
R
_
c
a
l
R
_
1
/
4
- 3-wire connection
- No SENSE-line is used, leave SENSE terminals open.
+SENSE may also NOT be connected. Compensation of the plug contact resistance at VB is thus not
possible (in contrast to the case of half-bridge 2-wire configuration).
- Symmetric cabling required, otherwise corresponding offset drift!
- Calibration resistance for shunt calibration: Shunt calibration at internal quarter-bridge completion.
Shunt calibration can also be used with long cables in the CF mode!
- For DC:
Compensation of gain error due to cable resistance at VB by means of measurement and automatic
compensation of the voltage drop along the cable between –VB and +IN
Online-compensation, capture also of cable drift (which must be symmetric!)
87
Device Description
- For CF: Optional cable resistance compensation ("offline"): Determination of and automatic accounting
for cable resistance. Symmetric cable also required at +IN (!) No acquisition of cable resistance drift,
since it can only be performed offline before measurement. Offline compensation measurement by
means of shunt calibration at external quarter-bridge arm performed in DC mode and only covers
resistance effects of cable!
4.8.3.8.1 Background info on quarter-bridge configuration:
In quarter-bridge configuration the external ¼-bridge branch is connected via three cables, where the
two current-bearing leads "+VB" and "-VB" must be symmetric (same resistance, thus identical length and
cross-section). Under these circumstances, their influence (in terms of the offset, not the gain) is
compensated, so that no offset versus the (constant) internal half-bridge's potential arises.
If this symmetry condition is not met (e.g. if only two cables are used and the terminals "–VB" and "+IN" are
directly jumpered at the terminal, the following offset drift would result due to the temperature-dependent
cable resistance in series with the bridge impedance:
Assuming a (one-way) cable length of 1 m, we get:
Cu-cable: 0.14mm², 130mO/m, cable length l=1m Cable Rk = 130mO
Temperature coefficient Cu:
4000ppm / K
Drift Rk:
0.52mO / K
Equivalent bridge drift (120O bridge)
¼ 0.52mO / (K *120O)
= 1.1µV/V / K
Example: Temperature change dT = 20K
22µV/V (dT =20K)
Cable resistance values which aren't ideally symmetric would have a proportionally equal effect:
e.g., 500m of cable with 0.2% resistance difference would cause the same offset drift of 1.1µV/V / K.
Along with the offset, a gain uncertainty given by the ratio between the cable resistance and the bridge
impedance must also be taken into account. For 120O bridges, it remains under 0.1% for cable lengths of
approx. 1m: (Cu-cable, 0.14mm², 130mΩ/m  cable Rk/Rb = 1/1000 for l=0.9m)
There are three different procedures for cable compensation:
- Connection of an additional 4
th
line: "+SENSE":
* automatic calculated compensation on the condition of cable symmetry
* online compensation procedure which also takes temperature drift into account
* can be used with CF and DC-mode
- Evaluation of the voltage drop along the cable to "-VB" by means of measuring the voltage difference
between the terminals "-VB" and "+IN":
* automatic computed compensation on the condition of cable symmetry
* online-compensation procedure which also accounts for temperature drift
* only can be used for DC
- Offline cable resistance compensation by means of shunt calibration (on external quarter bridge):
- automatic computed compensation on the condition of cable symmetry, including for the line
"+IN"! This condition is generally not set for the 3-line Sense configuration!!
- Assumption of nominal values for bridge impedance, shunt and gain: any deviation by the actual
value in shunt calibration is interpreted as the influence of the cable resistance.
- The underlying model results in a different correction than "classical" shunt calibration!
- Offline compensation procedure which doesn't account for temperature drift
- Used only with DC, since compensation is done only once, offline, if CF-mode is set, this
procedure is performed in DC mode.
88
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.8.3.9 Overload recognition
Overload is indicated as double the value of the input range limit value. If the negative input range is
exceeded, then in DC-mode, the doubled negative input range is indicated. In CF-mode, the doubled
positive input range is always shown.
4.8.3.10 Connection
The DSUB connectors’ pin configuration of the CS-6004, CL-6012 .
153
89
Device Description
4.9 CS-7008, CL-7016
4.9.1 Compact measurement device for any sensor and signal type
CS-7008 and CL-7016 are 8- and 16-channel universal measurement devices, respectively, with sampling
rates of up to 100kHz per channel. They are especially well suited to frequently changing measurement
tasks. Practically every sensor- or signal type can be connected directly to any of the measurement
amplifier’s all-purpose channels. The input channels are differential and equipped with per-channel signal
conditioning including filters.
The technical specs of the CS-7008, CL-7016 .
4.9.2 Hardware configuration
The devices have the following kinds of analog, non-isolated channels:
- voltage measurements
- voltage measurements
with adjustable supply
- current
- current feed sensors
- charging amplifier
- thermocouples
- RTD (PT100) (2- and
4-wire-configuration)
- bridge - sensor
- bridge - strain gauge
4.9.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
The eight measurement inputs whose terminals are the four DSUB plugs (ACC/DSUB-UN2) IN1 through
IN8 are for voltage, current, bridge PT-100 and thermocouple measurements. In addition the use of an
ICP-expansion plug are provided for. They are non-isolated differential amplifiers. They share a
common voltage supply for sensors and measurement bridges.
The analog channels support TEDS ; the technical specification of the CS-7008, CL-7016 .
4.9.3.1 Voltage measurement
- Voltage: ±50V... ±5mV
- DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2
Within the voltage ranges ±50V and ±20V, a voltage divider is in effect; the resulting input impedance is 1
MO. By contrast, in the voltage ranges ±10V and ±5mV, the input impedance is 20MO. For the
deactivated device, the value is approx. 1MO.
In the input ranges <20V, the common mode voltage
6
must lie within the 10V range. The range is
reduced by half of the input voltage. The input configuration is differential and DC-coupled.
6
The common mode voltage is the arithmetic mean of the voltages at the inputs +IN and -IN, referenced to
the device ground. For instance, if the potential to ground is +10V at +IN and +8V at -IN, the common
mode voltage is +9V.
135
29 135
90
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.9.3.1.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference
The voltage source itself already has a connection to the device's ground. The potential difference between
the voltage source and the device ground must be fixed.

+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
U
e
Example: The device is grounded. Thus, the input GND is also at ground potential. If the voltage source
itself is also grounded, it's referenced to the device ground. It doesn't matter if the ground potential at the
voltage source is slightly different from that of the device itself. But the maximum allowed common mode
voltage must not be exceeded.
Important: In this case, the negative signal input -IN may not be connected with the device ground GND.
Connecting them would cause a ground loop through which interference could be coupled in.
In this case, a genuine differential (but not isolated!) measurement is carried out.
91
Device Description
4.9.3.1.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference
The voltage source itself is not referenced to the amplifier ground but is instead isolated from it. In this
case, a ground reference must be established. One way to do this is to ground the voltage source itself.
Then it is possible to proceed as for "Voltage source with ground reference". Here, too, the measurement is
differential. It is also possible to make a connection between the negative signal input and the device
ground, in other words to connect -IN and GND.

+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
U
e
Example: An ungrounded voltage source is measured, for instance a battery whose contacts have no
connection to ground. The device module is grounded.
Important: If -IN and GND are connected, care must be taken that the potential difference between the
signal source and the device doesn't cause a significant compensation current. If the source's potential
can't be adjusted (because it has a fixed, overlooked reference), there is a danger of damaging or
destroying the amplifier. If -IN and GND are connected, then in practice a single-end measurement is
performed. This is no problem if there was no ground reference beforehand.
92
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.9.3.1.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential
Suppose a voltage source is to be measured which is at a potential of 120V to ground. The system itself is
grounded. Since the common mode voltage is greater than permitted, measurement is not possible. Also,
the input voltage difference to the amplifier ground would be above the upper limit allowed. For such a
task, the amplifier cannot be used!

+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
U
e
+
-
Ucm
4.9.3.1.4 Voltage measurement: with zero-adjusting (tare)
In voltage measurement, it is possible for the sensor to have an initial offset from zero. For such cases, use
the operating software to select the measurement mode "Voltage enable offset calibration" for the desired
channel. The input range will be reduced by the initial offset. If the initial offset is too large for compensation
by the device, a larger input range must be set.
93
Device Description
4.9.3.2 Current-fed sensors
For measurement of current-fed sensors, e.g. ICPs, the special connector ACC/DSUB-ICP2 is required.
Note
This mode is not possible, if one channel is set to measure thermocouples.
4.9.3.3 Current measurement
4.9.3.3.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement
- Current: e.g. ±50mA ... ±1mA
- DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-I2
That connector comes with a 50O shunt and is not included with the standard package. It is also possible
to measure a voltage via an externally connected shunt. Appropriate scaling must be set in the user
interface. The value 50O is just a suggestion. The resistor needs an adequate level of precision. Pay
attention to the shunt's power consumption.
+in
+V Supply
GND
R
cable
R
cable
sense
+I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
50O
-in
The maximum common mode voltage must be in the range ±10V for this circuit, too. This can generally
only be ensured if the current source itself already is referenced to ground. If the current source is
ungrounded a danger of exceeding the maximum allowed overvoltage for the amplifier exists. The current
source may need to be referenced to the ground, for example by being grounded.
Because this procedure is a voltage measurement of the shunt, the channel has to be configured in
imcDevices as a voltage measurement. The scaling factor is 1/R and the unit has to be A.
The sensor can also be supplied with a software-specified voltage via Pins +V
Supply
and GND.
94
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.9.3.3.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement
- Current: ±50mA ... ±2mA
- DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2
In this circuit, the current to be measured flows through the internal 120O shunt. Note that here, the
terminal GND is simultaneously the amplifier ground. Thus, the measurement carried out is single-end or
ground referenced. The potential of the current source itself may be brought into line with that of the
amplifier’s ground. In that case, be sure that the unit itself is grounded.

+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
R
cable
R
cable
-sense
+I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
120O
In the settings interface, set the measurement mode to Current.
Note that the jumper between +IN and +I; ¼
Bridge
should be connected right to +I; ¼
Bridge
inside the
DSUB-Plug.
In case the amplifier is of the 350O variety, ground referenced current measurement is not possible!
95
Device Description
4.9.3.3.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply
- DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2
E.g. for pressure transducers 4.. 20mA.
Transducers which translate the physical measurement quantity into their own current consumption and
which allow variable supply voltages can be configured in a two-wire circuit. In this case, the device has its
own power supply and measures the current signal.

+in
-in
+V Supply
GND
R
cable
R
cable
-sense
+I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
120O
In the settings dialog on the index card Universal amplifiers/ General, a supply voltage is set for the
sensors, usually 24V. The channels must be configured for Current measurement.
The sensor is supplied with power via Terminals +V
Supply
and +I; ¼
Bridge
.
The signal is measured by the unit between +IN and GND. For this reason, a wire jumper must be
positioned between Pins A and +I; ¼
Bridge
inside the connector pod.
Note
There is a voltage drop across the resistances of the leadwires and the internal measuring resistance of
120W which is proportional to the amperage. This lost voltage is no longer available for the supply of the
transducer (2.4V = 120W * 20mA). For this reason, you must ensure that the resulting supply voltage is
sufficient. It may be necessary to select a leadwire with a large enough cross-section.
In case the amplifier has been ordered as 350O variant, this mode is not possible!
96
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.9.3.4 Bridge measurement
- DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2
Measurement of measurement bridges such as strain gauges.
The measurement channels have an adjustable DC voltage source which supplies the measurement
bridges. The supply voltage for all eight inputs is set in common. The bridge supply is asymmetric, e.g., for
a bridge voltage setting of V
B
= 5V, Pin C is at +VB = 5V and Pin D at -VB = 0V. The terminal–VB is
simultaneously the device's ground reference.
Depending on the supply set, the following input ranges are available:
Bridge measurement [V] Input ranges [mV/V]
10 ±1000... ± 1
5 ±1000... ± 1
Fundamentally, the following holds:
For equal physical modulation of the sensor, the higher the selected bridge supply is, the higher are the
absolute voltage signals the sensor emits and thus the measurement's signal-to-noise ratio and drift
quality. The limits for this are determined by the maximum available current from the source and by the
dissipation in the sensor (temperature drift!) and in the device (power consumption!)
- For typical measurements with strain gauges, the ranges 5mV/V ... 1mV/V are particularly relevant.
- There is a maximum voltage which the Potentiometer sensors are able to return, in other words max.
1V/V; a typical range is then 1000mV/V.
Bridge measurement is set by selecting as measurement mode either Bridge: Sensor or Bridge: Strain
gauge in the operating software. The bridge circuit itself is then specified under the tab Bridge circuit, where
quarter bridge, half bridge and full bridge are the available choices.
Note
We recommend setting channels which are not connected for voltage measurement at the highest input
range. Otherwise, if unconnected channels are in quarter- or half-bridge mode, interference may occur in a
shunt calibration!
97
Device Description
4.9.3.4.1 Case 1: Full bridge
A full bridge has four resistors, which can be four correspondingly configured strain gauges or one
complete sensor which is a full sensor internally. The full bridge has five terminals to connect. Two leads (
+VB and -VB) serve supply purposes, two other leads (+IN and -IN) capture the differential voltage. The 5
th
lead (Sense) is the Sense lead for the lower supply terminal, which is used to determine the single-sided
voltage drop along the supply line. Assuming that the other supply cable (+VB) has the same impedance
and thus produces the same voltage drop, no 6
th
lead is needed. The Sense lead makes it possible to infer
the measurement bridge's true supply voltage, in order to obtain a very exact measurement value in mV/V.

+in
-in
+VB
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
-VB
R
cable
R
cable
sense
VB
Please note that the maximum allowed voltage drop along a cable may not exceed approx. 0.5V. This
determines the maximum possible cable length.
If the cable is so short and its cross section so large that the voltage drop along the supply lead is
negligible, the bridge can be connected at four terminals by omitting the Sense line. In that case, however,
Sense and -VB must be jumpered. Pin Sense must never be unconnected!
98
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.9.3.4.2 Case 2: Half bridge
A half bridge may consist of two strain gauges in a circuit or a sensor internally configured as a half bridge,
or a potentiometer sensor. The half bridge has 4 terminals to connect. For information on the effect and
use of the Sense lead, see the description of the full bridge .
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+in
-in
+VB
-VB
R
cable
R
cable
sense
int.half
bridge
VB
The amplifier internally completes the full bridge itself, so that the differential amplifier is working with a full
bridge.
4.9.3.4.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge
A quarter bridge can consist of a single strain gauge resistor, whose nominal value can be 120O.
For quarter bridge measurement, only 5V can be set as the bridge supply.
+in
-in
+VB
-VB
120
R
cable
R
cable
quarter
bridge
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
O
VB
int.half
bridge
The quarter bridge has 3 terminals to connect. Refer to the description of the full bridge for comments on
the Sense lead. However, with the quarter bridge, the Sense lead is connected to +IN and Sense jointly.
If the sensor supply is equipped with the option “±15V”, a quarter bridge measurement is not
possible. The pin I_1/4B for the quarter bridge completion is used for–15V instead.
78
99
Device Description
4.9.3.4.3.1 Quarter bridge with 350Ohm option.
A built-in 120O completion resistor comes standard for bridge measurements. A 350O completion resistor
for quarter bridge measurements is also possible. When using this option, the scope of functionality is
limited:
- no direct current measurement with the included standard connectors ACC/DSUB-UNI2 is possible,
but only with the optional connector ACC/DSUB-I2 having a 50O shunt (differential measurement);
- no Pt100 3-line measurement is possible, but 4-line measurement is still possible.
General notes
The SENSE lead serves to compensate voltage drops due to cable resistance, which would otherwise
produce noticeable measurement errors. If there are no Sense lines, then SENSE must be connected in
the terminal plug according to the sketches above.
Bridge measurements are relative measurements (ratiometric procedure) where the ratio of bridge supply
input to bridge output is analyzed (typically in the 0.1% range, corresponding to 1mV/V). Calibration of the
system in this case pertains to this ratio, the bridge input range, and takes into account the momentary
magnitude of the supply. This means that the bridge supply's actual magnitude is not relevant and
need not necessarily lie within the measurement's specified overall accuracy.
The bandwidth for DC bridge measurement (without low-pass filtering) is also 14kHz (-3dB).
Any initial unbalance of the measurement bridge, for instance due to mechanical pre-stressing of the strain
gauge in its rest state, must be zero-balanced (tare). Such an unbalance can be many times the input
range (bridge balancing). If the initial unbalance is too large to be compensated by the device, a larger input
range must be set.
Input range [mV/V] Bridge balancing
(VB = 5V) [mV/V]
Bridge balancing
(VB = 10V) [mV/V]
±1000
500 150
±500
100 250
±200
100 50
±100
15 50
±50
15 7
±20
3 7
±10
10 15
±5
10 5
±2
3 5
±1
4 5
4.9.3.4.4 Balancing and shunt calibration
The amplifier offers a variety of possibilities to trigger bridge balancing (tare):
- Balancing / shunt calibration upon activation (cold start) of the unit. If this option is selected, all the
bridge channels are balanced as soon as the device is turned on.
- Balancing / shunt calibration via the on the Amplifier balance tab.
- In shunt calibration, the bridge is unbalanced by means of a 59.8kO or 174.66kO shunt. The results
are:
Bridge resistance 120O 350O
Unbalance 59.8kO
174.7kO
0.5008mV/V
0.171mV/V
1.458mV/V
0.5005mV/V
The procedures for balancing bridge channels also apply analogously to the voltage measurement mode
with zero-balancing.
100
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.9.3.5 Temperature measurement
- DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2
The module's channels are designed for direct measurement with thermocouples and PT100-sensors.
Any combinations of the two sensor types can be connected.
Note on making settings with imcDevices
A temperature measurement is a voltage measurement whose measured values are converted to physical
temperature values by reference to a characteristic curve. The characteristic curve is selected from the
Base page of the imcDevices configuration dialog. Amplifiers which enable bridge measurement, must first
be set to Voltage mode (DC), in order for the temperature characteristic curves to be available on the Base
page.
4.9.3.5.1 Thermocouple measurement
The cold junction compensation necessary for thermocouple measurement is built-in.
- In the imc connector ACC/DSUB-UNI2, the cold junction is located directly under the clamp
terminal strip and is measured automatically.
- For connection with ITT VEAM plugs, the module comes with the appropriate PT1000 resistors for
measuring the junction temperature. Note, however, that these resistors are not installed in the
plugs themselves but on the housing, so that they are actually at some distance from the real
contact point. This point's exact location is where the thermo-wires meet the electric contacts in the
plug, basically where they are soldered or crimped. Since the temperature sensor PT1000 and the
contact point are separated in space, their temperatures can also diverge. This temperature
difference can also lead to measurement errors. However, situations do exist where the
measurement results are valid; for example, inside a switch cabinet where the temperature
processes are stabilized, the internal cold junction compensation is in practice adequate.
However, if the temperature processes in the device’s environment are not stable, a Pt100 in the
connector is absolutely necessary. This is certainly the case if:
o there is a draught
o if the module is used on-board a vehicle
o if cables with terminals of different temperature are connected
o if the ambient temperature is fluctuating
o whenever reliable and precise measurement is required.
The following circuit diagrams reflect each of the varieties with and without Pt100 in the connector. We
strongly recommend using a Pt100 in the connector for all thermocouple measurements. When using
DSUB plugs, the wiring is established automatically.
101
Device Description
4.9.3.5.1.1 Case 1: Thermocouple mounted with ground reference
The thermocouple is mounted in such a way that it already is in electrical contact with the device ground /
chassis. The thermocouple is connected for differential measurement.

+in
-in
V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge


+in
-in
V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
PT100
The thermocouple itself already is referenced to the device ground. This is ensured by attaching the
thermocouple to a grounded metal body, for instance. Since the unit is grounded itself, the necessary
ground reference exists.
It is not a problem if the ground potential at the thermocouple differs from that of the device units by a few
volts. However, the maximum allowed common mode voltage may not be exceeded.
Important: In this case the negative signal input -IN may not be connected to amplifier ground point GND.
Connecting them would cause a ground loop through which interference could be coupled in. In this case, a
genuine differential (but not isolated!) measurement is carried out.
Select in the operating software the measurement mode Thermocouple (mounted with ground
reference).
102
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.9.3.5.1.2 Case 2: Thermocouple mounted without ground reference
The thermocouple is mounted so as to be isolated from the module's ground/chassis. The thermocouple's
connection is differential, but the module itself supplies the necessary ground reference internally.
The thermocouple itself is not referenced to the module's ground, but is instead isolated from it. This is
achieved by sticking the thermocouple on to non-conducting material.
+in
-in
V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
C
A
B
F
G
D

+in
-in
V Supply
GND
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
C
A
B
F
G
D
PT100
In the operating software, select the measurement mode Thermocouple (isolated mode).
In this measurement mode, the unit itself provides the ground reference by having Terminals -IN and GND
connected internally. Then a measurement which is practically single-ended (ground-referenced) is
performed. There is no disadvantage to this if there was no ground reference previously.
Important: The thermocouple itself may not be ground referenced! If it was mounted with a ground
reference, there is a danger that a large compensation current will flow through the thermocouple's (thin)
line and the module's plug. This can even lead to the destruction of the amplifier. Compensation currents
are a danger with every single-ended measurement. For that reason, single end measurement is really only
allowed -and only then really necessary- if the thermocouple has no ground reference of its own.
Note
- A description of the available thermocouples .
- When using thermocouples, the ICP-supply is no longer available.
4.9.3.5.2 Pt100/ RTD measurement
- DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2
Pt100, RTD, platinum resistor thermometer. Along with thermocouples, PT100 can be connected directly in
4-wire-configuration. The 4-wire measurement returns exact results since it does not require the
resistances of both leads which carry supply current to have the same magnitude and drift. Each sensor is
fed by its own current source with approx. 1.2mA.
31
103
Device Description
4.9.3.5.2.1 Case 1: Pt100 in 4-wire configuration
The Pt100 is supplied by 2 lines. The other two serve as Sense-leads. By using the Sense-leads, the
voltage at the resistor itself can be determined precisely. The voltage drop along the conducting cable thus
does not cause any measurement error.
+in
-in
+V Supply
GND R
cable
RTD
(PT100)
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
+
-
R
cable
R
cable
R
cable
The Sense-leads carry practically no current.
The 4-wire configuration is the most precise way to measure with a Pt100. The module performs a genuine
differential measurement.
4.9.3.5.2.2 Case 2: Pt100 in 2-wire configuration
Use the software to set a Pt100 4-wire configuration, because the connection is made in the same way as
for the 4-wire case. The difference is that +IN/SENSE and –IN/GND must be jumpered inside the
connector. Note that the total cable resistance contributes to measurement error, and that this method is
the most imprecise and not to be recommended.
4.9.3.5.2.3 Case 3: Pt100 in 3-wire configuration
+in
-in
+V Supply
GND R
cable
RTD
(PT100)
sense
I;
1
/
4
Bridge
C
A
B
F
G
D
+
-
R
cable
R
cable
The Pt100 is supplied by 2 lines. The other one serve as
sense-lead. By using the Sense-lead, the voltage at the resistor
itself can be determined precisely. The voltage drop along the
conducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error.
The Sense-leads carry practically no current.
It is important, that the connection between +IN to Sense and -IN
to GND (-VB) is made directly at the module.
3-wire configuration is not always as precise as 4-wire
configuration. When in doubt, 4-wire configuration is preferable.
104
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.9.3.5.2.4 Open sensor detection
The amplifier comes with the ability to recognize breakage in the sensor lines.
Thermocouple: If at least one of the thermocouple's two lines breaks, then within a short time (only a few
samples), the measurement signal generated by the amplifier approaches the bottom of the input range in
a defined pattern. The actual value reached depends on the particular thermocouple. In the case of Type K
thermocouples, this is around 270°C. If the system is monitoring a cutoff level with a certain tolerance, e.g.
Is the measured value < -265°C, then it's possible to conclude that the sensor is broken, unless such
temperatures could really occur at the measurement location.
The open sensor detection is also triggered if a channel is parameterized for "Thermocouple" and
measurement starts without any thermocouple being connected. If a thermocouple is later connected after
all, it would take the period of a few measurement samples for transients in the module's filter to subside
and the correct temperature to be indicated. Note also in this context that any thermocouple cable's
connector which is recently plugged into the amplifier is unlikely to be at the same temperature as the
module. Once the connection is made, the temperatures begin to assimilate. Within this phase, the Pt100
built into the connector may not be able to indicate the real junction temperature exactly. This usually takes
some minutes to happen.
RTD/PT100: If the leads to the PT100 are broken, then within a short time (only a few samples), the
measurement signal generated by the amplifier approaches the bottom of the input range, to about 200°C,
in a defined pattern. If the system is monitoring a cutoff level with a certain tolerance, e.g. Is the measured
value < -195°C, then it's possible to conclude that the sensor is broken, unless such temperatures could
really occur at the measurement location. In case of a short-circuit, the nominal value returned is also that
low.
In this context, note that in a 4-wire measurement a large variety of combinations of broken and shorted
leads are possible. Many of these combinations, especially ones with a broken Sense lead, will not return
the default value stated.
105
Device Description
4.9.3.6 Charging amplifier
The UNI8 module supports the DSUB-Q2 charge amplifier, which is a 2-chanel pre-amp in the shape of an
imc terminal connector enabling connection of two charge sensors via BNC.
The charge amplifier is recognized and adjusted automatically if either DC- or AC charge coupling is
selected in the amplifier dialog. In order for these two coupling types to be displayed for the channel
selected, the charge amplifier must be read by means of TEDS technology or it must be adjusted according
to an appropriate sensor database entry.
The DSUB-Q2 is a module of the CRONOS-PL/SL family and is described in the corresponding manual.
You will find that manual at the installation CD for imcDevices.
The description of the DSUB-Q2 and the technical specification .
4.9.3.7 Sensor supply module
The module is enhanced with a sensor supply unit, which provides an adjustable supply voltage for active
sensors.
The supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short circuiting to ground. The reference ­
potential, in other words the sensor's supply ground contact, is the terminal GND.
The supply voltage can only be set for all measurement inputs in common. The voltage selected is also
the supply for the measurement bridges. If a value other than 5V or 10V is set, bridge measurement is no
longer possible!
4.9.3.8 Bandwidth
The channels' maximum sampling rate is 10µs (100kHz). The analog bandwidth (without digital
low-pass filtering) is 14kHz (-3dB).
4.9.3.9 Connectors
4.9.3.9.1 DSUB-15 plugs
The amplifier is equipped with four DSUB-15 plugs (two channels / plug).
The pin configuration of the DSUB plugs .
55 147
152
106
imc C-series
imc C-series
4.10 CS-8008
4.10.1 Overview
Noise and vibration analysis
CS-8008 is an 8-channel universal measurement device with sampling rates of up to 100kHz and a
bandwidth of 45,3kHz (@0.005dB) per channel. With active thirds, the sampling rate is up to 50kHz with a
bandwidth of 22,4kHz (@-3dB). Any kind of ICP™ sensors such as DeltaTron® accelerometers and
microphones are supplied with power and can be directly connected to the measurement amplifiers, with
the 1/3-octave spectrum returned along with the signal’s plot over time.
It is additionally possible to connect voltage or current signals at the differential input channels, which are
each individually equipped with signal conditioning including filters.
In conjunction with its operating software imcDevices, the CS-8008 module is immediately ready to take
measurements, and all of its functions are operable.
Additionally, the device can be expanded into a complete workstation for noise and vibration analysis, by
running the (optional) imcWAVE software platform alternatively to imcDevices. Along with a spectrum
analyzer, there are packages for order tracking- and structure analysis for standards-compliant
measurement of workplace noise, as well as pass-by analysis of noise from motor vehicles, and a module
for free configuration of application-specific functions. Supplemental processing of the signals is possible
thanks to the signal analysis software FAMOS, while interfaces to ME´Scope™ and µ-Remus™ are also
available.
The technical specs of the CS-8008 .
4.10.2 Hardware equipment
The following measurement channels are available:
- current-fed ICP™ sensors such as DeltaTron®
accelerometers and microphones
- voltage
139
107
Device Description
4.10.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry
The CS-8008 includes an amplifier specially designed for acquisition of sound and vibration data. In
addition, acquisition using ICP™ or DeltaTron-Sensores®
7
is possible.
Its particular strengths are:
- large analog bandwidth
- sampling rate up to 100kHz per channel
- online third octave processing on amplifier board
- TEDS - Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE 1451)
- The technical specification
7
ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.
DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibration
4.10.3.1 Voltage measurement’s
Voltage measurements can handled as single ended- as well as differential measurements. In addition you
can choose between AC and DC. In the ±25V and ±50V ranges, a divider is switched in between which
lead to a reduced input impedance of 1MΩ or 2MΩ.
We recommend the differential mode, if the source which should be measured has a low impedance path
to ground. In cases of isolated sources single-ended should be chosen to avoid floating problems and
better noise immunity. The various sources of interference can affect the measurement by a variety of
means, depending on the measurement environment; even the setting AC or DC for the coupling an affect
things differently. Therefore, check each individual case with multiple settings in order to achieve optimal
measurement results.
4.10.3.2 1/3-octave calculation
The online processor on the amplifier card is able to calculate 1/3-octaves in real-time. The calculated
1/3-octave channels appear in the software after the amplifier's analog input channels. A 1/3-octave
channel's data stream must be processed with the Online FAMOS function AudioBoardThirds, in order for
the 1/3-octave spectra to be displayed properly.
Note
If the calculation of the 1/3-octaves is only enabled after delivery, the incremental numbering of the
channels in the software is shifted upward. In this way, it can happen that the channel designation on the
device panel will deviate from its designation in the software interface.
4.10.3.3 Measurements with ICP sensors
The use of ICP™ e.g. DeltaTron-sensors® is supported by a 4mA current source. The sensor information
can read directly from the sensor in accordance to the standard „TEDS - Transducer Electronic Data
Sheets (IEEE 1451)“.
The technical specification of the CS-8008 .
4.10.3.4 Connection
The signals are connected via BNC sockets.
29
139
139
108
imc C-series
imc C-series
Technical specifications
Unless otherwise indicated, the technical specs given are valid for the following ambient conditions:
- temperature 23°C
- air pressure 1013mbar
- relative humidity 40%
5.1 C-Series general technical specification
“X”: standard-equipped; “O” optional; “-“: not available
Type CS-Series CL-Series CX-Series
Housing
Housing type compact frame compact frame compact frame
Dimension (WxHxD in mm) 95 x 111 x 185 250 x 85 x 260 TBD
Weight (kg) 2 3,5 TBD
Interconnections
CS-Series CL-Series CX-Series
PC connector:: Ethernet TCP/IP 10/100 MBit
PCMCIA Slot 1
Synchronization of multiple devices BNC SMB TBD
Modem connection DSUB RJ45 DSUB
Hand-held terminal connection DSUB - DSUB
Earth connection by supply TBD
Measurement signal terminals see description of device
Current supply CS-Series CL-Series CX-Series
Power supply 10-36V DC 10-36V DC 10-36V DC
DC-input isolated x x x
110 V / 230 V power adapter x x x
Battery buffering / UPS x x x
UPS buffer time/ power outage 1s 30s TBD
Automatic charge control x x x
Automatic measurement operation with
autostart
x x x
Auto-data saving upon power outage x x x
Power consumption (with UPS battery
fully charged)
<40 W <60 W TBD
109
Technical specifications
Operating conditions CS-Series CL-Series CX-Series
Operating environment (standard) indoor
Operating temperature (standard) -10 .. 55 °C
Operating altitude up to 2000 m
Relative humidity
80 % for less than 31°C, for more than 31°C linear declining to 50%,
according DIN EN61010-1
Shock resistance 30g pk over 3 ms
Extended temperature range (opt.) -20 .. 85°C
PC - software equipment
CS-Series CL-Series CX-Series
Operating software "imcDevices" x x x
LabView Visualization tool x x x
Factory configuration options CS-Series CL-Series CX-Series
Personal Analyzer Online FAMOS O O O
Display intern - x -
Digital inputs 8 8 8
Digital outputs 8 8 8
Incremental inputs 4 4 4
Analog-outputs 4 4 4
CAN-Bus Interface 2 nodes 2 nodes 2 nodes
Internal modem - O O
PCMCIA Slot X X X
Compact Flash memory slot O O O
LED-Port (6 LEDs) X - X
Sensor supply
Either provided by the signal conditioning module or available
separately as a supply module.
110
imc C-series
imc C-series
Device properties and hardware options all C-Series variations
Maximum channel count
512, incl. analog, digital, virtual, monitor and bus channels
Maxim aggregate sampling rate
400 kHz
Time bases
2
Per-channel sampling rates
x
Sampling rate adjustable in 1-, 2-, 5 steps
x
Monitor channels
x
Multi-triggered (multi-shot) data acquisition
x
Extensive intelligent trigger functions x
arithmetic mean, min, max, mean value,
x
extensive real-time calculation and control
functions
O (with Online FAMOS - Personal Analyzer)
External hand-held terminal for display of
measured data and status messages(#10)
O
External modem (PPP) for remote measurement
X
DCF77 real time radio clock
X
GPS real time radio clock
O
external GPS receiver
O
Wireless LAN PCMCIA board (#9)
O
Characteristic curve for temperature measurement
temperature table according IPTS-68
(#9) occupies the PCMCI slot and can be operated alternatively to the PCMCIA removable hard drive.
(#10) Not CL-Series
Data storage CS-Series CL-Series CX-Series
internal hard drive - O O
PCMCIA-Solid State storage O O O
Compact Flash-Card O O O
Option of removable drive or PC storage X X X
Option of internal hard drive or PC storage - X X
Any memory depth with pre- and post
triggering
X X X
Circular buffer memory X X X
Synchronous, multi-triggered records X X X
111
Technical specifications
5.1.1 Incremental encoder channels
Parameter Value (typ. / max) Remarks
channels 4 + 1
(5 tracks)
Four single-tracks or combining two single-
into two-track encoders
One index track
measurement modes: Displacement, Angle, Events,
Time, Frequency;
Velocity, RPMs

connection terminals 1 x DSUB-15 ACC/DSUB-ENC4
sampling rate 50kHz / channel (max.)
time resolution of measurement 31.25ns Counter frequency: 32MHz
(primary sampling rate)
data resolution 16bits
input configuration differential
input impedance 100kO
input voltage range
(differential)
±10V
common mode input range max. +25V, min. –11V
switching threshold -10V ... +10V adjustable per channel
hysteresis min. 100mV adjustable per channel
analog bandwidth 500kHz -3dB (full power)
analog filter Bypass (no Filter),
20kHz, 2kHz, 200Hz
adjustable (per-channel)
2
nd
order Butterworth
switching delay 500ns Modulation: 100mV squarewave
CMRR 70dB
60dB
50dB
50dB
DC, 50Hz
10kHz
gain uncertainty < 1% of input voltage range @ 25°C
offset uncertainty < 1% of input voltage range @ 25°C
overvoltage protection ± 50V to system ground
sensor supply +5V, 300mA not isolated (reference: GND, CHASSIS)
The description of the incremental encoder channels .
37
112
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.1.2 Digital outputs
Parameter Value (typ. / min.max.) Comments
channels / bits 8bit 1 group of 8 bits, galvanically isolated
as a whole, common reference potential
("LCOM“) for each group
connector plug 1 * DSUB-15 / 8 Bit ACC/DSUB-DO8
isolation strength ±50V to system ground (protection ground)
output configuration totem pole
(push-pull) or
open-drain
configurable by wire jumper ("ODRN" –
"LCOM") in the connector plug
output level TTL
or
max. U
ext
-0.8V
internal, galvanically isolated
supply voltage
by connecting an external supply
voltage U
ext
an "HCOM", U
ext
= 5V .. 30
V
State following system start High resistance (high-Z) Independent of output configuration
(OPDRN-pin)!
Activation of the output stage
following system start
upon first preparation
of measurement
with initial states which can be adjusted
in the experiment (High / Low) in the
selected output configuration (OPDRN-
pin)
max. output current (typ.)
TTL
24V-logic
open-drain
HIGH
15mA
22mA
---
LOW
0.7A
0.7A
0.7A
external clamp diode needed for
inductive load
output voltage
TTL
24V-logic (U
ext
= 24V)
HIGH
> 3.5V
> 23V
LOW
≤ 0.4 V
≤ 0.4 V
for load current:
I
high,
= 15mA, I
low,
≤ 0.7A
I
high,
= 22mA, I
low,
≤ 0.7A
switching time < 100µs
The description of the digital outputs .
34
113
Technical specifications
5.1.3 Digital Inputs
Parameter Value (typ. / min.max.) Remarks
channels 8 common ground reference for each
4-channel group, isolated from the other
input group
connection terminals DSUB-15 ACC/DSUB-DI4-8
configuration options TTL or 24V input voltage range
(global configurable for all inputs)
configurable at the DSUB
jumper from LCOM to LEVEL activates
TTL-mode
LEVEL unconn. activates 24V-mode
sampling rate 10kHz per channel
isolation strength ±50 V to system ground (tested ± 200V)
input configuration differential isolated mutually and from supply
input current max. 500µA
switching threshold 1,5V (±200mV)
7V (±300mV)
5V mode
24V mode
switching time < 20µs
supply HCOM 5V max. 100mA isolated (HCOM refered to LCOM)
The description of the digital inputs .
5.1.4 Analog outputs (DAC-4)
Parameter Value (typ. / min.max.) Remarks
channels 4
connection terminals 1 * DSUB-15 / 4 channels ACC/DSUB-DAC4
output level ±10V
load current ±10mA /channel max.
resolution 16Bit
non-linearity ± 2 LSB ± 3 LSB
max. output frequency 50kHz
analog bandwidth 50kHz -3dB, low pass 2. order
gain uncertainty < ±5mV < ±10mV -40° - 85°C
offset uncertainty < ± 2mV < ±4mV -40° - 85°C
The description of the analog outputs .
33
36
114
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.1.5 DC-12/24 USV
Parameter Value (min / max) Comment
input supply 10..36V DC
internal battery voltage 24V
buffer time constant 1sec. the duration of a continuous outage
which triggers device deactivation.
Other configurations upon request
effective buffer capacity ≥ 15 W h typ. 23°C, battery fully charged
minimum charging time for
1 min. buffer duration
≤ 10min. for empty battery, depending on device
model (total power ≤ 110W)
charging time ratio buffer time * (total power/ 12W) more charging power available in short
term
charging time for empty battery 24h device activated!
5.1.6 CAN-BUS Interface
Parameter value (min / max) Comments
number of CAN-nodes 2
connector plug 2x DSUB-9 for each of CAN_IN / CAN_OUT
transfer protocol CAN High Speed
1 MBaud (ISO 11898)
CAN Low Speed
125 KBaud (ISO 11519)
Standard
set by software
max. cable length at data
transfer rate
25m at 1000kBit/s
90m at 500kBit/s
CAN High Speed
delay of cable 5.7ms/m
channels < 512 per device; see 1) Note
termination 124O set per node per software
Integration of CANSAS yes
isolation strength ±50V to system ground (protection ground)
1)Note
The number of channels is limited to 512 per device. A channel could be an analog, field bus or virtual
channel.
115
Technical specifications
5.1.7 Synchronization and time base
Parameter value typical min. / max. Comments
time base per device without external synchronization
not balanced (default) ± 50ppm @ 25°C (== accuracy of
internal time base)
Drift ± 20ppm ± 50ppm
ageing ± 10ppm @ 25°C, 10 years
accuracy of time base with external synchronization
synchronized with GPS-signal, GPS accuracy
synchronized with DCF-signal DCF-accuracy
synchronization for several devices with DCF
DCF accuracy 1 Sample 3ms(max.) TTL-level, short circuit proof,
none isolated
jitter (max.) ± 8µs
max. cable length 200m for cable RG58
max. number of devices 20 slaves only
common mode 0V module ISOSYNC with
potential difference
voltage level 5V
ISOSYNC with different potentials
isolation strength 1000V 1 minute
delay 5µs @ 25°C
temperature range -35...+80°C
max. cable length 200m for cable RG58
max. number of devices 20 slaves only
For description see imcDevices manual and here .
52
116
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.2 CS-1016, CL-1032
General technical specification
Parameter Value Comments
inputs 16 (CS) / 32(CL) differential, non isolated
measurement modes: - voltage
- current
- transducer with
constant current supply
(e.g. ICP™-, DELTATRON
®
-Sensors
8
)
sampling frequency /channel 20kHz total sampling frequency 320ksps
bandwidth
0...5kHz
0...6.6kHz
-0.1dB
-3 dB (analogue 5
th
order AAF)
connection
DSUB-15
4x (CS) / 8x (CL) ACC/DSUB-U4
ACC/DSUB-I4
ACC/DSUB-ICP4
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4
16/32 voltage
current
current feed sensors
voltage with TEDS
current with TEDS
1x ACC/DSUB-DI8
1x ACC/DSUB-DO8
1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4
4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
4 incremental encoder inputs
4 analog outputs
2 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
LEMO FGG.1B.302.CLAD62Z
LEMO FGG.0B.302.CLAD62Z
two nodes CAN (in / out)
display
modem or GPS
supply (CS)
supply (CL)
Technical specification analog inputs
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
filter cut-off frequency
characteristic, order
5kHz, 2kHz, 1kHz …, 2Hz
Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)
low pass filter 8
th
order
AAF: Cauer 8
th
order with f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

TEDS - Transducer Electronic
DataSheets
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class II MMI
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4
voltage measurements
input ranges
±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 V,
±1V, ±500mV, ±250 mV
surge protection ±40V permanent channel to chassis
input impedance 20MO ±1%
differential,
> 10kO off-state
gain: uncertainty 0.02% s0.05% of reading
drift ± 8ppm/K·T
a
± 30ppm/K·T
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
offset: uncertainty 0.02% s0.05% of range
117
Technical specifications
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
drift
±18µV/K·T
a
±2µV/K·T
a
±45µV/K·T
a
±5µV/K·T
a
±10 V. . . ± 2.5mV
±1 V. . . ± 250mV
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
max. common mode voltage ± 12 V
common mode rejection
ranges ±10V. . . ± 2.5 V
±1 V. . . ± 250mV
-90dB
-108dB
-80dB
-97dB
common mode test voltage: ± 10 V
=
and 7V
rms
, 50Hz
channel to channel crosstalk
MB ±10V. . . ± 2.5 V
±1 V. . . ± 250mV
-90dB
-116dB
test voltage: ± 10 V
=
und 7V
rms
, 0...50
Hz; range: ± 10V
noise 12µV
rms
bandwidth:
0.1Hz...1kHz
current measurement
input ranges ±50mA, ±20mA, ±10mA, ±5mA 50 O shunt in terminal plug
max. over load ±60 mA permanent
input configuration differential 50O shunt plug (ACC/DSUB-I4)
gain: uncertainty 0.02%
s0.06%
s0.1%
of reading
plus uncertainty of 50O shunt
drift ± 20ppm/K·T
a
± 55ppm/K·T
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
offset: uncertainty 0.02% s0.05% of range
drift ±30nA/K·T
a
±60nA/K·T
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
general
auxiliary supply
+5V (max. 160mA / plug)
not isolated
e.g. for ICP-expansion plugs
The description of the CS-1016, CL-1032 .
8
ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.
DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibration.
56
118
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.3 CS-1208, CL-1224
General technical specification
Property Value Comments
analog inputs 8 (CS) / 24 (CL)
measurement modes: - voltage
- current
- sensors with current supply
with shunt terminal plug
with ICP extension plug
sample rate 100kHz
bandwidth 14kHz -3 dB
connection
DSUB-15
2x (CS) / 6x (CL) ACC/DSUB-U4
ACC/DSUB-I4
ACC/DSUB-ICP4
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4
8/24 voltage
current
current feed sensors
voltage with TEDS
current with TEDS
1x ACC/DSUB-DI8
1x ACC/DSUB-DO8
1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4
4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
4 incremental encoder inputs
4 analog outputs
2 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
LEMO FGG.1B.302.CLAD62Z
LEMO FGG.0B.302.CLAD62Z
two nodes CAN (in / out)
display
modem or GPS
supply (CS)
supply (CL)
Technical specs (differential analog inputs)
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
filter cut-off frequency, order 2Hz..5kHz
Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)
low pass filter 8
th
order
high pass filter 4
th
order
band pass, LP 8
th

and HP 4
th
order
AAF: Cauer 8
th
order with f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

voltage measurement
sampling frequency/channel s100kHz
input ranges
±50V, ±25V, ±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 V,
±1V, ... ±5 mV
surge protection ±80V permanent channel to chassis
input coupling DC
input configuration differential
input impedance 1MO
20MO
±1%
differential
> ± 10 V
s ± 10 V
119
Technical specifications
gain uncertainty
0.02%
+20ppm/K·T
a
s0.05%
+80ppm/K·T
a
of reading
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
offset uncertainty 0.02%
s0.05%
s0.06%
of range, in ranges:
> ± 50mV
s ± 50mV
drift
±60µV/K·T
a
±0.06µV/K·T
a
±100µV/K·T
a
±0.3µV/K·T
a
> ± 10 V
s ± 10 V
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
common mode rejection
ranges ±5 0V. . . ± 25V
±10 V. . . ± 50mV
± 25mV. . . ±5m V
62dB
92dB
120 dB
>46dB
>84dB
>100dB
common mode test voltage (50%):
± 50 V
± 10 V
± 10 V
noise
0.4µV
rms
14nV/√Hz
bandwidth 0.1...1kHz, (RTI)
parameter typ. min. / max. comments
current measurement
sampling frequency/channel s100kHz
input ranges
±50mA, ±20mA, ±10mA, ±5mA, ±2
mA, ±1mA
50 O shunt in terminal plug
over load protection ±60 mA permanent
input configuration differential
50 O shunt in terminal plug
(ACC/DSUB-I4)
gain: uncertainty 0.02%
s0.06%
s0.1%
of reading
plus uncertainty of 50O shunt
drift +20ppm/K·T
a
+95ppm/K·T
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
offset: uncertainty 0.02% s0.05% of range
drift ±0.5nA/K·T
a
±5nA/K·T
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
The description of the CS-1208, CL-1224 .
58
120
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.4 CL-2108
Property Value Comments
Analog inputs per module 8
Max. sampling rate / channel
100kHz
Bandwidth
17kHz
Digital inputs
8
Digital outputs 8
Counter inputs 4
Analog outputs
4
CAN:
2 nodes
Aggregate sampling rate: 400kHz
Current supply
10..36V
DC
UPS (optional) Buffer duration: 30s
23°C
Accessories Table-top power adapter incl. power
cable
Operating temperature range
-10°C .0.55°C
No condensation
Resolution
16 bit
Power consumption
< 60W
DC
For fully charged UPS rechargeable
batt.
Weight approx. 3 . 5 k g
without table-top power adapter
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 250 x 85 x 260 without connections
Connection terminals
15-pin DSUB terminal plugs
4x safety banana jacks
4x Phoenix terminals
1x ACC/DSUB-DI4-8
1x ACC/DSUB-DO8
1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4
4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4
4 voltage channels
4 voltage channels for current probes
8 digital inputs8 digital outputs
4 counter inputs
4 analog outputs
2 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
LEMO FGG.0B.302.CLAD62Z
two nodes CAN (in / out)
Display
modem or GPS
supply
121
Technical specifications
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
General
Sampling frequenc y / channel s100kHz
Isolation strength 4.3kV
eff
50Hz, 1min / 1000V CAT III
Measurement categories
imc CRONOS-PL-3
imc CRONOS-PL-8
imc CRONOS-PL-16
600 V CAT III
600 V CAT III
600 V CAT III
Maximum possible meas. category
Pollution Degree 2
Bandwidth 0...17kHz -3 dB
Filter
5Hz .. 10 kHz,
Bypass
Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)
low pass filter 8
th
order
high pass filter 4
th
order
band pass, LP 8
th
and HP 4
th
order
AAF: Cauer 8
th
order with f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

Channels for voltage measurement
Input range ± 1000V, ± 500V, ± 250 V, ... , ± 2.5 V Crest value
Overvoltage strength ± 1450V Long-term
Input impedance 2.0 MO ± 1%
Input coupling DC isolated
Gain uncertainty 0.02% s0.05%
±5ppm/K·T
a
±15ppm/K·T
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|
ambient temperature T
a
,
thermally stabile
Offset 0.02% s 0.05%
±5ppm/K·T
a
±15ppm/K·T
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|
ambient temperature T
a
,
thermally stabile
Isolation suppression
130dB
76dB
50dB
> 130dB
>74dB
>48dB
Isolation voltage 500V
eff.
DC
50Hz
1kHz
Measurement bandwidth 0 ... 6.5kHz <±0.1%
Phase uncertainty 0 ... 2.5kHz <±1°
Signal noise
<20mV
<2mV
MB ±250V and higher
MB ±100V and lower
122
imc C-series
imc C-series
Channels for current measurement with current probes
Input range ± 5 V, ± 2.5 V, ± 1 V, ... , ± 250 mV
Overvoltage strength ± 100V long-term
Input impedance 100 kO
500 kO
±1%
± 1%
isolated
input range ± 250 mV...± 1 V
input range ± 2.5V. . .± 5 V
Gain uncertainty 0.02% s 0.09%
±3ppm/K·T
a
±15ppm/K·T
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|
ambient temperature T
a
,
thermally stabile
Offset 0.02% s0.05%
±3ppm/K·T
a
±15ppm/K·T
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|
ambient temperature T
a
,
thermally stabile
Isolation suppression
>130dB
> 105dB
> 80 dB
Isolation voltage: 500 V
eff.
DC
50Hz
1kHz
Measurement bandwidth 0 ... 6.5kHz <±0.1%
Phase uncertainty 0 ... 2.5 kHz <±1°
Signal noise
Noise suppression
75µV
> 86dB Bandwidth: 100Hz
Current measurement with MN71 clamp sensor
Input range 10A

, 5A

, ... , 2.5A

RMS-values, crest factor <1.5
Overload strength ≤200A

long-term, f≤ 1kHz,
crest factor < 1.5
Measurement uncertainty 0.3%
s 0.7%
±1mA
50Hz, sine, line centered
TBD
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|
ambient temperature T
a
Measurement bandwidth 40Hz ... 6.5kHz <±0.5%
Phase uncertainty 40Hz ... 2.5kHz < ±1°
Signal-to-noise ratio (SN ratio) T B D Bandwidth: 100 Hz
123
Technical specifications
Current measurement with AmpFlex A100 (2kA)
Input range 2000A

RMS-values, crest factor <1.5
Overload strength ≤3000A

long-term, f≤ 1kHz,
crest factor < 1.5
Measurement uncertainty 0.2 %
s0.6%
±1A
50Hz, Sinus, line centered and
orthogonal
TBD
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|
ambient temperature T
a
Measurement bandwidth 40 Hz ... 6.5kHz < ±0.6%
Phase uncertainty 40Hz ... 2.5kHz < ±1°
Signal-to-noise ratio (SN ratio) TBD Bandwidth: 100Hz
Current measurement with AmpFlex A100 (10kA)
Input range 10kA

RMS-values, crest factor <1.5
Overload strength ≤10kA

long-term, f≤ 1kHz,
crest factor < 1.5
Measurement uncertainty 0.2 %
s0.6%
±2A
50Hz, sine, line centered and
orthogonal
TBD
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|
ambient temperature T
a
Measurement bandwidth 40 Hz ... 6.5kHz < ±0.6%
Phase uncertainty 40Hz ... 2.5kHz < ±1°
Signal-to-noise ratio (SN ratio) TBD Bandwidth: 100Hz
The description of the CL-2108 .
62
124
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.5 CS-3008, CL-3024
General technical specification
Property Value Comments
analog inputs 8 (CS) / 24 (CL)
measurement modes ICP-mode (4 mA)
DC voltage mode
AC voltage mode
software-configurable
sample rate ≤100kHz per channel
bandwidth 0...14kHz - 3 dB
connection BNC
voltage
current feed sensors with TEDS
DSUB-15 1x ACC/DSUB-DI8
1x ACC/DSUB-DO8
1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4
4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
4 incremental encoder inputs
4 analog outputs
2 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
LEMO FGG.1B.302.CLAD62Z
LEMO FGG.0B.302.CLAD62Z
two nodes CAN (in / out)
display
modem or GPS
supply (CS)
supply (CL)
Technical specs (differential analog inputs)
Parameter Value (typ. / max) Comment
filter characteristic, cut-off
frequency, order
2Hz....5kHz
Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)
low pass filter 8. order
high pass filter 4. order
band pass, LP 8.

and HP 4. order
AAF: Cauer 8. order with f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s
for AC-coupling without filter a HP 2
nd
order
Bessel with f
cutoff
=0,4Hz is calculated *
input configuration differential
single-end
software-configurable
input ranges
±50V, ±25V, ±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 V, ±1V,
..., ±5 mV
filter cut-off frequency
(-3 dB, high-pass)
0.37Hz
1.0Hz
AC, differential, range ≤ ± 10V
AC, differential, range ≥ ± 20V
TEDS
transducer electronic data sheet
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class I Mixed Mode Interface
TEDS-data and analog signal
shared-wire
sampling frequency/channel s100kHz
ICP-current sources 4.2mA / channel ± 10%, individual current sources
voltage swing > 24V
input resistance (static) 960 kO
380 kO
1.82 MO
0.67 MO
20 MO
1 MO
ICP, differential, range ≤ ± 10V
ICP, differential, range ≥ ± 20V
AC, differential, range ≤ ± 10V
AC, differential, range ≥ ± 20V
DC, differential, range ≤ ± 10V
DC, differential, range ≥ ± 20V
125
Technical specifications
Parameter Value (typ. / max) Comment
gain uncertainty
0.02%
+20ppm/K·T
a
s0.05%
+80ppm/K·T
a
of reading
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
offset uncertainty 0.02%
s0.05%
s0.06%
of range, in ranges:
> ± 50mV
s ± 50mV
drift
±60µV/K·T
a
±0.06µV/K·T
a
±100µV/K·T
a
±0.3µV/K·T
a
> ± 10 V
s ± 10 V
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
isolation max. ±50V to device ground (CHASSIS, protection
ground) channels not mutually isolated
common mode rejection
ranges
±50V. . . ± 10V
±5 V. . . ± 50mV
± 25mV. . . ±5m V
62dB
92dB
120 dB
>46dB
>84dB
>100dB
common mode test voltage(50Hz):
± 50 V
± 10 V
± 10 V
noise
0.4µV
rms
14nV/√Hz
bandwidth 0.1...1kHz, (RTI)
The descirption of the CS-3008 and CL-3024
66
126
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.6 CS-4108, CL-4124
General technical specification
Property Value Comments
analog inputs 8 (CS) / 24 (CL)
measurement modes voltage
current
thermocouple, RTD (PT100)
ICP (current fed sensors) not isolated
sample rate ≤50kHz per channel
bandwidth 8kHz - 0.2 dB
connection
DSUB-15
2x (CS) / 6x (CL) ACC/DSUB-U4
ACC/DSUB-I4
ACC/DSUB-ICP4
ACC/DSUB-T4
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4
ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4
ACC/DSUB-ICP-Microdot
8/24 voltage
current
current feed sensors
temperature
voltage with TEDS
current with TEDS
current feed sensors with TEDS
1x ACC/DSUB-DI8
1x ACC/DSUB-DO8
1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4
4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
4 incremental encoder inputs
4 analog outputs
2 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
LEMO FGG.1B.302.CLAD62Z
LEMO FGG.0B.302.CLAD62Z
two nodes CAN (in / out)
display
modem or GPS
supply (CS)
supply (CL)
Technical specs (8 / 24 differential isolated inputs)
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
filter cut-off frequency,
characteristic, order
2Hz..5kHz
Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)
low pass filter 8
th
order
high pass filter 4
th
order
band pass, LP 8
th
and HP 4
th
order
AAF: Cauer 8
th
order with f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

voltage and current measurement
voltage input ranges ±50mV / ±100mV /±250mV / ±500mV
/ ±1V/ ±2V / ±5V / ±10V / ±25V /±50V
/ ±60V
current input ranges ±1mA / ±2mA / ±5mA
±10mA / ±20mA / ±40 mA
with shunt-plug (Shunt 50O)
(ACC/DSUB-I4)
gain uncertainty < 0,025%
< 0,07%
< 0.05%
< 0.15%
voltage, 23°C
current with shunt-plug
offset uncertainty 2 LSB
non-linearity < 120 ppm range ±10V
gain drift 6 ppm/K
50 ppm/K
ranges ≤ ± 2V
ranges ≥ ± 5V
over full
temperature range
127
Technical specifications
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
offset drift 2.5 ppm/K over full temperature range
input voltage noise 2.5µVrms
20µVpp
bandwidth 0.1 … 1kHz
for input range ±50mV
IMR (isolation mode
rejection)
> 145dB (50Hz)
> 70dB (50Hz)
range ≤ ± 2V
range ≥ ± 5V
R
source
= 0Ω
channel isolation > 1GO, < 40pF
> 1GO, < 10pF
channel-to-ground
(protection ground)
channel-to-channel
channel isolation
(crosstalk)
channel-to-channel
> 165dB (50Hz)
> 92dB (50Hz)
range ≤ ± 2V
range ≥ ± 5V
R
source
≤ 100Ω
temperature measurement - thermocouples
measurement range
R, S, B, J, T, E, K, L, N
according IEC 584
resolution 0.063K (1/16K)
measurement uncertainty < ±0.6K
< ±1.0K
type K, range -150…1200°C
else
temperature drift
±0.02K/K·T
a
T
a
= |T
a
-25°C|
ambient temperature T
a
uncertainty of cold junction
compensation
temperature drift
±0.001K/K·T
j
< ±0.15K ACC/DSUB-T4
T
j
= |T
j
-25°C|
cold junction temperature T
j
temperature measurement – PT100
measurement range -200…+850°C
-200…+250°C
resolution 0.063K (1/16K)
measurement uncertainty < ±0.2K
< ±0.05%
–200...+850°C, 4-wire connection
plus of reading
temperature drift ±0.01 K/K· T
a
T
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp. T
a
sensor feed (PT100) 250µA
general
isolation
nominal rating
test voltage
60V
300V (10 sec.)
channel to case (chassis)
and channel-to-channel
not isolated with ICP plug
overvoltage protection ±60 V
ESD 2kV
transient protection:
automotive load dump
ISO 7636, Testimpuls 6
differential input voltage (continuous)
human body model
test pulse 6 with max. –250V
Ri=30O, td=300µs, tr<60µs
128
imc C-series
imc C-series
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
input coupling
configuration
DC, isolated (differential) galvanically isolated to System-GND
(case, CHASSIS)
input impedance 10MO
1MO
50O
voltage mode (range ≤ +/-2V),
temperature mode
voltage mode (range ≥ +/-5V)
current mode (shunt-plug)
input current
operating conditions
on overvoltage
condition
1nA
1mA |Vin| > 5V on ranges < ±5V
or device powered-down
TEDS - Transducer Electronic
DataSheets
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class II MMI
auxiliary supply +5V (max. 160mA / plug)
not isolated
e.g. for ICP-expansion plugs
power-consumption of
analog conditioning
2.0 W 2.4 W per 8 channels (no ICP-plug used);
fraction of total system power
The description of the CS-4108, CL-4124 .
68
129
Technical specifications
5.7 CS-5008, CL-5016, CX-5032
General technical specification
Property Value Comments
analog inputs 8 (CS) / 16 (CL) / 32 (CX)
measurement modes: - voltage measurements
- current measurement
- current feed sensors (ICP*)
- bridge-sensor
- bridge: strain gauge
with shunt plug ACC/DSUB-I2
(*ICP™-, DELTATRON
®
-,
PIEZOTRON
®
-Sensors) with
ACC/DSUB-ICP210
sample rate 100kHz
bandwidth 5kHz -3 dB
connection
DSUB-15
2x (CS) / 6x (CL) ACC/DSUB-B2
ACC/DSUB-UNI2
ACC/DSUB-I2
ACC/DSUB-ICP2
8/16/32 voltage, bridge

current
current feed sensors
1x ACC/DSUB-DI8
1x ACC/DSUB-DO8
1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4
4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
4 incremental encoder inputs
4 analog outputs
2 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
LEMO FGG.1B.302.CLAD62Z
LEMO FGG.0B.302.CLAD62Z
two nodes CAN (in / out)
display
modem or GPS
supply (CS)
supply (CL)
Technical specs. (8 differential analog inputs)
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
filter cut-off frequency,
characteristic, order
2Hz....5kHz
Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)
low pass filter 8
th
order
high pass filter 4
th
order
band pass, LP 8
t
h
and HP 4
th
order
AAF: Cauer 8
th
order with f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

5V (Vcc)
(pin 17 at DSUB plug)
±5%; no load
Short circuit proof
independent of integrated sensor
supply module SUPPLY
voltage measurement
input ranges ±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 V, ±1V, ..., ±5 mV
surge protection ±40V permanent channel to chassis
input coupling DC
input configuration differential
130
imc C-series
imc C-series
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
input impedance 20MO ±1% differential
gain uncertainty 0.02% s0.05% of reading
drift +20ppm/K·T
a
+80ppm/K·T
a
DT
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
offset uncertainty 0.02% s0.05%
s0.06%
of range, in ranges:
> ± 50mV
s ± 50mV
drift ±0.06µV/K·T
a
±0.3µV/K·T
a
s ± 10 V
DT
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
common mode rejection
ranges ±10 V. . . ± 50mV
± 20mV. . . ±5m V
92dB
120 dB
>84dB
>100dB
common mode test voltage: ± 10 V
=
noise
0.4µV
rms
14nV/√Hz
bandwidth 0.1...1kHz, (RTI)
current measurement
input ranges
±50mA, ±20mA, ±10mA, ±5mA, ±2
mA, ±1mA
over load protection ±60 mA permanent
input configuration
single-end
differential
with 120 O internally
or 50 O shunt in terminal plug
gain: uncertainty 0.02%
s0.06%
s0.1%
of reading
plus uncertainty of 50O shunt
drift +20ppm/K·T
a
+95ppm/K·T
a
DT
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
offset: uncertainty 0.02% s0.05% of range
drift ±0.5nA/K·T
a
±5nA/K·T
a
DT
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
bridge measurement
bridge measurement
modes:
full bridge
half bridge
quarter bridge
5V bridge excitation voltage only
input ranges
±1000mV/V, ±500mV/V, ±200
mV/V, ... ±1mV/V
... ±0.5mV/V
excitation bridge voltage:
5V
10V
131
Technical specifications
input impedance 20MO ±1% differential, full bridge
gain: uncertainty 0.02% s0.05% of reading
drift +20ppm/K·T
a
+80ppm/K·T
a
DT
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
offset: uncertainty 0.01% s0.02% of input range after automatic bridge balancing
drift +16nV/V/K·T
a
+0.2µV/V/K·T
a
DT
a
=|T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp: T
a
bridge excitation
voltage
10V
5V
±0.5%
min. bridge impedance
bridge impedance
(max.)
120O full bridge
60O half bridge
5kO
internal quarter bridge
completion
120O optional 350O; no direct current measurement
Cable resistance for
bridges
(without return line)
< 6O
< 12O
10 V excitation 120 O
5 V excitation 120 O
The description of the CS-5005, CL-5016, CX-5032 . The descirption of the sensor supply .
10
-ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.; DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibratio;
PIEZOTRON, PIEZOBEAM is a registered trade mark of Kistler.
70 146
132
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.8 CS-6004, CL-6012
General technical specification
Property Value Comments
analog inputs 4 (CS) / 12 (CL)
measurement modes full bridge
half bridge
quarter bridge
differential voltage input
Voltage or bridge mode global for all
four channels.
sample rate 20kHz
bandwidth 8.6kHz (DC)
3kHz (CF)
connection
DSUB-15
2x (CS) / 6x (CL)
CRPL/DSUB-BR-4-BR
ACC/DSUB-I2
ACC/DSUB-ICP2
8/24 voltage, bridge
current
current feed sensors
1x ACC/DSUB-DI8
1x ACC/DSUB-DO8
1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4
4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
4 incremental encoder inputs
4 analog outputs
2 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
LEMO FGG.1B.302.CLAD62Z
LEMO FGG.0B.302.CLAD62Z
two nodes CAN (in / out)
display
modem or GPS
supply (CS)
supply (CL)
Technical specs. (8/12 differential analog inputs)
Parameter Value (typ. / max.) Comments
filter cut-off frequency,
characteristic, order
2Hz..5kHz
Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)
low pass filter 8
th
order
high pass filter 4
th
order
band pass, LP 8
th
and HP 4
th
order
AAF: Cauer 8
th
order with f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

sensors strain gauge: full-, half-, quarter bridge
piezo-resistive bridge transducer
potentiometer
voltage
current (e.g. 4-20mA sensors)
current-fed piezo-electric transducer
(e.g. ICP, Deltatron)
directly connectable

with shunt-connector pod
with ICP-connector pod
bridge input ranges
±1mV/V ... ±400mV/V
±2mV/V... ±800mV/V
±5mV/V... ±2000mV/V
corresponding to strain gauge:
±2 000µm/m ... ±800 000µm/m
±4 000µm/m ... ±1600 000µm/m
±10 000µm/m ... ±4 000 000µm/m
for bridge voltage:
5V
2.5V
1V
for bridge voltage:
5V
2.5V
1V
bridge voltage
DC 1V, 2.5V, 5V (symmetric)
set globally for 4-channel groups
corresp. ±0.5V, ±1.25V, ±2.5V
133
Technical specifications
Parameter Value (typ. / max.) Comments
CF
Carrier frequency
1V, 2.5V, 5V (peak)
5kHz
corresp. RMS: 0.7V, 1.8V, 3.5V
voltage input ranges ±5mV / ±10mV / ±25mV / ±50mV / ±10
0mV / ±250mV / ±500mV /
±1V / ±2V / ±5V /
±10V / ±25V / ±50V
current input ranges ±100µA / ±200µA / ±400µA /
±1mA / ±2mA / ±5mA /
±10mA / ±20mA / ±40mA
with special shunt connector pod (shunt
50O)
surge protection ±50V
±80V
long-term
(differential- and SENSE-inputs)
short-term
input impedance 10MO
1MO
ranges ±5mV to ±2V
ranges ±5V to ±50V
and for deactivated device
input current 40nA (max.)
input capacitance 300pF (typ.)
common mode voltage (max.) ±2.8V
±50V
ranges ±5mV to ±2V
ranges ±5V to ±50V
bridge balance range ≥ measurement range
however, minimally:
≥ ±5mV/V
≥ ±10mV/V
≥ ±25mV/V
for Vb = 5V
for Vb = 2.5V
for Vb = 1V
min. bridge impedance
bridge impedance (max.)
120O, 10mH full bridge
60O, 5mH half bridge
5kO
Vb = 1V .. 5V, I_load ≤ 42mA
cable length (max.) 500m (one-way length) 0.14mm², 130mO / m, 65O
cable compensation technique
4-wire Sense
3-wire Sense
by means of shunt-calibration
3 techniques available:
any cables;
for cables of same type;
one-time (not controlled) compensation
internal quarter-bridge
completion
120O, 350O selectable
automatic shunt-calibration 0.5mV/V for 120O and 350O bridges
gain uncertainty < 0.05% 23 °C
offset after bridge balance < 0.02% 23 °C
non-linearity < 200 ppm
input offset-drift 0.05µV /K
0.01µV/V /K
0.3µV /K
0.06µV/V /K
DC voltage measurement
DC full bridge
(Vb=5V, 1mV/V range)
without ext. bridge offset
gain drift 60ppm /K < 100ppm /K
134
imc C-series
imc C-series
Parameter Value (typ. / max.) Comments
drift of bridge balance
equivalent offset drift by means
of balanced ext. bridge offset
50ppm /K
0.05µV/V /K
< 90ppm /K
0.09µV/V /K
of compensated amount
full bridge (DC or CF),
ext. bridge offset = 1mV/V
1mV/V input range
half-bridge drift (int. half-bridge) 0.5µV/V /K 1µV/V /K DC or CF bridge
SNR (signal to noise ratio)
> 90dB
> 88dB
> 82dB
> 75dB
> 69dB
full-scale / rms-noise full bandwidth
ranges ±100mV ... ±50V
range ±50mV
range ±25mV
range ±10mV
range ±5mV
Input noise, voltage (RTI)
16nV/\Hz rms
14µV pk-pk
2µV rms
0,6µV pk-pk
DC-Mode (range ±5mV)
0...1kHz
0...10kHz
0...10kHz
0,1...10Hz
Input noise (bridge)
DC full bridge 3µV/V pk-pk, 0,39µ/V rms
0,9µV/V pk-pk, 0,12µ/V rms
0,3µV/V pk-pk, 0,04µ/V rms
0,1µV/V pk-pk
range: 1mV/V (bridge voltage = 5V)
0...10 kHz
1 kHz, lowpass filter
100 Hz, lowpass filter
10 Hz, lowpass filter
DC half-/quarter bridge 3,3µV/V pk-pk, 0,45µ/V rms
1,1µV/V pk-pk, 0,15µ/V rms
0,35µV/V pk-pk, 0,05µ/V rms
0,3µV/V pk-pk
0 .. 10 kHz
1 kHz, lowpass filter
100 Hz, lowpass filter
10 Hz, lowpass filter
CF full bridge, half bridge 3,5µV/V pk-pk, 0,47µ/V rms
1,7µV/V pk-pk, 0,22µ/V rms
0,6µV/V pk-pk, 0,07µ/V rms
0,3µV/V pk-pk
0 .. 10 kHz
1 kHz, lowpass filter
100 Hz, lowpass filter
10 Hz, lowpass filter
min. measurement resolution 0,31 µV
0,06 µV/V
0,12 µm/m
15 Bit
common mode rejection ratio
(CMRR)
> 120dB
> 110dB
> 95dB
> 54dB
DC
ranges ±5 mV to ±25 mV
ranges ±50 mV to ±100 mV
ranges ±250 mV to ±2V
ranges ±5 V to ±50 V
> 100dB
> 68dB
> 90dB
> 54dB
50 Hz
ranges ±5 mV to ±2 V
ranges ±5 V to ±50 V
> 50dB
5 kHz
all ranges
auxiliary supply +5V (max. 160mA / plug)
not isolated
e.g. for ICP-expansion plugs
(ACC/DSUB-ICP2)
The description of the CS-6004, CL-6012 .
82
135
Technical specifications
5.9 CS-7008, CL-7016
General technical specification
Property Value Comments
analog inputs 8 (CS) / 16 (CL)
measurement modes: - voltage measurements
- current measurement
- current feed measurement*
- charging
- thermocouples
- thermocouples, isolated
- temperature sensor PT100
(3- and 4-line)
- bridge-sensor
- bridge: strain gauge
with shunt plug ACC/DSUB-I2 or single
ended
ICP™-, DELTATRON
®
-, PIEZOTRON
® 1
sensors with imc plug
ACC/DSUB-ICP2.
with DSUB-Q2
the thermocouple has no
low-impedance connection to the
device ground.
sample rate 100kHz per channel
bandwidth 14kHz -3 dB
connector plug
DSUB-15
4x (CS) / 8x (CL) ACC/DSUB-UNI2
ACC/DSUB-ICP2
8/16 voltage, current, bridge, temp.
(ICP™-, DELTATRON
®
-, PIEZOTRON
®
-Sensors)
9
.
1x ACC/DSUB-DI8
1x ACC/DSUB-DO8
1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4
4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
4 incremental encoder inputs
4 analog outputs
2 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
LEMO FGG.1B.302.CLAD62Z
LEMO FGG.0B.302.CLAD62Z
two nodes CAN (in / out)
display
modem or GPS
supply (CS)
supply (CL)
1- ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.
  - DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibration.
- PIEZOTRON, PIEZOBEAM is a registered trade mark of Kistler.
Technical specs. (8 / 16 differential analog inputs)
Parameter Value (typ. / max) Comments
filter cut-off frequency,
characteristic, order
2Hz..5kHz
Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)
low pass filter 8
th
order
high pass filter 4
th
order
band pass, LP 8
t
h
and HP 4
th
order
AAF: Cauer 8
th
order with f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

5V (Vcc)
(pin 17 at DSUB plug) ±5%; no load
Short circuit proof
independent of integrated sensor
supply module SUPPLY
136
imc C-series
imc C-series
voltage measurement
voltage input range
±50V, ±25V, ±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 V, ±1V... ±5 m
V
surge protection ±80V differential (long term)
input coupling DC
input configuration differential
input impedance
1MΩ
20MΩ
±1%
differential
input range > ± 10 V
input range s ± 10 V
gain uncertainty 0.02% s0.05% of reading
+20ppm/K·T
a
+80ppm/K·T
a
T
a
= |T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp. T
a
offset 0.02%
s0.05%
s0.06%
of measurement range
input range > ± 50mV
input range s ± 50mV
drift
±60µV/K·T
a
±0.06µV/K·T
a
±100µV/K·T
a
±0.3µV/K·T
a
> ± 10 V
s ± 10 V
T
a
= |T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp. T
a
linearity 300ppm
common mode rejection
ranges
±60V. . . ± 20V
±10 V. . . ± 50mV
± 20mV. . . ±5m V
62dB
92dB
120 dB
>46dB
>84dB
>100dB
common mode test voltage:
± 50 V
± 10 V
± 10 V
noise
(RTI)
0.4µV
rms
14nV/√Hz
bandwidth 0.1...1kHz
current measurement Value (typ. / max) Comments
current input range
±50mA, ±20mA, ±10mA, ±5mA, ±2mA, ±1
mA
with 50O shunt in terminal plug
or 120 O internally
over current protection ±60mA long term
input configuration
differential
single-end
with 50 O shunt in terminal plug
or 120 O internally
gain uncertainty 0.02% s0.06% of reading
+20ppm/K·T
a
+95ppm/K·T
a
T
a
= |T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp. T
a
offset 0.02% s0.05% Of measurement range
±0.5nA/K·T
a
±5nA/K·T
a
T
a
= |T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp. T
a
137
Technical specifications
bridge measurement Value (typ. / max) Comments
bridge measurement
modes
full bridge
half bridge
quarter bridge
5V bridge excitation voltage only
bridge input range
±1000mV/V, ±500mV/V, ±200mV/V,
... ±1mV/V
... ±0.5mV/V
excitation bridge voltage:
5V
10V
input impedance 20MΩ ±1% differential, full bridge
gain uncertainty 0.02% s0.05%
drift +20ppm/K·ATa +80ppm/K·ATa
T
a
= |T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp. T
a
offset uncertainty 0.01% s0.02%
of input range after automatic bridge
balancing
drift +16nV/V/K·ATa +0.2µV/V/K·ATa
T
a
= |T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp. T
a
linearity 550ppm
bridge excitation voltage
10V
5V
±0.5%
min. bridge impedance
bridge impedance (max.)
120Ω full bridge
60Ω half bridge
5kO
internal quarter bridge
completion
120O optional 350O; no direct current
measurement
cable resistance for
bridges (without return line)
< 6O
< 12O
10 V excitation 120 O
5 V excitation 120 O
temperature measurement Value (typ. / max) Comments
thermocouple measurement
input range
J, T, K, E, N, S, R, B
according IEC 584
resolution: ca. 0.1K
uncertainty
drift
+0.02 K/K·T
a
s0.05%
s0.05%
+0.05 K/K·T
a
type K
of measurement range
of reading
T
a
= |T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp. T
a
uncertainty of cold junction
compensation
drift ± 0.001K/K·AT
j
< ±0.15K
with „ACC/DSUB-T4“
AT
j
= |T
j
-25°C|
cold junction temperature T
j
input impedance 20 MO ± 1 % differential
138
imc C-series
imc C-series
PT100
input range
-200...850 °C
-200...250°C
resolution: ca. 0.1K
ca. 0.1K
uncertainty
< ± 0.25 K
+0.02%
< ± 0.1 K
+0.02%
4-wire measurement:
-200...850 °C
of reading
-200...250°C
of reading
+0.01 K/K·T
a
T
a
= |T
a
-25°C|; ambient temp. T
a
sensor feed (PT100) 1.23mA
The description of the CS-7008, CL-7016 . The descirption of the sensor supply .
89 146
139
Technical specifications
5.10 CS-8008
General technical specification
Property Comments
analog inputs 8 + 8 thirds-channels when used with
imcWAVE
measurement modes: - voltage
- sensors with current supply ICP™-, DELTATRON
®
-Sensors
sample rate 100kHz
50kHz
without thirds
with thirds
bandwidth 1Hz
45,3kHz
22,4kHz
lower cutoff frequency -3dB
without thirds (0.005dB)
with thirds (-3dB) (imcWAVE)
connection BNC 8x BNC 8 voltage
DSUB-15 1x ACC/DSUB-DI8
1x ACC/DSUB-DO8
1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4
4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
4 incremental encoder inputs
4 analog outputs
2 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
1 x DSUB-9
LEMO FGG.1B.302.CLAD62Z
LEMO FGG.0B.302.CLAD62Z
two nodes CAN (in / out)
display
modem or GPS
supply (CS)
supply (CL)
Technical specs. (8 differential analog inputs)
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
filter cut-off frequency
filter characteristic, order
10kHz, 5kHz, .. , 5Hz
Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital)
low and high filter pass 8
th
order
band pass, LP and HP each 4
th
order
AAF: Cauer 8
th
order with f
cutoff
= 0,4 f
s

for AC-coupling without filter a HP 2
nd
order
Bessel with f
cutoff
=1Hz (0,5Hz with WAVE)
calculated
10
TEDS
sensors (current supply)
condenser micro
conform IEEE 1451.4
Class I MMI
Class II MMI
Voltage
ranges
±50V, ±25 V, ±10V, ±5V, ±2.5 V, ±
1V... ±25mV
input voltage surge protection ±65V
±200V
refer to chassis
continuous
< 2ms
11
input impedance
1MO
10 MO
2MO
±1%
±2%
±1%
single-end, ranges:
± 50V, ± 25 V
± 10 V... ± 25mV
differential, ranges:
± 50V, ± 25 V
140
imc C-series
imc C-series
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
20 MO ±2% ± 10 V... ± 25mV
input coupling
DC
AC, ICP 1Hz, -3dB, 2
th
order
input configuration differential, single end
gain uncertainty
0.004%
0.006%
+110ppm/K·DT
a
s0.05%
s0.1%
+110ppm/K·DT
a
of reading, ranges:
± 50V… ± 50 mV
± 25mV
DT
a
=|T
a
–25°C|
ambient temperature T
a
offset uncertainty (DC)
0.004%
0.005%
0.006%
0.006%
±170µV/K·DT
a
±6.5µV/K·DT
a
s0.03%
s0.05%
s0.10%
s0.15%
±610µV/K·DT
aa
±90µV/K·DT
a
of measurement range, ranges:
± 50V... ± 250mV
± 100 mV
± 50 mV
± 25mV
range > ± 10 V
range s ± 10 V
DT
a
=T
a
–25°C|
ambient temperature T
a
offset uncertainty (AC, ICP) 2LSB
max. settling time of the 1Hz
input high pass filter (AC)
20s
common mode voltage
±65V
±10V
ranges:
± 50V, ± 25 V
± 10 V... ± 25mV
common mode suppression
CMRR
68dB
82dB
95dB
101dB
108dB
>60dB
>66dB
>78dB
>84dB
>96dB
coupling DC, common mode test
voltage ±10 V
=
or 4V
rms
; 50Hz; ranges:
± 50V, ± 25 V
± 10 V... ± 5 V
± 2.5 V... ± 1 V
± 500 mV
± 250 mV... ± 25mV
signal to noise ratio
-110dB
-82dB
-76dB
-70dB
-90dB
(A-weighted), s 100ksps
bandwidth 20 Hz .. 20 kHz
± 50 V.. ± 250 mV
± 100 mV
± 50 mV
± 25mV
noise voltage (rms)
1.4µV
bandwidth 10 Hz .. 10 kHz
± 25mV
ICP™-, DELTATRON®-Sensors
1
constant current 4.2mA ± 20 %
141
Technical specifications
Parameter typ. min. / max. Comments
compliance voltage 25V >24V
source impedance 280kO >100kO
The description of the CS-8008 .
10
AC-coupling (or ICP) means a high pass filter at the input. To avoid drifting of the module, a high pass filter is always calculated,
even if the user selects „without filter“.
11
For voltages greater than the maximum voltage of the chosen range and lower than 70V, you may get a 5mA input
current. Above 70V you can expect higher currents which can only be handled for 2ms.
106
142
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.11 Miscellaneous
5.11.1 imc Graphics Display
Parameter Color Display BW Display Inbuilt Display
Display 5,7ª TFT 5,7ª FSTN 3,2ª FSTN
Colors 65536 16 gray scale colors
Resolution 320 x 240 320 x 240 160 x 80
Backlight CCFL LED LED
line of vision 6 o’clock
Contrast (typ.) 350 :1 5:1
Brightness (typ.) >280cd/m
2
60cd/m
2
80cd/m
2
Dimensions (mm, W x H x D) 192 x160 x30 100 x 54 x 11
Weight approx. 1kg approx. 0,5kg
Supply voltage 9-36V
DC
6 - 50V
DC
upon request
internal
Cable length (DSUB-9) max. 30m (acc. RS232 spec.) internal
Power consumption with 100% backlight approx.
6.0W
with 50% backlight approx. 3.
6W
approx. 1.9W
approx. 1.4W
approx. 0.65W
approx. 0,57W
Temperature range
default
extended t.range
-20°C ... +65°C
-30°C ... +70°C
Interconnections DSUB-9 (female) for connection to measurement device
3-pin linker (metal) ESTO RD03 series 712 3-pin for
external current supply
internal
System prerequisites Group 2/3 measurement devices from imc, as per imcDevices manual
imcDevices software from Version 2.5
RS232 settings
- baudrate: 115200
- hardware handshake on (crtscts)
- no parity 8N1
Miscellaneous 150MHz ARM9 processor, 8MB Flash, 16MB RAM,
embedded Linux; Data transfer from measurement device
via BlueTooth (upon request); Membrane touch panel with
15 buttons
Robust metal frame; Anti-reflection coated glass pane to
protect Display
7 buttons
The description of the graphics display .
49
143
Technical specifications
5.11.2 Alphanumeric Display M/DISPLAY, M/DISPLAY - L
Parameter M/DISPLAY M/DISPLAY-L
Display 40 characters, 4 visible lines, 32 lines total
Dimensions (W x L x H in mm)
without interconnections
220 x 105 x 30
146 x 28.5
350 x 168 x 25
244 x 68
Weight approx. 0.5kg approx. 1.3kg
Cable length (DSUB-9) max. 6m (0,14mm² cross section) max. 30m (acc. RS232 spec.)
Supply voltage from measurement device Power supply unit: 9-36V
DC
Power consumption 1.2W 18W
Interconnections DSUB-9 (female) for connection to measurement device
3-pin linker (metal) ESTO RD03 series 712 3-pin for external current supply
Not supported by C-series based on MultiIO.
The description of the alphanumeric display .
5.11.3 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-expansion plug
Parameter Value (min / max) Comments
for use with channel types: CX-10XX, CX-12XX, CX-41XX, CX-
50XX, CX60XX, CX-70XX
DSUB-15 plug
inputs
2
4
differential, not isolated
ACC/DSUB-ICP2
ACC/DSUB-ICP4
voltage measurement
input voltage max.
voltage
ICP
±60V
-3V...50V
±3V
permanent to chassis
at +IN1, ..., +IN2 bzw. +IN4
at -IN1, ..., -IN2 bzw. +IN4
input impedance
voltage
ICP
1MO
10 MO
0.33MO
0.91MO
differential
single-ended
ICP™-, DELTATRON
®
-, PIEZOTRON
®
-Sensoren
1
Highpass cutoff frequency 2.2Hz
0.80Hz
-3 dB, AC, differentiell, entsprechend
der Messbereichsgruppen der
verwendeten Messeingänge
ICP-current source 4.2mA ± 10 %
voltage swing 25V >24V
Source impedance 280kO >100kO
The description of the ICP-expansion plug .
49
44
144
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.11.4 ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC, ACC/DSUB-ICP2-MICRODOT
Technical Specs (2 differential analog inputs)
Parameter typ. min. / max. Test conditions/ Remarks
Compatible channel types
CX-10XX, CX-12XX, CX-41XX, CX-
50XX, CX60XX, CX-70XX
adapter for BNC to DSUB-15
Inputs 2 single-end, not isolated, BNC
Input coupling ICP
current source, 1
st
order high-pass
TEDS
conformant to IEEE 1451.4
Class I MMI
sensor with current feed
Measurement with ICP™-, DELTATRON
®
-, PIEZOTRON
®
-sensors
1
Max. input voltage ±35V long-term, to system ground
Input impedance
0.33MO
0.91MO
± 5 %
depends on input range groups of the
measurement inputs used
Ground impedance 145O ± 10 O
resistance from the BNC shield to the
device ground
High-pass cutoff frequency
2.2Hz
0.80Hz
± 10 %
-3 dB, depends on input range groups
of the measurement inputs used
Constant current
4.2mA ± 10 %
Voltage swing
25V >24V
Current source internal
resistance
280kO >100kO in parallel with input impedance
Description of the ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC expansion connector.
48
145
Technical specifications
5.11.5 ACC/DSUB-ENC4-IU connector for incremental sensors with current signals
Accessory: connector for incremental sensors with currents signals for use with an incremental encoder
interface
Parameter typ. min. / max. Test conditions / Remarks
usable with CRPL/ENC-4
CRPL/HRENC-4
C-Serie/ENC-4
CANSAS/INC4
DSUB-15 connector
inputs 4 + 1 differential, non isolated
input coupling DC
range
4 basic channels:
1 index channel:
±12 µ A
±24 µ A
sensitivity
4 basic channels:
1 index channel:
Vout = - 0.2V / µA
Vout = - 0.1V / µA
input impedance
4 basic channels:
1 index channel:
200 kO
100 kO
voltage output differential
differential signal „+Vout“ – „-Vout“
analyzed by the INC-4 module
output level
approx. 0 .. 5V
+Vout = 2.5V - 0.2V / µA
-Vout = 2.5V
basic channels
analog bandwidth
4 basic channels:
1 index channel:
80k Hz
50k Hz
supply:
auxiliary power 5V, 5mA, 25mW
supplied by the INC-4 module:
DSUB15(14) VCC
connector plug DSUB-15 with screw clamp in the
connector housing
Description for incremental sensors with current signals.
43
146
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.11.6 SUPPLY Sensor supply module
Technical specs (sensor supply ) for C-50xx, C-70xx
Parameter Value (typ. / max.) Comment
configuration options 5 adjustable ranges
output voltage Voltage
+5.0V
+10V
+12V
+15V
+24 V
±15V
Current
580mA
300mA
250mA
200mA
120mA
100mA
Net power
2.9W
3.0W
3. 0W
3.0W
2.9W
3W
selected globally for 8-channel groups
option, replaces unipolar +15V
upon request for UNI-8, DCB-81 and
C-8
Isolation
Standard:
option, upon request:
non isolated
isolated
output to case (CHASSIS)
Nominal rating: 50V, Test voltage
(10sec.): 300V, not available with
option ±15V.
short-circuit protection unlimited duration to reference ground of output voltage
precision of output voltage < 0.25% (typ.)
< 0.5% (max.)
< 0.9% (max ).
25°C, no load
25°C
over full temperature range2
compensation of cable
resistance (UNI-8, DCB-8 only)
3-wire control:
SENSE line as refeed
( –VB: supply ground)
provided for 5V and 10V.
Calculated compensation for bridges
(no voltage adjustment)
prerequisites:
1) symmetric supply and return lines,
2) identical lines for all channels,
3) representative measurement at
Channel 1
efficiency typ. 72%
typ. 66%
typ. 55%
typ. 50%
10V, ..24V none isolated
5V
10V, ..24V isolated
5V
capacitive load (max.) >4000µF
> 1000µF
> 300µF
2.5V, ..10V
12V, 15V
24V
operating temp. range -20°C ... +85°C
The description of the SUPPLY module .
48
147
Technical specifications
5.11.7 DSUB-Q2 charging amplifier
Technical specs (2 analog inputs)
Parameter typ. min. / max. Test conditions / Remarks
Compatible channel types
Cx-70xx
and for all C-series devices in
preparation (not CS-2108)
adapter for BNC to DSUB-15
with 4 channel DSUB-15 plugs, 2
channels are usable only
Operating temperature range 5°C...60°C no condensation
Inputs 2 differential, not isolated, BNC
Input range (IR)
± 100000pC, ± 50000pC, ± 25000pC, ...
± 1000pC
Input coupling
- AC charge
- DC charge quasistatic measurements
Max. input voltage
Max. charge
±20V
± 200000pC
Long-term, to device ground
Max. common mode voltage ±TBD4V
voltage between sensor ground and
device ground
Bandwidth
- lower cutoff
frequency
(Mode: AC-coupling)
- upper cutoff
frequency
TBD 10mHz
TBD 100mHz
TBD 30kHz
TBD 50kHz
-3 dB
IR > ± 10000pC
IR ≤ ± 10000pC
IR > ± 10000pC
IR ≤ ± 10000pC
Gain uncertainty 0.2% s1.0% of indicated value
+ TBD ppm/K·DTa + ?0ppm/K·DTa
DTa=|Ta -25°C|
Ta : ambient temp.
Zero offset 1.6 pC s3 pC
residual charge after reset
IR > ± 10000pC
IR ≤ ± 10000pC
Reset duration TBD 3ms
Drift TBD pC/s
TBD pC/s
TBD pC/s
TBD pC/s
Mode: DC-coupling
ambient temperature Ta= 25°C± 20K
IR > ± 10000pC
IR ≤ ± 10000pC
Common mode suppression
IR >± 10000pC
≤± 10000pC
TBD pC/V
TBD pC/V
TBD pC/V
TBD pC/V
common mode test voltage:
± 1V; 0...5?0 Hz
Noise
TBD pCrms
TBD pCrms
TBD pCrms
bandwidth
0.1Hz...10kHz
0.1Hz...1kHz
0.1Hz...100Hz
Description of the DSUB-Q2 expansion connector .
55
148
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.12 Connectors
5.12.1 Connecting DSUB-15
With only a few exceptions (high voltage channels, current probes), all the measurement channels'
terminals are DSUB-15 sockets. All measurement channels are connected at standard DSUB-15
sockets, with the exception of the ICP-channels (BNC). The connection can be made with standard
DSUB-15 plugs (male). However, the special imc-plugs include in the product package are designed for
ease and efficiency of use. The plug housing contains screw terminals for direct connection of lines
without requiring soldering. For most measurement configurations the Standard terminal plugs are
used, which are essentially 1:1 adapters for connecting DSUB-15 to the screw terminals. Adhesive
labels designed to denote the signal types can be attached to the appropriate channel groups' plugs.
Aside from that, however, these plug are electrically identical. There are also special plugs which offer
additional functionality besides converting DSUB-pins to screw terminals.
The special thermo-plug (ACC/DSUB-T4) is needed for temperature-measurements. This plug
contains an internal PT1000 sensor for cold-junction compensation within its housing. It contains
additional "auxiliary" clamps for connecting PT100's in 4-wire-configuration, whereby the reference
current circuit is already pre-wired internally. The thermo-plugs for the various temperature modules are
not necessarily identical or thus interchangeable!
The Shunt-plug for current measurement with the isolated voltage channels (ACC/DSUB-I4) comes
with built-in 50 O shunts. For direct display of the measurement results as current, this value must be
entered in the settings interface as the scaling factor.
The ICP expansion plugs (ACC/DSUB-ICP) provide 4 isolated supply current sources and a capacitive
coupling. There are 2- and 4-channel models.
The universal plug for CS-7008, CL-7016, CS-5008, CL-5016 and CX-5032 contains a PT1000
temperature sensor for thermocouple measurement. If these functions aren't required, a standard
DSUB-15 plug can also be used for any other measurement types.
Cable shielding must always be connected to "CHASSIS" (DSUB housing, Pin1 or Terminals T15, T16).
Some plugs provide V
CC
(5V), which can be loaded with 135mA per plug.
Note on the screw terminals used in the terminal plugs
The terminal's screw heads are only in secure electrical contact once they have been tightened onto a
connection wire. Therefore, measurements (for instance, using multimeter test prods) to check "loose"
terminals can seem to indicate bad contacts!
149
Technical specifications
5.12.2 DSUB-plugs for all devices of the C-Series
5.12.2.1 DSUB15 plugs for DI, DO, DAC and incremental encoder
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
ANALOG OUT DIGITAL
IN
DIGITAL
OUT
INC.-ENCODER
name ACC/DSUB -DAC4 -DI4-8 -DO8 -ENC4
DSUB-15
Pin
terminals
9 1 +IN1 BIT1 +INA
2 2 DAC1 +IN2 BIT2 -INA
10 3 AGND +IN3 BIT3 +INB
3 4 +IN4 BIT4 -INB
11 5 DAC2 -IN1/2/3/4 BIT5 +INC
4 6 AGND +IN5 BIT6 -INC
12 7 +IN6 BIT7 +IND
5 8 DAC3 +IN7 BIT8 -IND
13 9 AGND +IN8 +INDEX
6 10 -IN5/6/7/8 -INDEX
14 11 DAC4 HCOM HCOM +5V
7 12 AGND LCOM LCOM GND
15 14 LCOM LCOM
8 17 LEVEL OPDRN
CHASSIS 15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
5.12.2.2 DSUB-9 plugs for CAN-Bus
DSUB-PIN signal description use in busDAQ
1 nc optional supply 7V..13V unused
2 CAN_L dominant low bus line connected
3 CAN_GND CAN Ground connected
4 nc reserved unused
5 nc optional CAN Shield unused
6 CAN_GND optional CAN Ground connected
7 CAN_H dominant high bus line connected
8 nc reserved (error line) unused
9 nc reserved unused
150
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.12.2.3 DSUB-9 plug for display
DSUB-PIN signal description use in device
1 DCD Vcc 5V connected
2 RXD Receive Data connected
3 TXD Transmit Data connected
4 DTR 5V connected
5 GND ground connected
6 DSR Data Set Ready connected
7 RTS Ready To Send connected
8 CTS Clear To Send connected
9 R1 Pulldown to GND connected
Supply for the graphical display
+ - nc
Binder 1 2 3
Souriau B C A
5.12.2.4 DSUB-9 plug for modem
DSUB-PIN Signal Description Use in device
1 DCD Data Carrier Detect connected
2 RxD Receive Data connected
3 TxD Transmit Data connected
4 DTR Data Terminal Ready connected
5 GND Ground connected
6 DSR Data Set Ready connected
7 RTS Ready To Send connected
8 CTS Clear To Send connected
9 nc reserved unused
151
Technical specifications
5.12.3 DSUB-9 plug for GPS-mouse
With the following wiring, a Garmin GPS-mouse can be connected:
DSUB-9 GPS 16 LVS GPS 35 LVS GPS 18 LVC GPS 18 - 5Hz
Pin Signal Color Color Color Color
1 Vin Red Red Red Red
2 TxD1 White White White White
3 RxD1* Blue Blue Green Green
4 - - - - -
5
GND,
PowerOff
Black, Yellow Black, Yellow 2x Black 2x Black
6 - - - - -
7
PPS
( 1Hz clock)
Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
8 - - - - -
9 - - - - -
*Pin configuration at imc device. At the GPS-mouse Rx and Tx are interchanged.
152
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.12.4 Pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-15 sockets for amplifiers
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
VOLTAGE CURRENT VOLTAGE CURRENT
name ACC/DSUB- U4 I4 TEDS-U4 TEDS-I4
used by
CS-1016, CL-1032,
CS-1208, CL-1224,
CS-4108, CL-4124
CS-1016, CL-1032,
CS-1208, CL-1224,
CS-4108, CL-4124
CS-1016, CL-1032,
CS-1208, CL-1224,
CS-4108, CL-4124
CS-1016, CL-1032,
CS-1208, CL-1224,
CS-4108, CL-4124
DSUB-15 Pin terminals current-shunt internal
in amplifier
9 1 (RES.) (RES.) (RES.) (RES.)
2 2 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1
10 3 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1
3 4 (+SUPPLY) (+SUPPLY) (+SUPPLY) (+SUPPLY)
11 5 +IN2 +IN2 +IN2 +IN2
4 6 -IN2 -IN2 -IN2 -IN2
12 7 (-SUPPLY) (-SUPPLY) (-SUPPLY) (-SUPPLY)
5 8 +IN3 +IN3 +IN3 +IN3
13 9 -IN3 -IN3 -IN3 -IN3
6 10 (GND) (GND) GND GND
14 11 +IN4 +IN4 +IN4 +IN4
7 12 -IN4 -IN4 -IN4 -IN4
13 TEDS1 TEDS1
15 14 (GND) (GND) TEDS2 TEDS2
Gehäuse 15 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
16 TEDS_GND TEDS_GND
8 17 (+5V) (+5V ) TEDS3 TEDS3
18 TEDS4 TEDS4
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
TH-COUPLE/ RTD TH-COUPLE / RTD ICP ICP
name ACC/DSUB- -T4 TEDS -T4 ICP4 -ICP2
used by C-
CS-4108, CL-4124
also for voltage
CS-4108, CL-4124
also for voltage
CS-1016, CL-1032,
CS-1208, CL-1224,
CS-4108, CL-4124
CS-7008, CL-7016,
CS-5008, CL-5016,
CX-5032
DSUB-15 Pin terminals
9 1 +I1 +IREF +ICP1 +ICP1
2 2 +IN1 +IN1 -ICP1 -ICP1
10 3 -IN1 -IN1 +ICP2
3 4 +I2 -ICP2
11 5 +IN2 +IN2 +ICP3 +ICP2
4 6 -IN2 -IN2 -ICP3 -ICP2
12 7 +I3 +ICP4
5 8 +IN3 +IN3 -ICP4
13 9 -IN3 -IN3
6 10 -I4 -IREF
14 11 +IN4 +IN4
7 12 -IN4 -IN4
13 -I1 TEDS1
15 14 -I2 TEDS2 CHASSIS
Gehäuse 15 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
16 CHASSIS TEDS_GND CHASSIS
8 17 -I3 TEDS3 AGND
18 +I4 TEDS4
153
Technical specifications
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
UNIVERSAL CURRENT BRIDGE CURRENT UNIVERSAL
name ACC/DSUB -UNI2 -I2 -B2 TEDS-I2 TEDS-UNI2
used by
CS-7008, CL-7016,
CS-5008, CL-5016,
CX-5032
CS-7008, CL-7016,
CS-5008, CL-5016,
CX-5032
CS-7008, CL-7016,
CS-5008, CL-5016,
CX-5032
CS-7008,
CL-7016,
CS-5008,
CL-5016, CX-5032
CS-7008, CL-7016,
CS-5008, CL-5016,
CX-5032
DSUB-15 Pin terminals
9 1 +VB1 +SUPPLY1 +VB1 +SUPPLY1 +VB1
2 2 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1 +IN1
10 3 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1 -IN1
3 4 -VB1 -SUPPLY1 -VB1 -SUPPLY1 -VB1
11 5 I1_1/4B1 (+SENSE1)
+SENSE1_1/4B
1 +SENSE1 I1_1/4B1
4 6 SENSE1 -SENSE1 -SENSE1 -SENSE1 -SENSE1
12 7 +VB2 +SUPPLY2 +VB2 +SUPPLY +VB2
5 8 +IN2 +IN2 +IN2 +IN2 +IN2
13 9 -IN2 -IN2 -IN2 -IN2 -IN2
6 10 -VB2 -SUPPLY2 -VB2 -SUPPLY2 -VB2
14 11 I2_1/4B2 (+SENSE2)
+SENSE2_1/4B
2 +SENSE2 I2_1/4B2
7 12 SENSE2 -SENSE2 -SENSE2 -SENSE2 -SENSE2
13 TEDS1 TEDS1
15 14 GND (GND) GND (GND) (GND)
Gehäuse 15 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS TEDS_GND TEDS_GND
8 17 +5V (+5V ) +5V (+5V) (+5V)
18 TEDS2 TEDS2
5.12.5 Pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-15 for CS-6004 and CL-6012
measurement mode
(labeled inside)
BRIDGE
VOLTAGE
CURRENT-2 ICP (VOLTAGE)
DSUB-plug CRPL/DSUB-BR-4-I CRPL/DSUB-BR-4-I ACC/DSUB-ICP2
used by C- CS-6004, CL-6012 CS-6004, CL-6012 CS-6004, CL-6012
terminals
1 +VB1 +SUPPLY1 +ICP1
2 +IN1 +IN1 -ICP1
3 -IN1 -IN1
4 -VB1 -SUPPLY1
5 -SENSE1 +ICP2
6 +SENSE1 -ICP2
7 +VB2 +SUPPLY2
8 +IN2 +IN2
9 -IN2 -IN2
10 -VB2 -SUPPLY2
11 -SENSE2
12 +SENSE2
14 GND AGND CHASSIS
17 +5V +5V AGND
15,16 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS
154
imc C-series
imc C-series
5.12.6 Pin configuration of the remote sockets
CX- CL- Signals at the
DSUB-15 Pin terminals of the imc DSUB-plug LEMO REMOTE-plug
9 1 1 OFF
2 2 2 SWITCH
10
3
11
3
4
5
3
4
5
ON
SWITCH1
-BATT (interner Testpin)
CHASSIS 15.16 CHASSIS CHASSIS
The description of the remote control .
17
Index 155
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
Index
- 1 -
1/3-octave calculation: CS-8008 107
- 2 -
2-wire configuration PT100: CS/CL-70xx 103
- 4 -
4-wire configuration PT100: CS/CL-70xx 103
- A -
AAF-Filter 53
abtastendes System 53
Abtasttheorem 53
AC-adapter 16
ACC/DSUB standard: pin configuration 152
ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC 48
ACC/DSUB-ICP2-MICRODOT 48
adjustment 77
aggregate sampling rate 22
Aliasing 53
alphanumeric display 49, 143
amplitude reference 64
amplitude response correction: current probe 64
analog outputs 36, 113
analog outputs: DSUB-15 149
angle measurement 37
Antialiasing Filter 53
Anti-Aliasing Filter: Tiefpass 53
avtivating device 17
- B -
balancing 81, 96, 99
bandwidth (voltage channels) 61
bandwidth: C-30xx 67
basic systems 108
battery 18
battery: rechargeable 19
BEEPER 52
bridge 82, 83
bridge measurement 77, 96
bridge measurement: bridge channels 77
bridge measurement: cable compensation 99
bridge measurement: sense 99
buffer duration: maximum (UPS) 18
buffer time constant (UPS) 18
buffering battery 18
- C -
C-30 XX 66
C-30 XX: input coupling 66
C-30 XX: input impdance 67
C-30 XX: voltage measurement: 67
C-30xx: bandwidth 67
C-30xx: voltage source with ground reference 67
C-30xx: voltage source without ground reference
67
calibration 77
CAN-BUS Interface 114
CAN-Bus: DSUB-9 plug 149
CE Certification 10
Channel assignment: incremental encoder 40
charging amplifier 55
CHASSIS 16
circuit schematic: ICP expansion plug 47
CL-2108 62, 120
CL-2108: 63
CL-2108: amplitude reference 64
CL-2108: amplitude-, phase response correction
64
CL-2108: converter 64
CL-2108: high voltage channels 62
CL-2108: Mini-DIN8 pin configuration 65
CL-2108: phasen difference 64
CL-2108: pin configuration Mini-DIN8 65
CL-2108: Rogowski coil 65
clamp diode: digital outputs 34
cleaning 21
comparator 39
connector plug: DSUB-15 148
control functions 34, 36
converter 64
counter 37
imc C-series 156
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
CRPL/DSUB-15 (CS-6004, CL-6012): pin
configuration 153
CS/CL/CX-50xx 70, 129
CS/CL/CX-50xx: bridge measurement 77
CS/CL-10xx 56, 116
CS/CL-12xx 58, 118
CS/CL-41xx 68, 126
CS/CL-60xx 82, 132
CS/CL-70xx 89, 102, 135
CS/CL-70xx: bandwidth 105
CS/CL-70xx: bridge measurement 96
CS/CL-70xx: ICP and thermocouples 102
CS/CL-70xx: temperature measurement 100
CS/CL-70xx: thermocouples 100
CS/CL-70xx: voltage 89
CS-3008, CL-3024 Technical specs 124
CS-8008 106, 139
CS-8008: 1/3-octave calculation 107
CS-8008: ICP 107
CS-8008: mic supply 107
C-Series: general 23
current feed inputs: C-30 XX 66
current measurement: CS/CL/CX-50xx 74
current measurement: CS/CL-10xx 57
current measurement: CS/CL-41x 69
current measurement: CS/CL-70xx 93
current measurement: isolated voltage channels 69
current measurement: shunt-plug 57, 69
current measurement: voltage channels 60, 93
current measurement: voltage measurement 74
current probe: amplitude response correction 64
current probe: connections 64
current probe: phase responde correction 64
current-fed accelerometer: application hints 44
customer service 8
- D -
DAC-4 36
DC-12/24 USV 114
DCF:technical data 115
DCF77 52
DELTATRON 58
desktop power supply unit 16
DI-8 33
DI8DO8ENC4-DAC4 33
differential input: incremental encoder channel 39
differential input: input channels 68
digital inputs 33, 113
digital inputs: brief signal levels 34
digital inputs: DSUB-15 149
digital inputs: input voltage 33
digital inputs: sampling interval 34
digital outputs 34, 112
digital outputs: DSUB-15 149
DIN-EN-ISO-9001 11
DIOENC 33
display: DSUB-9 plug 150
displays: overview 49
DO-8 34
DSUB plug with charging amplifier 55
DSUB-15: analog outputs 149
DSUB-15: digital inputs 149
DSUB-15: digital outputs 149
DSUB-15: incremental encoder 149
DSUB-9 plug: CAN-Bus 149
DSUB-9 plug: display 150
DSUB-9 plug: modem 150
DSUB-9: GPS mouse 151
DSUB-Q2 55, 105
DSUB-Q2 technical specs 147
dual track encoder 38, 40
- E -
Elektro- und Elektronikgerätegesetz 12
Elektro-Altgeräte Register 12
ElektroG 12
EMC 13
error message: sampling rates 2/5 22
event-counts 37
external voltage supply: voltage channels 61
- F -
FCC-Note 13
feed current: ICP-channels 44
Filter 53
Filter: implementierte 53
filter: incremental encoder channels 39
Filter-Konzept 53
Index 157
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
Filter-Typ: AAF 53
Filter-Typ: Bandpass 53
Filter-Typ: Hochpass 53
Filter-Typ: ohne 53
Filter-Typ: Tiefpass 53
frequency measurement 37
full bridge 97
fuse: ext. supply, incremental encoder 38
fuses: overview 19
- G -
galvanic isolation: digital outputs 34
galvanic isolation: supply unit 16
General Notes 15
GPS 28, 51
GPS mouse: DSUB-9 151
GPS mouse: pin configuration 151
GPS:technical data 115
graphic display 49
graphics display 142
grounding 16
grounding: ICP expansion plug 45
grounding: incremental encoder channel 43
grounding: power supply 16
guarantee 15
Guide to Using the Manual 9
- H -
half bridge 98
Hardware for all devices 32
high voltage channels: CL-2108 62
hotline 8
hysteresis: incremental encoder conditioning 39
hysteresis: UPS, take-over threshold 19
- I -
ICP 58
ICP expansion plug 44
ICP expansion plug: circuit schematic 47
ICP expansion plug: configuration 45
ICP expansion plug: grounding 45
ICP expansion plug: shielding 45
ICP expansion plug: voltage channels 44
ICP-channels 44
ICP-channels: application hints 44
ICP-channels: feed current 44
ICP-channels: supply current 44
ICP-channels: voltage channels with iICP expansion
plug 44
ICP-expansion plug 143
ICP-expansion plug: Technical specs 143
imc Display 49
imc graphics display 142
imc-plug 148
Implementierten Filter 53
incremental encoder 37, 111
incremental encoder channel: Open-Collector Sensor
42
incremental encoder channel: RS422 42
incremental encoder channel: sensors with current
signals 43
incremental encoder: conditioning 39
incremental encoder: DSUB-15 149
incremental encoder: measurement quantities 37
incremental encoder: scaling 38
incremental encoder: sensors 38
incremental sensors with current signals 145
index signal 38
index track 38
industrial safety regulation 21
input impdanceC-30 XX 67
input impedance: current probe channels 63
input impedance: high voltage channels 62, 70
input impedance: isolated voltage channels 68
internal time base 115
IPTS-68 30
ISO9001 11
ISO-9001 11
ISOSYNC 16, 52
ISOSYNC:technical data 115
IU-plug 145
- L -
Ladungsverstärker 105
leakage: UPS battery 19
LEDs 52
Limited Warranty 11
linear motion measurement 37
imc C-series 158
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
logic threshold levels: digital outputs 34
- M -
main switch 17
maintenance 21
maximum input range: incremental encoder channels
38
MICRODOT 48
microphone supply 107
Mini-DIN8 pin configuration: CL-2108 65
mode: digital outputs (driver configuration) 34
modem connection 28, 52
modem: DSUB-9 plug 150
modularity 20
- N -
Nyquist-Frequenz 53
- O -
OPDRN 34
open sensor detection: CS/CL-70xx 104
Open-Collector Sensor: incremental encoder channel
42
open-drain 34
- P -
PCB 44
phase matching 22
phase response correction: current probe 64
phasen difference 64
PIEZOTRON 44, 58
pin configuration Mini-DIN8: CL-2108 65
pin configuration: ACC/DSUB standard 152
pin configuration: CRPL/DSUB-15 (CS-6004,
CL-6012) 153
pin configuration: GPS mouse 151
pin configuration: REMOTE 17
pin configuration: remote control 154
pin configuration: supply plug (LEMO) 16
plaque 21
power input 16
power-up: digital outputs 34
PT100 31, 102
Pt100 in 3-wire configuration 103
- Q -
quadrature encoder 38, 40
Quality Management 11
quarter bridge 98
- R -
Real Time Clock 115
receiver: GPS 51
rechargeable battery 18, 19
rechargeable battery: charging 19
remote control: pin configuration 154
remote switch on 17
Restriction of Hazardous Substances 12
RJ45 socket 52
Rogowski coil 65
RoHS 12
rpm-measurement 37
RS422: incremental encoder channel 42
RTC 115
RTD 31
RTD (PT100) 102
- S -
sampling rate: constraints 22
sampling: aggregate sampling rate 22
sampling: concept 37
Sampling: Verfahren 53
scaling: incremental encoder channels 38
Schmitt-trigger: incremental encoder conditioning
39
SENSE 99
sensor supply module: CS/CL/CX-50xx 81
sensor supply: CS/CL-70xx 105
sensor supply: SEN-SUPPLY 48
sensors with current signals: incremental encoder
channel 43
SEN-SUPPLY 48
service 8
shielding 16
shielding: incremental encoder channel 43
shielding: signal leads 16
Index 159
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
shieling: ICP expansion plug 45
short circuit: CS/CL-70xx 104
shunt calibration 81, 96, 99
shunt-plug 57, 69, 148
single track encoder 38, 40
storage temperatures 20
supply current: ICP expansion plug 44
supply current: ICP-channels 44
supply current: RTD-measurement 31
supply voltage 16
supply voltage: CS/CL-10xx 57
supply voltage: digital outputs 34
supply voltage: incremental encoder 38
supply voltage: internal, remote control plug 17
supply voltage: isolated voltage channels 69
SUPPLY: Technical specs 146
switching device on/off 17
SYNC 38, 52
Sync terminal 16, 52
synchronisation: incremental encoder 38
synchronization 22, 52
synchronization:technical data 115
system setup: important notes 15
- T -
technical data C-series 108
technical data:DCF 115
technical data:GPS 115
technical data:ISOSYNC 115
technical data:synchronization 115
technical data:time base 115
technical specification: alphanumeric display 143
technical specification: analog outputs 113
technical specification: CAN-BUS Interface 114
technical specification: CL-2108 120
technical specification: CS/CL/CX-50xx 129
technical specification: CS/CL-10xx 116
technical specification: CS/CL-12xx 118
technical specification: CS/CL-41xx 126
technical specification: CS/CL-60xx 132
technical specification: CS/CL-70xx 135
technical specification: CS-8008 139
technical specification: DC-12/24 USV 114
technical specification: digital inputs 113
technical specification: digital outputs 112
technical specification: graphics display 142
technical specification: incremental encoder 111
Technical specifications: general 108
Technical specs: CS-3008, CL-3024 124
Technical specs: ICP-expansion plug 143
Technical specs: SUPPLY 146
TEDS 29
telephone numbers 8
temperature measurement 69, 100
temperature table IPTS-68 30
thermocouple 101
thermocouple: ground reference 101
thermocouples 69
thermocouples: colour codes 31
thermocouples: CS/CL-70xx 100
thermocouples: DIN and IEC 31
thermo-plug 148
thirds: CS-8008 107
time base:technical data 115
time counter: GPS 51
time measurement 37
time measurement: conditions 37
totem-pole 34
track (X,Y) 38, 40, 42
transport damage 15
transporting 15
- U -
UNI-8: Pt100 in 3-wire configuration 103
uninterruptible power supply 18
UPS 18
- V -
velocity measurement 37
voltage channels: CS/CL-10xx 56
voltage channels: current probe 63
voltage channels: ICP expansion plug 44
voltage measurement: CL-2108 62, 70
voltage measurement: CS/CL-10xx 57
voltage measurement: CS/CL-12xx 58
voltage measurement: CS/CL-41xx 68
voltage measurement: CS/CL-70xx 89
voltage measurement: CS-8008 107
voltage measurement: current probe channels 63
imc C-series 160
© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH
voltage measurement: high voltage channels 62,
70
voltage measurement: isolated voltage channels
68
voltage measurement:C-30 XX 67
voltage: high voltage 62
voltage: isolated 68
- W -
warm-up phase 15
Waste on Electric and Electronic Equipment 12
Watchdog 21
WEEE 12
- Y -
Y2K: conformity 11
- Z -
zero marker pulse 38

2

imc C-series

Table of Contents
imc C-Series
1.1 imc Customer Suport - Hotline ................................................................................................................................... 8 1.2 Guide to Using the Manual ................................................................................................................................... 9 1.3 Guidelines ................................................................................................................................... 10
1.3.1 CE Certification ......................................................................................................................................................... 10 1.3.2 Guarantee......................................................................................................................................................... 11 of Year 2000 conformity 1.3.3 Quality Management ......................................................................................................................................................... 11 1.3.4 imc Gaurantee ......................................................................................................................................................... 11 1.3.5 ElektroG, RoHS, WEEE ......................................................................................................................................................... 12 1.3.6 Product improvement ......................................................................................................................................................... 12

1.4 Important ................................................................................................................................... 13 notes
1.4.1 Remarks Concerning EMC ......................................................................................................................................................... 13 1.4.2 FCC-Note ......................................................................................................................................................... 13 1.4.3 Modifications ......................................................................................................................................................... 13 1.4.4 Cables ......................................................................................................................................................... 14 1.4.5 Other Provisions ......................................................................................................................................................... 14

General Notes
2.1 After unpacking ... ................................................................................................................................... 15 2.2 Transporting the device ................................................................................................................................... 15 2.3 Guarantee................................................................................................................................... 15 2.4 Before starting ................................................................................................................................... 15 2.5 Grounding, shielding ................................................................................................................................... 16 2.6 Power supply ................................................................................................................................... 16
2.6.1 Main switch ......................................................................................................................................................... 17 2.6.2 Remote control of the main switch ......................................................................................................................................................... 17

2.7 UPS

................................................................................................................................... 18

2.7.1 Concept ......................................................................................................................................................... 18 2.7.2 Buffering time constant and maximum buffer duration ......................................................................................................................................................... 18 2.7.3 Charging time ......................................................................................................................................................... 19 2.7.4 Take-over ......................................................................................................................................................... 19 threshold

2.8 Rechargeable batteries ................................................................................................................................... 19 2.9 Fuses ................................................................................................................................... 19 2.10 Precautions for operation ................................................................................................................................... 20 2.11 Storage ................................................................................................................................... 20 2.12 Modularity ................................................................................................................................... 20 2.13 Notes on................................................................................................................................... 21 maintenance and servicing 2.14 Watchdog ................................................................................................................................... 21 2.15 Cleaning ................................................................................................................................... 21 2.16 Industrial Safety ................................................................................................................................... 21 2.17 Sampling interval ................................................................................................................................... 22

© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH

3 2.18 Synchronicity ................................................................................................................................... 22

Properties of the imc C-Series
3.1 General ................................................................................................................................... 23
3.1.1 Universal measurement device for development, testing and service ......................................................................................................................................................... 23 3.1.2 Different housings for different applications ......................................................................................................................................................... 24 3.1.3 Real-time capabilities ......................................................................................................................................................... 24 3.1.4 More than ......................................................................................................................................................... 24 just a universal measurement amplifier 3.1.5 Noise and ......................................................................................................................................................... 24 vibration analysis 3.1.6 Universal power measurement ......................................................................................................................................................... 24 3.1.7 Measuring......................................................................................................................................................... 25 with strain gauges - Structure Analysis 3.1.8 The C-Series in test rigs ......................................................................................................................................................... 25 3.1.9 imc operating software - imcDevices ......................................................................................................................................................... 25

3.2 What the C-Series has to offer ................................................................................................................................... 25
3.2.1 Autonomous or PC-aided ......................................................................................................................................................... 25 3.2.2 Ethernet network capability ......................................................................................................................................................... 26 3.2.3 Real-time calculation, open- and closed-loop control ......................................................................................................................................................... 26 3.2.4 No data loss from power outages ......................................................................................................................................................... 26 3.2.5 Reading measurement data from filed busses ......................................................................................................................................................... 26 3.2.6 Wireless long-term monitoring and remote maintenance via modem and Internet ......................................................................................................................................................... 27 3.2.7 Global Positioning System (GPS) ......................................................................................................................................................... 28 3.2.8 Modem connection ......................................................................................................................................................... 28 3.2.9 TRIGGER ......................................................................................................................................................... 28 3.2.10 TEDS ......................................................................................................................................................... 29 3.2.10.1 imc Plug & Measure - complex measurements as child’s play .................................................................................................................................................. 29 3.2.10.2 Particular advantages and applications .................................................................................................................................................. 29 3.2.10.3 Sensor.................................................................................................................................................. 29 administration by database 3.2.11 Temperature measurement ......................................................................................................................................................... 30 3.2.11.1 Thermocouples as per DIN and IEC .................................................................................................................................................. 31 3.2.11.2 PT100 .................................................................................................................................................. 31 (RTD) - Measurement

Device Description
4.1 Hardware configuration of all devices ................................................................................................................................... 32
4.1.1 DIOENC ......................................................................................................................................................... 33 4.1.1.1 Digital inputs and outputs .................................................................................................................................................. 33 4.1.1.1.1 Digital Inputs ........................................................................................................................................... 33 4.1.1.1.1.1 Input voltage ...................................................................................................................................... 33 4.1.1.1.1.2 Sampling interval and brief signal levels ...................................................................................................................................... 34 4.1.1.1.2 Digital outputs ........................................................................................................................................... 34 4.1.1.1.2.1 Block schematic ...................................................................................................................................... 35 4.1.1.1.2.2 Possible configurations ...................................................................................................................................... 36 4.1.1.2 Analog outputs .................................................................................................................................................. 36 4.1.1.3 Incremental encoder channels .................................................................................................................................................. 37 4.1.1.3.1 Measurement quantities ........................................................................................................................................... 37 4.1.1.3.2 Time measurement conditions ........................................................................................................................................... 37 4.1.1.3.3 Scaling ........................................................................................................................................... 38 4.1.1.3.4 Sensor........................................................................................................................................... 38 types, synchronization 4.1.1.3.5 Comparator conditioning ........................................................................................................................................... 39 4.1.1.3.6 Structure ........................................................................................................................................... 40 4.1.1.3.7 Channel assignment ........................................................................................................................................... 40 4.1.1.3.8 Incremental encoder track configuration options ........................................................................................................................................... 41 4.1.1.3.9 Block schematic ........................................................................................................................................... 41

© 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH

............... CL-1224 .............................................. 42 4......................1....................................... 58 4..... 49 4................ 53 4......................3..................................................................................................2 Connection ..............1.............................3........................................................................2 CS-1016... 44 4............................................................................2 Allgemeines Filter-Konzept ..1...........................2......1 ICP-Sensors ..............2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference ...............................................2 ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC..............3.......2.........................................4................ 62 4...1 Universal measurement device .....2 Hardware configuration ...........4.........1 External ............. 44 4.............2..................................3 Conditioning and signal connection .......................................1............................3................... 58 4.............................................. 53 4........................................4 imc C-series 4.....................................................2...........................1................ 52 4................................................................................................................................................................................3 Signal conditioning and circuitry ..........2....................................................................................................1.............................................. 61 4...................................................................................... 57 +5V supply voltage 4............................................................................................................................4........................................................................................................................................3 Case 3: Voltage source at other..................................1 All-purpose laboratory and test rig devices ......................................................................................................................................................................................2.............3...........................2.......................................3........................2...............2... 57 4......................1.................................................................................................................................... 42 4.........................4..........................................................................................................3.... 57 4.................................................... 62 4............................................................................................................................1............. fixed potential ..........10..............................................1...2..2.................................................................................................................... 57 4............................................... 58 4....1..............3........................................ 63 © 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH ......................................................1........3................................. 62 4....................2 Feed current .. 55 4..........................................3........1................................................................10 Connection .. 62 4.....................3..............................2 Miscellaneous .............2............................ 60 4....1....................... 44 4................................ 52 4................... 51 4.......9..............1.3.. 61 voltage supply for ICP-Extension plug 4....................2....2...................................... 56 4............1........ 58 4...............................2.............................................................................................. 53 4.............4......1.3 CS-1208.3.................................................................1 High-voltage channels ...3........ 62 4....4 Bandwidth ..............................4.....1......................................................2............................. ACC/DSUB-ICP2-MICRODOT ................................1 Connection: Open-Collector Sensor ..................................................................................1 Circuit schematic: ICP-plugs .............................3....................................................1.3 ICP-Expansion plug .............................................................................2..............................................10...................5 GPS .........................................2 Current measurement ............................................................2 Hardware configuration .. 58 4.................................................................................................................... 63 4.....4.................................................................................2......................................1 Voltage measurement_CL-2108_CP ...... 60 4..................................... 47 4...........................4 Voltage measurement: With taring ....3..........................................3 Signal conditioning and circuitry ........2................. 52 4.........2.......................4 imc Display ...............1 Power measurement devices ..................................................2 Current probe channels of the CL-2108 ....................................................................................................1.........................3 External ...................................... 61 4.......................2........3........1.....1..............1........3..........3....3...6 LEDs and Beeper ......................................................................................................................................................................................1 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-Expansion plug for voltage channels ............................................. 53 4...................3..............3.....3. 48 4......................... 56 4...2 Hardware equipment .......8 SYNC .............................4...............2..1..... 62 4....................2....................................10...............................4.......... 56 4.................3 SEN-SUPPLY Sensor supply .......................3 Connection: Sensors with current signals ..................... CL-1032 ................................1...9.......................................................1.... 57 4................1........................ 42 4.....................4 Current-fed sensors ............................ 43 4.................................................3...........................................................................................2 Connection: Sensors with RS422 differential line drivers ............................ 45 4...............3...................4................1............................................................... 56 4............................ 59 4.................................................................................................................9.........................2......9 Filter-Einstellungen ..........................................1.........................................1 Voltage measurement ....................................................................................................................................................1 Voltage measurement ...........................2..........7 Modem connection ............................3........................................................................................................................................................1.............................................................................4 CL-2108 ....................................................................2....... 44 4..........2.............................................................................................................................................2 Current measurement .......................................................................................................1...............................5 Connection ...3.....4 Configuration ..................1...........1 Voltage measurement ......................................................................................1........................................................................1.................................................................... 59 4....................10 DSUB-Q2 charging amplifier ....................... 44 4........................................................................................... 48 4........................................................................................................................................................... 60 4...............3.......3.................1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference ........................................1.........................................................................1....1...........................................................................................................3 Implementierten Filter ..................................................1 Theoretischer Hintergrund ......1................................3..........3.....................................................................

......3.........3.....................................................................2 Case 2: Half bridge ..............................7...... 68 4.................6...................................................... 81 4.............................................................................1 Case 1: Differential current measurement ... 73 4.. 68 4......................................3....................................................................... 65 4............................................................................3............................................................................7...........5...................................8....................... CL-6012 ..........7 CS-5008......................4....................................................... 65 4......8......................................................................................................................................5..................3......................................................... 64 4.............................................3....................6................................................................3.........5......................................5 Voltage measurement .............................................................................3........................6 CS-4108..........................................3......................................................................................................7........................................3..........................................................3 Bridge measurement .........................1 Case 1: Full bridge ........................................................................5 Connection .......3.................6.............................3.... 63 4................7...3..................7...........7...................................... 81 4....................................1 Voltage measurement .................. 67 Voltage source without ground reference 4....1 Voltages .................1 High-end bridge measurement device for DC and CF modes ................................................................................ 79 4................................7...............................6................................................................4.................................. 66 4............................................7......................................................................................................6......................................................... 72 4...3...................1 Case 1: ..........4 Voltage measurement: With zero-adjusting (tare) ......... 83 4.............5 Rogowski coil ....3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply ......3................................................ 82 4.....3..... 78 4..........................................................................................7...................................7................................... CL-6012: .2 Hardware configration .......................... 67 4.....1............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 79 4........5...................................... 63 4........................3.........................1 Input stage block schematic ................... 66 4.....................2 Current measurement ......7......................3 Signal conditioning and circuitry ... 70 4...............1 Bridge measurement device for multi-channel measurements ..................6 Bandwidth... 66 4...........................................................................3....................3....................................6.............................................4...............................2 Hardware configuration ..........................................................................................5...............7................ 77 4...3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential .......................7........................5...........................................1 Compact measurement device for current feed sensores .............................................................5......3 Signal conditioning and circuitry ....................................................................................................................... 69 4.......1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference ............ CL-4124 ..................5 4.....8.............................. 68 4.............2..............................................................................1....... 66 4............4 Temperature-channels ..............2 Hardware configuration .....................................................................................................................2 Hardware configuration .................6....................................................... 76 4.....................3..........3......1........................................2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement ................4...............................................................................................................1..................4 Sensor supply module ............... 69 4...................................................4 Balancing and shunt calibration ....... 82 4................................................................................................................................3...............................8....................................................................................................... 69 4.. 74 4.............................................................................7........................................1 Block schematic of bridge channels CS-6004..3.................................................... CL-3024 ............. 70 4............. 73 4..................................................................7....................2.................................................................................................................................. 66 4........3..............................................................................................4...................................3................................................... 70 4.. 64 4...................................................1 Voltage measurement .............................................. 82 4.................................7.3 Signal conditioning ............................................................. 81 4............................................3...................................5....................................................................................................................................................................................................3 Case 3: Quarter bridge ..........................4 Input coupling .....................................................................................................................................................................3...........2..2 Current measurement ...................................................................................7..........5.....4.............................................................................................................................................................................. 81 4.........4....................................3 Connection ............................................................................ 69 4...8..............3.......1 Compact measurement device with isolated inputs ......................................3....2 Case 2: .............3 Signal conditioning and circuitry .........................................3......................................1 Notes on the measurement setup .............................................................2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference .........................2........5 CS-3008........................5 Bandwidth................................ 65 4..................................................7........................... 67 Voltage source with ground reference 4.3.......................................................................................................4 Using transducers ..........8 CS-6004............................................ 67 4.................... 71 4.............................6..............................................................7......................................3.................................................................................................... 82 4...5.........3....................................6 Pin configuration and cable wiring ......... 68 4............................. CX-5032 ................................3...................... 83 © 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH ........................1........................................................................................................................................ 69 +5V supply voltage (non-isolated) 4...................3............................... 75 4...................................................................... 70 4.............................. 70 4...................6 Connection ......................6................................................................7...............................................................................3 External ......................2 Currents ........................................1 Terminal scheme of the CS-6004 and CL-6012 terminal pods: ...................... CL-5016........................................................................................................ 74 4...............................................................6. 68 4..............

..............9.............................................................................. 107 4....3......................................................................8 Connection scheme: Quarter-bridge...........................5..................................9.............................................9.......... without Sense: .............3....................................................................................10.................... 105 supply module 4.........................................3....................................................................3................................................9..........8........................9..........2 Current-fed sensors ........................... 105 4.8............................. 102 4.............................................................................3....1 Voltage measurement’s ..........................5 Connection scheme: Half-bridge.......................................10.9................................................3...........................................3........ 98 4..8............................................................................6 Charging amplifier ..........3........2.9..........................................................................3 Case 3: Quarter bridge ....3.........................8............................................................1 Case 1: Pt100 in 4-wire configuration ...... 84 4......................... .................................................................3................9..... 99 4........... 106 4........1 Voltage measurement .................... 88 4...................... 85 4....................... 84 4................7 Sensor.................................................................................................................... double and single line-Sense: ..... 103 4...............3............3......2 Case 2: Pt100 in 2-wire configuration ...............................8..........3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply ..............................................................................................................9......................................5 Temperature measurement .....3 Signal conditioning and circuitry ......................................................... 88 4..5.................8..................................... 105 4................1 Case 1: Thermocouple mounted with ground reference ........2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement .............................................3...........................................8............................................................... 100 4.................... 107 4................................................................................... 97 4.9. 89 4.........................................3................3........................ 92 4......................................9........... without Sense: .................9............................2 Case 2: Half bridge ...............................1 Case 1: Differential current measurement ....1 DSUB-15 plugs ...................3..................................................................................... single line-Sense: ..................... 86 4......................................................3 Current measurement ........................3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential .............................. 101 4..................1 Case 1: Full bridge .......3...............................................10 Connection .......................................4 Connection scheme: Half-bridge...................................................................................6 imc C-series 4....................................... 106 4....... 103 4.......3.... 107 © 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH ...............................................................3.................3....... with Sense: ............. 86 4................................................9...................4..............................................2 Hardware equipment ...............3.......................2...................................................................................................3................................ 89 4............................2 1/3-octave calculation .......................................................................................10..............................4.........................................................3..............................................................................................................................................3................................4 Bridge measurement ..10....................................................................3...........................2 Connection scheme: Full bridge.. 92 4.....................................1.........................2 Hardware configuration ..................3........................ quarter bridge........................................................................4........9................................................... double sense: ..................3..........................................................................................................10...........2 Case 2: Thermocouple mounted without ground reference .................9..................................................... 99 4............................................ 93 4..................................................10........................................................................................................3...................................................... 104 4.......9....................................................... 87 4................................................................3............................... 94 4.................................. 98 4.......... 100 4..............................8..3 Case 3: Pt100 in 3-wire configuration ....................................................................5................. 93 4................... 107 4........ 89 4............................................................. 103 4..... 105 4.....9...... 95 4.....................................8..........1...9..............................5........ 96 4.............. 102 4...............................................................3..................................................................3.............8.4 Open sensor detection ...............................................................2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference ..............9 Connectors .............9..........................................................................9............. 89 4......3...............................................................................5............................. double Sense: .....................9...............................................................9..................................................3........ 105 4.....3..................................10.....3...........................................................................................3...... 107 4.....6 Connection scheme.......................... 85 4......................................................................9........9....................9............................................9 CS-7008.................................9.................................3........1.......................................4 Voltage measurement: with zero-adjusting (tare) ....................3...........3 Signal conditioning and circuitry .........................................................................................1........................3............................................................................................................................................5................................1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference .......................... 84 4.......................................................................................................................3.......................10 CS-8008.5..................5...............................................................................................1 Quarter bridge with 350Ohm option....................................4.........................................................................9......................4 Balancing and shunt calibration .2......8..........................................1 Thermocouple measurement ..................3..................................................3....1 Overview .... CL-7016 ......1..........................................9..........1 Background info on quarter-bridge configuration: ........................... 90 4.... 93 4..................................................................................9.....................................3 Connection scheme: Full bridge...........................................9..........................9.... 89 4...........................................7 Connection scheme..................................9.......................3...........3...9......3.......................4...................... 91 4.........4 Connection ...............................3......9 Overload recognition .........................................3 Measurements with ICP sensors ..............................2...............3......................................................3.................................................2 Pt100/ RTD measurement .................................8 Bandwidth ................1 Compact measurement device for any sensor and signal type .......................................................................1........ 106 4.................................9..............

................................................12............................................................ 154 Index 155 © 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH ....... 129 CL-5016.......................................12..............................1 Connecting DSUB-15 .................................................................................................2.......................1...................................1......................................................................................................................................11..................5 CS-3008................................................................................................................................................................10 CS-8008.................................4 DSUB-9 plug for modem .....................5 Pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-15 for CS-6004 and CL-6012 .... ACC/DSUB-ICP2-MICRODOT ................................................................................................................2....1.............................................................2 CS-1016.............11.........................................6 Pin configuration of the remote sockets .............L .......................................................................6 CAN-BUS..12............................................................. 139 5.............................................................................. 113 5......... M/DISPLAY ...........................................................................................................................................7 Technical specifications 5......................... 144 5.......................................... 116 CL-1032 5............................................... 147 5........................................................................................3 DSUB-9 plug for display .................................................3 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-expansion plug .................................................................................................... 126 CL-4124 5...11............................................................ 108 general technical specification 5.....2 DSUB-9 plugs for CAN-Bus ..............................................2 Alphanumeric Display M/DISPLAY...... 153 5.............8 CS-6004..... CX-5032 5................ 150 5............................................................................................................................................. 120 5.........................................................1 imc Graphics Display ..........................................................................................................................3 CS-1208...........................................7 CS-5008...............................................................................4 Analog outputs (DAC-4) ..........11....................12................. 113 5.........................12..............................................1 DSUB15 plugs for DI................................................................................................................................... 114 USV 5............. 149 5................................................................................. 146 Sensor supply module 5.....................................................9 CS-7008.....................................6 SUPPLY.................................................12.............. 148 5...............................................................................................................................................2............................................................................................................................. ..................................................................................... 142 5................................................................................................................................ 135 CL-7016 5............. ............................. 115 5.......... 124 CL-3024 5............................ 148 5....... 142 5...............................................................1........................................................................................................................................................................ . 111 5........................................................................... 112 5.......................................................................................... 152 5....................................................................4 CL-2108 ............................ 118 CL-1224 5.............................................. 143 5............................................................................................................................................................12............................ 132 CL-6012 5...........7 DSUB-Q2 charging amplifier ...........................11 Miscellaneous ...................................................................... .... 143 5.................4 ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC.........................1 C-Series .............11.............................................................. 150 5............................12......7 Synchronization and time base ........................................................ 151 plug for GPS-mouse 5.......................................................................................................................................................2 DSUB-plugs for all devices of the C-Series ...........................12..................................................1.................1.............................................4 Pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-15 sockets for amplifiers .................5 ACC/DSUB-ENC4-IU connector for incremental sensors with current signals .........................11............................... DO................................................1 Incremental encoder channels ........................11........................................................................6 CS-4108................ 149 5... .................... DAC and incremental encoder .....................12 Connectors ... 149 5................... 145 5...................12........3 DSUB-9 ...................................................... ............ 114 Interface 5.......................................3 Digital Inputs .......................... ................................................................................1...................................................................5 DC-12/24 ...2 Digital outputs ....................2...........

1 imc Customer Suport .Hotline In case of problems or questions.imc-berlin.2007 Version 1. and have this manual present. our customer service will be happy to help: Germany: imc Meßsysteme GmbH Phone:  +49 30 / 46 70 90 .0Rev 4 1. Thanks! imc C-series .8 imc C-series imc C-Series user's manual 28.imc-berlin.de e-mail: hotline@imc-berlin.com and click to International Distributors When requesting telephone consultation.26 Fax:  +49 30 / 4 63 15 76 WWW: http://www.de For our international partners see http://www. please be prepared to state the serial numbers for your device and for your software's data carrier.12.

imc-berlin. stand-alone mode.imc C-Series 9 1. 11 Ch.com. 1 Ch. etc. power supply. settings. . 8 Ch. autotrial mode. 5 Ch. oscilloscope mode. multi-shot operation Saving to PC hard disk. 2 Ch. update-info Description of the various menu commands and options CAN-Bus-Interface Triggered/untriggered measurement. 5 WHERE? C-series General notes Properties of the C-series Device description Technical Specifications To look for WHAT? Guidelines and general notes Grounding. 9 Ch. 2 Ch. PCMCIA Drive Network Options Synchronization with DCF77 Display imcMessaging Miscellaneous Regularly updated information and up-to-date user's manuals can be accessed on www. pretrigger. 3 Ch. 10 Ch. Overview of the device family. 3 Ch. 7 Ch. connecting Operation and Tutorial Automatic generated messages by the devices Tips and tricks Ch. sheets tables of connection terminals Contents You should really read the imcDevices manual! Ch. saving to the device hard disk. autostart mode. directory structure Sample memory requirement estimation Operation and application tips Features of the µ-Disk & Hot-plug Synchronized start (Ethernet-) net-bits Workings. requirements. 4 Ch. 6 Getting Started Operation Field bus Triggers and Events Save Options and Directory Structure Software installation. 12 Ch.2 Guide to Using the Manual Pins Tutorials Troubleshoo ting WHERE? To look for WHAT? You should really read the following chapters! Contents Ch. 4 Ch. general technical description of the device description of the various C-series types Spec. 13 Online FAMOS µ-Disk.

3 1.10 imc C-series 1.3.1 Guidelines CE Certification imc C-series .

imc's conformity to the world-wide accepted standard DIN EN 9001:2000 is attested to by the Certificate issued July 2006 by the accredited TÜV CERT certification body of TÜV Rheinland Anlagentechnik GmbH. 1Some FAMOS sequences return the year number in two digits (see Manual "FAMOS Functions' Reference"). unless otherwise defined. All data recorded after the year 1980 (the year DOS was introduced) will be correctly interpreted until the year 2079.). Your application may require testing for this circumstance.4 imc Gaurantee imc Limited Warranty Subject to imc Meßsysteme GmbH's general terms and conditions.3.3. SEARCH.a. Filter Design.  Date-based processing operations return the same results regardless of the value for the data supplied.D.3. This means in particular (i.imc C-Series 11 1.2 Guarantee of Year 2000 conformity We certify that our software products imcDevices.):  Processing of the date will at no time lead to system interruptions. or after (up until 2079 A.3 Quality Management imc holds DIN-EN-ISO-9001 certification since May 1995. There should be no problems in the interpretation of dates. . 1. FRAME and Online-FRAME as well as our hardware product imc C-series meet the "C-EURO YEAR 2000" requirements. whether prior to 2000 A. in all interfaces and memory areas. FAMOS1. imc's certificate registration number is 01 100 85152. LOOK.  The value for the date is defined either explicitly or by an unequivocal algorithm or by a derivable rule.D. 1.

6 Product improvement Dear Reader! We at imc hope that you find this manual helpful and easy to use.3. The foundation "Elektro-Altgeräte Register" in Germany is the "Manufacturers’ clearing house" in terms of the law on electric and electronic equipment ("ElektroG"). This law implements two European guidelines in German jurisdiction. WEEE The company imc Meßsysteme GmbH is registered under the following number: WEEE Reg.46 70 90 . we would appreciate hearing any comments or suggestions you may have. RoHS. 2005 in the German Federal Law Gazette. "Monitoring and control instruments exclusively for commercial use" and are thus at this time exempted from the RoHS guidelines 2002/95/EG. feel free to give us feedback regarding the following:     Terminology or concepts which are poorly explained Concepts which should be explained in more depth Grammar or spelling errors Printing errors Please send your comments to the following address: imc Mess-Systeme GmbH integrated measurement & control Customer Service Department Voltastrasse 5 D .13355 Berlin Telephone: 0049 .11.de imc C-series .30 .2005 Our products fall under Category 9. The second guideline.3.30 .26 Telefax: 0049 . This foundation has been appointed to execute the mandatory regulations.5 ElektroG. In particular. it is abbreviated as "RoHS" ("Restriction of Hazardous Substances"). 2002/96/EG "on waste electrical and electronics equipment" institutes mandatory acceptance of returned used equipment and for its recycling. 1. The guideline 2002/95/EG serves "to impose restrictions on the use of hazardous materials in electrical and electronic devices". In English-speaking countries.463 15 76 e-mail: hotline@imc-berlin. it is commonly referred to as WEEE guidelines ("Waste on Electric and Electronic Equipment").. To help us in further improving this documentation. _______________________________________________________ The law (ElektroG) governing electrical and electronic equipment was announced on March 23.# DE 43368136 Brand: imcDevices Category 9: Monitoring and control instruments exclusively for commercial use Valid as of 24.12 imc C-series 1.

. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. uses.105)3. or 2. Products not satisfying these requirements may only be used with special approval of the regulating body in the country where operated.4.3 Modifications The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by imc may void the user's authority to operate this equipment.imc C-Series 13 1. The use in living quarters may cause disturbance for other electric devices. and can radiate radio frequency energy and. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception.4.United States Federal Communications Commission 1. which can be determined by turning the equipment on and off. This equipment generates.2 FCC-Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device. there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.1 Important notes Remarks Concerning EMC imc C-Series satisfies the EMC requirements for unrestricted use in industrial settings. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio or television technician for help. However. No. Observe this condition when designing your experiment to ensure high interference immunity and low jamming.4. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. All signal lines connected to imc C-Series must be shielded and the shielding must be grounded. 1. if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions.4 1. "Shielding 2When 16 " outside Europe. 1046/84 or No. BMPT-Vfg. please refer the appropriate EMC standards used in the country of operation. 243/91. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Any additional devices connected to imc C-Series must satisfy the EMC requirements as specified by (within Europe2): 1. may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Reference See also Chapter 0. EC Guidelines 89/336/EWG All products which satisfy these requirements must be appropriately marked by the manufacturer or display the CE certification marking.  Note The EMC tests were carried out using shielded and grounded input and output cables with the exception of the power cord. . the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:     3FCC Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules (CFR 15.

14 imc C-series 1. This does not affect guarantee and liability regulations of the civil code. 4 of VBG 4).4. We certify that imc C-Series in all product configuration options corresponding to this documentation conforms to the directives in the accident prevention regulations in "Electric Installations and Industrial Equipment" (VBG 4 of the Index of Accident Prevention Regulations of the Professional Guilds in Germany). manufactured and individually tested. It has been shipped in a condition in complete compliance with the various safety standards and guidelines described in the CE Certification.4 Cables Connections to this device must be made with shielded cables with metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods to maintain compliance with FCC Rules and Regulations.4. 1.5 Other Provisions This equipment has been carefully designed. 1. This certification has the sole purpose of releasing imc from the obligation to have the electrical equipment tested prior to first use (§ 5 Sec. imc C-series .

1 After unpacking . It is not to be operated in 1) exceedingly dusty and/ or wet environments. always wait until the device warms up to room temperature and is completely dry before turning it on. always use the original packaging or a appropriate packaging which protects the device against knocks and jolts. . see the notes under Before starting 15 . WARNING! Before touching the device sockets and the lines connected to them.4 Before starting Condensation may form on the circuit boards when the device is moved from a cold environment to a warm one. all imc devices are guaranteed to function properly for one year. 2. please contact imc or your local distributor. 2. To maintain this condition and to ensure continued danger-free operation. Damage arising from transporting is not covered in the manufacturer's guarantee. The device is approved for operating temperatures of up to 55°C. guarantee that a component will not fail after longer operation. The condition for this guarantee is that no alterations or modifications have been made to the device by the customer. The measurement system has been carefully designed. The supplier must be notified immediately of any transportation damage! Do not operate a damaged device! 2. assembled and routinely tested in accordance with the safety regulations specified in the included certificate of conformity and has left imc in perfect operating condition. Lay cables in a manner to avoid hazards (tripping) and damage. If transport damages occur.2 Transporting the device When transporting the device. 2. In this way. In these situations. Possible damage due to condensation can be limited by wrapping the device in plastic sheeting. For more on this topic. Therefore. Damage arising from electrostatic discharge is not covered by the warrantee. which may have been included with this manual. We recommend a warm-up phase of at least 30 min prior to taking measurements. 2) in environments where danger of explosion exists nor 3) in environments containing aggressive chemical agents. The devices have been designed for use in clean and dry environments. If you have any questions concerning whether or not you can use this device in its intended environment. Please check the device for mechanical damage and/ or loose parts after unpacking it.3 Guarantee Each device is subjected to a 24-hour "burn-in" before leaving imc. you protect yourself and prevent the device from being damaged. This does not. Unauthorized intervention in the device renders the guarantee null and void. the user should pay particular attention to the remarks and warnings made in this chapter. make sure static electricity is drained.. This procedure is capable of recognizing almost all cases of early failure.General Notes 15 General Notes This device has been conceived and designed to comply with the current safety regulations for data processing equipment (which includes business equipment).. Read this manual before turning the device on for the first time! Pay attention to any additional information pages pertaining to the pin configuration etc. The acclimatization period should take about 2 hours. however. please be sure to contact the imc Customer Support.

even if your measurement devices is designed for extended temperature range! The package also includes a cable with a ready-made LEMO-plug which can be connected to a DC-voltage source such as a car battery.5 Grounding. The DC-supply input on the device itself (LEMO-socket) is galvanically isolated. Note Please note. always connect the shielding to one side (potential) only. Alternatively it is possible to isolate the devices by using the module ISOSYNC. To avoid compensation currents. When using this. Use of the desktop power supply unit.g.CLAD52ZN imc C-series . Note When using multiple devices connected via the Sync terminal for synchronization purposes. the supply voltage's (-) pole as well as the shield and plug enclosure are connected to the cable's ground. For this purpose a (black) banana jack ("CHASSIS") is provided. Grounding is also the condition for the validity of the technical specifications stated.. This manner of proceeding may not be desirable because it may be desirable to avoid transient currents along this line (e.  The feed line must have low resistance. 2. consumption. Any potential differences among devices may have to be evened out using an additional line having adequate cross section.302. it would be possible to ground the system "by force".16 imc C-series 2. DC) as an AC-adapter for mains voltage (110 . Otherwise an additional parallel-capacitor is needed. included in the package. If the power supply unit comes with a grounding line. ensure that all devices are the same voltage level.302 CLAD ).302. ensures proper grounding via the plug's protective earth terminal: in the supply unit's LEMO-plug.CLAD76 FGG.1B. isolated from the housing! Also.. 240V 50/60Hz).. In this case the ground-connection must be made to the device directly. i.6 Power supply The device is powered by a DC-supply voltage which is supplied via a 2-pole LEMO-plug (type designation: FGG. 36V (DC) at 20W max. that the operation temperature of the desktop supply is prepared for 0°C to 40°C. The permissible supply voltage range is 10 . The table-top power supply unit is made to allow this. all signal leads to the device must be shielded and the shielding grounded (electric contact between the shielding and the plug housing "CHASSIS"). by making a connection from this line to the plug enclosure (and thus to the device ground). Any interference-suppressing filters which may be inserted into the line must not have any series inductor greater than 1mH. see also chapter Synchronization in the imcDevices manual. the system must be grounded. in vehicles). shielding In order to comply with Part 15 of the FCC-regulations applicable to devices of Class B. The product package includes a corresponding desktop supply unit (24V .1B.e.  Pin configuration: +Supply LEMO-Plug (inside view on soldering pins) -Supply FGG. the cable must have an adequate cross-section. note the following:  Grounding of the device must be ensured.0B.

This process takes up to 10sec.306. any files on the internal hard drive involved are closed before the device switches off by itself. it takes only approx. Any switch or relay contact used for this purpose must be able to bear a current of approx.52Z 6-pin) The signal " SWITCH1" serves to run the device with the switch permanently bridged: when "ON" and "SWITCH1" are connected. The ON state is indicated by the green "POWER"-LED flashing.0B. 1second for the device to be deactivated. If the device boots correctly. to achieve activation. Starting the device on the internal battery isn't possible in this configuration. 2. To switch the device off. permanently coupled to the ignition and not requiring manual control. Holding the "OFF"-side of the switch down is not necessary! If no measurement is currently running. The other CS-devices' main switch is a standard switch. If this supply is interrupted.General Notes 17 2. press the rocker switch down on the OFF-side (lower portion) for approx. and then the device deactivates itself. Pin configuration: "REMOTE”-plug CX-. 1 sec.6.CLAD. The reference voltage for these signals is the primary voltage supply . This type of operation is specially designed for use in a vehicle. 1 sec. the UPS keeps the device activated for the appropriate buffer duration in order to close the measurement and files. three short beep-tones are emitted together with blinking of 2x 2LEDs. This causes the device to not be deactivated abruptly during a running measurement. 50mA at 10 max.2 Remote control of the main switch PIN configuration of LEMO plug (FGG. but once it has started the device can run on the battery as a backup. 16 CL LEMO 1 2 3 4 5 mainframe Signals at the REMOTE-plug OFF SWITCH ON SWITCH1 -BATT (internal test pin) CHASSIS Jumper between SWITCH and ON SWITCH1 and ON SWITCH and OFF Possible configurations Function Switch on "normal" Switch on when connected to main supply only  "jumpered main switch " Switch off (forced switch off after 10s) .6. CS-8008 DSUB-15 Pin 9 2 10 3 11 mainframe Terminal (imc DSUB terminal plug) 1 2 3 4 5 15.1 Main switch The device's main switch for the CL-devices and CS-8008 is a rocker-switch which must be pressed down on the "ON"-side (upper portion) for approx. Instead. the device starts as soon as an external supply voltage is provided.

in case of repeated short-term power-interruptions. It sets the maximum duration of a continuous power outage after which the device turns itself off.e.. The UPS provides backup in case of power outage and also monitors its duration.2 Buffering time constant and maximum buffer duration The buffer time constant is a permanently configurable device parameter which can be selected as a order option. The maximum buffer duration is the maximum (total) time. If the power outage isn't continuous but only temporary as in the case of a vehicle being started. The buffering of the power supply is provided by a built-in lead/gel storage battery (accumulator).1 UPS Concept An optional module for uninterruptible power supply (UPS) is available.). A buffer is thus provided against short-term interruptions. any running measurements and pertinent files are closed. This refers to cases where the self-deactivation is not triggered. the device deactivates itself. e. i. 10s.7.7. determined by the battery capacity. on the ambient temperature and on the battery's age. It is especially useful in mobile settings (on board vehicles) in order to handle the drop in voltage from the vehicle battery which occurs at ignition. which can cause a delay of up to approx. This is done in the same way as in the case of manual deactivation. imc C-series .g. And on the other hand. the buffer duration monitoring always jumps back to the beginning. The use of backup power from the battery is indicated by the control lamp "PWR" changing from green to yellow and the buzzer sounding. The maximum buffer duration depends on the battery's current charge. a typical application of this configuration is in vehicles.7 2. which is recharged during normal operation by the external power supply. where the power supply is coupled to the ignition. which the device can run on backup. deep discharge of the buffer battery is avoided in cases where the measurement system is not deactivated when the vehicle is turned off. The device automatically deactivates itself just in time to avoid deep discharge of the battery. 2. If the power outage is continuous and if it exceeds the device's buffer duration (standard: 1sec.18 imc C-series 2. This unit makes it possible to continue through a short-term outage of the mains power supply. Thus..

the device should be run every few months at least for the purpose of assuring that the UPS-storage battery is fully charged and at the ready.5-4 4V Pb accu) the manufacturer specifies 5-7 years @ T<20°C and less than 1 year @ 50°C. 2. . be sure to take this into account by providing adequate cable cross-section. the minima are of key importance. is provided with maintenance-free electronic fuses (current-limitation). In fact.8 Rechargeable batteries The unit comes with long-lasting lithium batteries (Type BR2032) requiring no special maintenance.7. Hysteresis in the take-over threshold will prevent oscillations due to this effect.. the external supply voltage rises as high as 10. up to 15W in the short term. 2.5-4 with CL). No fuses or surge protection is provided here. This inevitable impedance lets the external supply rise again. If.3 Charging time With an external supply voltage connected and the device activated (!). If you check these thresholds. about 12W of power are effectively available for the purpose of charging the internal buffer (backup) battery. The designated current inputs of the "Voltage channels" are protected from overvoltage by 100mA fuses. 2. during supply from of the buffering battery. the external voltage takes over again from the buffering battery. Due to the inevitable leakage of charge we recommend that the device be activated at least every 6 months to prevent the batteries from dying.) imc recommend maintenance every 2-3 years.9V (9V for CS).9 Fuses The device supply input (10.7. The fuse is not accessible and can only receive maintenance by the manufacturer. Charging these internal backup batteries is accomplished automatically when the activated device receives a supply voltage.75V (8. The supply voltage for external sensors. whose outlet are the voltage or incremental encoder channels . The take-over procedure is subjected to an hysteresis to prevent oscillating take-over. When using the device with a DC-voltage supply and custom-designed supply cable. the overlying interference could be caused by feedback from the device itself! Note The voltage specification refers to the device terminals. if the discharge is very little (Trickle-life). Devices which come with the optional USV-Function contain maintenance-free lead-gel accumulators (4x Type LC-R061R3PG. Replacement of the battery can only be performed by the manufacturer in the framework of a system inspection (maintenance) (recommended for every 3-7 years depending on field of application). Panasonic. Please consider the voltage drop of the supply line. The time needed for charging up for the desired buffer duration is thus given by: T_Charge = T_Buffer * total power / 12W Due to the inevitable self-discharge or leakage. (that should be true in general for all Pb accus. The manufacturer specifies 200 cycles @100% discharging and 1200 cycles @ 30% and 25°C ambient temperature. In case the UPS is used a lot (many discharge and recharge cycles).36V DC) is equipped with maintenance-free polarity-inversion protection. high current peaks are to be expected. right after take-over to internal buffering. when determining the voltage supply.4 Take-over threshold The voltage threshold at which the storage battery takes over the power supply from the external source is approx. This would be caused by the external supply's impedance. Particularly upon activation of the device.General Notes 19 2. 9. 6x WPO. note that when the supply voltage is overlaid with a high frequency interference or ripple-voltage.1V for CS). For C-series (MP0. the life time depends on how much (deep) it has been discharged (is the UPS buffering only for a short time or is the UPS discharged completely every time?).

If you are using a internal device drive. the measurement device can be stored at temperatures ranging from -40 to +90°C. the device itself and the measurement object.g. Observe the data in the chapter "Technical Specifications". 5.12 Modularity The devices belonging to the imc C-series are not modular systems. observe the notes in Chapter 7 of imcDevices manual.11 Storage As a rule. If you determine that the device cannot be operated in a non-dangerous manner. 2. imc C-series . To measure voltages > 60V. These are the use of the system in conformity to its design. The same applies to channels not configured as active. third parties. open channels (having no defined signal) should not be configured with sensitive input ranges since otherwise the measurement data could be affected. 4. The modules are not to be replaced by other types. the device has been stored for a long period of time under unfavorable conditions (e. must be observed to prevent danger to the user. loose parts can be heard within the device. The following limitations apply in consequence of the manufacturer’s specifications. and the refraining from altering the system. Note when designing your experiments that all input and output leads must be provided with shielding which is connected to the protection ground ("CHASSIS") at one end in order to ensure high resistance to interference and noisy transmission. since possible later users may not be properly informed and may ill-advisedly rely on the precision and safety promised by the manufacturer.20 imc C-series 2. to prevent damage to the unit through inappropriate signal connection. 3. Taking this action is justified under any of the following conditions:    in the device is visibly damaged. 1. aside from reasonable safety measures. 6. then the device is to be immediately taken out of operation and protected from unintentional use. Unused.     Lead rechargeable batteries (-20 to 40°C) Li-Ion rechargeable batteries (-20°C to 60°C) Display (-20-85°C) Mechanical hard disk (drives) (-20°C to 70°C) 2. only use insulated banana plugs (4 mm). 2. Configure unused channels with a broad input range or short them out.10 Precautions for operation Certain ground rules for operating the system. Avoid prolonged exposure of the device to sunlight. outdoors or high-humidity environments). Particular care should be taken to comply with the storage device’s max. ambient temperature limitation.

The specified maximum errors are valid for 1 year following delivery of the device under normal operating conditions (note ambient temperature!). necessary power supply. Civil liability and warranty are not affected by this regulation. There are a number of important device characteristics which should be subjected to precise checking at regular intervals. interface type and software version included can be determined from the plaque on the side of the device. This confirmation is for the sole purpose of absolving the company of the obligation of having the electrical equipment inspected prior to initial commissioning (§ 5 Clauses 1. For further information see manual imcDevices chapter 13 miscellaneous\ troubleshooting. 2. 4 of BGV-A3). use a cloth which has been slightly moistened in a cleaning solution and then carefully wrung out. Use a dry cloth to clean the housing. Our calibration procedure includes calibration of inputs (checking of actual values of parameters.16 Industrial Safety It is confirmed that our product as delivered complies with the provisions of the industrial safety regulation "Electrical Installations and Equipment" (BGV-A3). as well as this manual at hand. This will help expedite the process of problem elimination.  Do not use abrasive materials or solutions which are harmful to plastics. . thanks! The serial number. slits etc. When the Watchdog is activated the device restarts automatically if no interface processor activity is detected for a specifiable period of time. newly performed balancing and subsequent calibration (the complete protocol set with measurement values is available at an extra charge). We recommend annual calibration. a complete system-checkup. deviations beyond tolerance levels will be reported).15 Cleaning  Always unplug the power supply before cleaning the device. 2. Only qualified service technicians are permitted to clean the housing interior. For questions by telephone please be prepared to provide your device's serial number and have your imcDevices installation software. When returning the device in connection with complaints.General Notes 21 2.14 Watchdog All devices of the C-series come with the Watchdog function. of the housing. To clean the corners. If the housing is particularly dirty. please include a written. Consult our Hotline for the price for system calibration according to DIN EN ISO 9001.13 Notes on maintenance and servicing No particular maintenance is necessary. use a small soft dry brush.  Do not allow liquids to enter the housing interior. including the name and telephone number of the sender. 2. The Watchdog normally is not active. outlining description of the problem.

Note that two channels having different sampling rates and both configured with the filter setting AAF do not have the same filter frequency! imc C-series . that the channels be configured with the same filter setting. for instance. The condition for this is.17 Sampling interval Among the system's physical measurement channels. Error number: 365“ 2. even for channels of different types and different sampling rates. The aggregate sampling rate of the system is the sum of the sampling rates of all active channels and can take a maximum value of 400 kHz. that they be captured synchronously. See the technical specifications for the smallest possible sampling time. 2ms and 5ms). the system can contain additional "sampling rates" resulting from the effects of certain data-reducing Online FAMOS-functions (ReductionFactor RF).22 imc C-series 2. Along with the (maximum of) two "primary" sampling rates. There is one constraint when selecting two different sampling rates: Two sampling rates having the ratio 2:5 are not permitted (e. The sampling rates of the virtual channels computed by Online FAMOS do not contribute to the sum sampling rate. in other words. The low-pass filters always cause a defined additional phase-offset. One of the main features of the devices of the imc C-Series is that it can ensure this synchronicity. this phase-offset corresponds to a frequency-independent. Any attempt to set sampling rates which do not comply with this rule will cause an error message to be posted: "The two active sampling intervals may not be in a ratio of 2:5.g.18 Synchronicity If certain channels are to be correlated to each other. For a 1kHz low pass Butterworth filter. constant "group delay" which is 663µs (for frequencies well below the cutoff frequency) . it's vitally important that there not be a phase-offset between them. up to two different sampling times can be in use. for the purpose of computing the power.

The universal amplifiers offer a high degree of flexibility. and thus especially well adapted to applications in R&D or in the testing of mechanical and und electromechanical components of machines. and this at a bandwidth of up to 22. These devices can operate either in computer-aided or autonomous mode and are lightweight. The C-Series comes with either differential or isolated universal measurement amplifiers with analog anti-aliasing filters. testing and service The C-Series consists of smart network-capable. they are high-precision and low in noise.and current signals any thermocouples and resistance thermometers strain gauge measurement bridges with current supply and adjustment control current-fed sensors (ICPs) they also come with a sensor power supply and TEDS capability.1.1 Universal measurement device for development. Through the use of electrically isolated channels. and robust. For measurements in difficult environments.1 General 3.4kHz. Depending on the model. the C-Series with its models CS-4108 and CL-4124 offers isolated input channels. where voltage conditions aren’t clearly defined. the input channels can be sampled at up to 100kHz. . compact.Properties of the imc C-Series 23 Properties of the imc C-Series 3. They are designed for direct connection of:      voltage. signal disturbance can be prevented even in the presence of ground loops. unventilated compact measurement devices for all-purpose measurement of physical quantities. on board vehicles. or in monitoring tasks in installations.

the CS8008 can also display 1/3-octave spectra. limit monitoring or closed. which has room for 32 bridge measurement channels.24 imc C-series Specialized or all-purpose Universal lab or mobile applications Test rig applications Measurement with strain Noise and vibration gauges analysis Power measurement 3. the C-Series comes standard equipped with the enhancement Online FAMOS.1. 3. Online FAMOS comes with powerful digital signal processors (DSPs) which carry out the functions quickly and independently of the PC.5 Noise and vibration analysis The C-Series is also optimally equipped for noise and vibration analysis. It can carry out single-.1. imc C-series . and the larger CX frame. all of the C-Series models also come with: • 8 digital inputs • 8 digital outputs • 4 analog outputs • 4 counter inputs for capture of RPMs. the CL variant for up to 32 input channels.4 More than just a universal measurement amplifier In addition to the analog inputs. as well as the possibility of directly connecting current-fed accelerometers and microphones. displacements etc. there are three different housing varieties: the very compact CS frame for up to 16 input channels. spectral and sound power analyses possible at the click of a button.2 Different housings for different applications To meet the wide spectrum of the C-Series’ application potential. The CS8008 model in particular is a device offering a large analog bandwidth and high sampling rate.and open-loop tasks in the μs range.1. Online FAMOS enables "free" definition of one’s own real-time functions and makes the C-Series a Personal Analyzer.1. the measurement device is transformed into a true workstation for specialized tasks involving noise and vibration analysis. the model CL-2108 provides the right tools. An optional software package for network voltage analysis is also available. Along with simple time-domain signals. imcWAVE’s individual optional software modules make order-tracking. • CAN-bus Interface 3. 3. CL-2108 offers a convincing combination of affordable price and high precision.6 Universal power measurement For the full range of power measurements.3 Real-time capabilities For real-time functionality such as mathematical calculations.1. 3. two-and three-phase power measurements. Using the software platform imcWAVE.

Structure Analysis With five model varieties specially adapted to measuring with strain gauges.imcDevices By means of the operating software imcDevices.7 Measuring with strain gauges . imcC1) is also possible.2 3. 3. In conjunction with imc COM and the LabView interface. the C-Series provides the right device for any structure analysis application.1 What the C-Series has to offer Autonomous or PC-aided Optional color display The C-Series devices are optimally suited for PC-less operation as compact smart measurement instruments. For performing strain gauge measurements inexpensively. If a configuration is written to the device as an Autostart configuration.1. . it can be provided by the external Display device. CRONOS-PL.8 The C-Series in test rigs For test rig applications in particular. For special tasks such as system integration in test rigs. SPARTAN.Properties of the imc C-Series 25 3. measurement begins automatically upon activating the device. all devices belonging to the C-Series are immediately ready to go with all of their respective functions.9 imc operating software .1. the models CS6004 and CL6012 are the devices of choice. C-Series is able to meet this wish. CL5016 and CX5032 are available. If display of measured values is required. ther are comfortable interfaces for all common programming languages like Visual Basic ™. For dynamic strain gauge measurements of the highest quality. 3. the models CS5008. Delphi ™ or LabVIEW. 3. it is often desirable to integrate equipment into new or existing environments. a variety of different setups can be stored on the internal device hard drive and called from the device keyboard.2.1. Combined operation with different devices (µ-Musycs.

2 Ethernet network capability Die C-Series is networkable with Ethernet (TCP/IP).and closed-loop control With its signal processors (DSP). order-tracking analysis and much more. the measurement device automatically deactivates itself.2. open. Complete integration of this DSP functionality is achieved by means of the operating software imcDevices. 3. class-counting.2. All devices run in parallel and with complete synchronization of the measurement channels.4 No data loss from power outages The C-Series comes with an internal uninterruptible power supply (UPS) and self-activation capability. 3. Without the need for programming tools. The structure of decentralized measurement networks is thus no problem at all and quickly achieved. In a power outage. as well as electronic control unit commands and closed-loop control functions. control processes and closed-loop control functions. displayed and saved in parallel and synchronicity with conventionally measured data. calculation operations performed on whole channels. Messages can be exchanged between the devices.2. communication with the PC can also take place wirelessly via WLAN. 3. and in conjunction with Online FAMOS. The C-Series supports CAN High Speed (ISO11898) and CAN Low Speed (ISO11519). the measurement system can be expanded with application-specific functionality. The measurement is wrapped up properly and the data sets acquired are closed.26 imc C-series 3. the measurement device starts up automatically and resumes the measurement. Once the power supply has been restored.3 Real-time calculation. Multiple C-Series devices as well as older imc measurement systems can be joined up into a measurement network. the C-Series is a Personal Analyzer. Measured data from the bus are processed. such as data compression.2. Of course. imc C-series . A Personal Analyzer offers not only general calculation functionality but also special calculation algorithms such as digital filters.5 Reading measurement data from filed busses The C-Series is equipped with a CAN-bus interface which enables the devices to read measured data and status information from the field bus.

the device automatically sends a report in the form of measured data. as well as wireless transfer of measurement data all save lots of money and time. When a signal limit is violated. machines or plants.2. The C-Series can be equipped with a modem which can log itself into the Internet and set up a stable and secure GPRS online connection between the measurement device and the home PC via an Internet-based switching center (server). status information or alarms via SMS. Unmanned monitoring of vehicles. . 3. localization of sporadic errors and long-term monitoring for the purpose of preemptive maintenance can all be substantially simplified by means of Internet-based remote monitoring. e-mail or FAX.6 Wireless long-term monitoring and remote maintenance via modem and Internet Maintenance of system performance. displayed and processed synchronously. triggered.Properties of the imc C-Series 27 The measured data sent via the CAN-Bus can be imported.

At the nine-pin GPS socket it is possible to connect a GPS-receiver of the type GPS35LVS.7 Global Positioning System (GPS) With the help of a GPS system.8 Modem connection By default.sec course course_variation hdop height height_geoidal latitude. imc C-series .degrees latitude. if a valid DCF-77 signal is applied at the Sync-socket. there is an RJ45 socket instead.minutes pdop satellites 151 speed. Any amounts of channels can be assigned to each trigger defined. Note Don’t mistake the modem socket for the Ethernet socket used to connect to a computer network. from this version onward. etc. and thus provide a simple method of monitoring measured quantities. This requires in addition to the imcDevices version V2. the measurement system synchronizes itself automatically.. the time counter can be selected by software. In order to solve complex measurement tasks directly. it is possible to evaluate all GPS information which can be retrieved in the system via the process vector.kmh state time. Also. Furthermore.2.2. up to 48 independent triggers can be set up. 3.6 the GPS-receiver Garmin GPS18-5Hz. Normal telephone connection plugs are smaller than standard RJ45 plugs. however they will fit without an adapter.minutes longitude.6. this information can be processed further. If the GPS-mouse has reception.degrees longitude. By means of Online FAMOS.usec vdop The DSUB-9 socket’s pin configuration for the GPS mouse . the first signal which the hardware recognizes as valid is accepted. The available GPS information includes: time.2. an external modem is connected via the 9-pin DSUB socket. As of imcDevices Version 2.28 imc C-series 3.9 TRIGGER imc C-Series enables you to define a digital event for each measurement channel on the basis of signal thresholds. it is additionally possible to evaluate the measured data with regard to local circumstances and conditions. The digital events thus generated can be directly assigned to a digital output and/or can be combined in compound trigger events. which enables absolute synchronization to GPS time. 3. If your system comes with a built-in modem.

For more advanced sensor administration.10 TEDS 3. imc Sensors is designed to make a sensor's data quickly and comprehensively available.complex measurements as child’s play imc Plug & Measure is based on the TEDS technology set out in IEEE 1451. A TEDS sensor or a conventional sensor equipped with a sensor recognition memory unit is connected to the device.2. It fulfills the vision of quick and error-free measurement even by inexperienced use.10. etc.4. The C-Series reads this info and sets itself accordingly.10. Along with import of information from TEDS. 3.2.) • Standardization of channel designations for particular sensors used • Verification of calibration data and their validity • Quick and unambiguous traceability of calibration data per ISO9000 • Monitoring of calibration intervals • Measurement device-independent sensor administration • overvoltage protection for 50V 3.2. But Plug & Measure also functions as a stand-alone application.1 imc Plug & Measure . . imcSensors makes the use and administration of many different sensors quick. Sensor information can be transferred via the measurement device software from the sensor database to the sensor recognition and vice versa.3 Sensor administration by database In the administration of sensor information. An incorrectly measurement channel is then recognized automatically and marked in different colors.2 Particular advantages and applications • Quick and error-free measurement device setting • Reduction of routine work • Recordable measurement channel parameter recommendations (sampling rate. the user is supported by imcSensors (sensor database for the imc Plug & Measure technology).10. The meaning of the colors is described in manual imcDevices chaper 2 menu Settings  Configuration  Sensor tab. filter settings.2. the sensor database supports barcode reading devices. parameters values can also be transferred from the sensor database by means of Drag & Drop. imcSensors is a software expansion for imcDevices. The sensor recognition contains a record of the sensor’s data and the measurement device settings. easy and economical by the use of TEDS and imc Plug & Measure.Properties of the imc C-Series 29 3.

the temperature of the terminal point must be known. e. For the PT1000. and therefore a special type of connector pod is needed.2. In measurement using thermocouples.30 imc C-series It makes it possible to: • administer sensors in a central database • parameterize a measurement channel • trace the calibration history • inspect the spec sheet In conjunction with TEDS-capable measurement amplifiers of the C-Series. The characteristic curve is selected from the Base page of the imcDevices configuration dialog.11 Temperature measurement Temperatures can be measured by CS/CL-41xx and CS/CL-70xx. in order for the temperature characteristic curves to be available on the Base page. imcSensors supports modern TEDS sensors in accordance with IEEE 1451. of 1mA to flow through the sensor. Measurement using a PT100 requires a constant current. Note on making settings with imcDevices A temperature measurement is a voltage measurement whose measured values are converted to physical temperature values by reference to a characteristic curve. imc C-series .4 Especially recommendable for this purpose are the models CS-7008 and CL-7016. The voltage coming from the sensor will be converted into the displayed temperature using the characteristic curves according temperature table IPTS-68. To find the absolute temperature. CS/CL-70xx which enable bridge measurement. the temperature is determined by means of the electrochemical series of different alloys.g. The temperature-dependent resistance causes a voltage drop which is correlated to a temperature according to a characteristic curve. Two methods are available for measuring temperature. to which a wide variety of sensors can be connected directly. 3. this is measured directly in the terminal pod. must first be set to Voltage mode (DC). The sensor produces a temperature-dependent potential difference from the terminal in the CAN connector pod.

the minus-pole is white. With the imc-Thermoplug. For components conforming to IEC 584: The plus-pole is the same color as the shell. ± I4) provided in the imc-Thermoplug for 4-wire connection.1 Thermocouples as per DIN and IEC 31 The following standards apply for the thermocouples. RTD (PT100) units can be directly connected in 4-wire-configuration (Kelvin connection). If fewer than 4 PT100 units are connected. The "current loop" must then be formed between "+I1" and "-I4". An additional reference current source feeds a chain of up to 4 sensors in series. the connection terminals are already wired in such a way that this reference current loop is closed "automatically". If you dispense with the "support terminals" (±I1 . the following distinguishing characteristics can help:     Fe-CUNi: Plus-pole is magnetic Cu-CuNi: Plus-pole is copper-colored NiCr-Ni: Minus-pole is magnetic PtRh-Pt: Minus-pole is softer The color-coding of compensating leads is stipulated by DIN 43713.a. temp.11. white white white white orange white white n. If the thermo-wires have no identifying markings. . in terms of their thermoelectric voltage and tolerances: Thermocouple Symbol Max. 4not compatible with Type J 3.2.Properties of the imc C-Series 3.2.a.2 PT100 (RTD) .. a standard terminal plug or any DSUB-15 plug can be used.Measurement Aside from thermocouples.11. the current-loop must be completed by a wire jumper from the "last" RTD to "I4". Defined up to (+) (-) DIN IEC 584-1 Iron-constantan (Fe-CuNi) Copper-constantan (Cu-CuNi) Nickel-chromium-Nickel (NiCr-Ni) Nickel-chromium-constantan (NiCr-CuNi) Nicrosil-Nisil (NiCrSi-NiSi) Platinum-Rhodium-platinum (Pt10Rh-Pt) Platinum-Rhodium-platinum (Pt13Rh-Pt) Platinum-Rhodium-platinum (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh) DIN 43710 Iron-constantan (Fe-CuNi) Copper-constantan (Cu-CuNi) L4 U 600 °C 900 °C 900 °C 600 °C rot rot blue brown J T K E N S R B 750 °C 350 °C 1200 °C 900 °C 1200 °C 1600 °C 1600 °C 1700 °C 1200 °C 400 °C 1370 °C 1000 °C 1300 °C 1540 °C 1760 °C 1820 °C black brown green violet rot orange orange n.

32 imc C-series Device Description CS-7008 CL-1032 4.1 Hardware configuration of all devices  8 digital inputs  8 digital outputs  4 analog outputs All devices belonging to the imc C-Series come with the following equipment:  2 nodes for Field-bus inputs  4 incremental counter inputs     Display connector for CS Integrated display for CL GPS-input SYNC plug imc C-series .

Eight eight binary inputs and eight outputs are provided. If LEVEL is not bridged with LCOM..8 24V -IN1/2/3/4 +IN5. TTL HCOM 5V LCOM LEVEL 24V/TTL lev el +IN1.1 Input voltage The input voltage range can be set for a group of 8 channels to either 5V (TTL-range) or 24V.Device Description 33 4.4 24V TTL -IN1/2/3/4 +IN5. The technical specs for the digital inputs 113 ...1. The technical specification of the digital inputs 113 . Available on request is a 16 binary input version. The technical specification of the module DAC-4 113 . all 8 bits work with 5V and a threshold of 1. Thus..4 DI_1.1 DIOENC All devices offer 8 binary inputs..1 Digital inputs and outputs 111 . .1 Digital Inputs The DI potion possesses 8 digital inputs which can take samples at rates of up to 10kHz.. 149 The pin configuration of the corresponding DSUB 15 plug ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 ..8 + - DI_5.1.1..7.4 register current limit 400µA +IN1.1. this input group is isolated from the second input group. The switching is accomplished by means of a jumper at the ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 connector: If LEVEL and LCOM are jumpered. but not mutually.1. 8 binary outputs. Every group of four inputs has a common ground reference and are not mutually isolated.8 -IN1/2/3/4 +IN5. the power supply and CAN-Bus.1.8 register current limit 400µA -IN5/6/7/8 -IN5/6/7/8 -IN5/6/7/8 -IN5/6/7/8 4.7. an unconnected connector is set by default for 24V. the analog outputs are not applied. 24V and a threshold of 6...8V.1.8 -IN1/2/3/4 +IN5. The technical specification of the incremental encoder 4.4 +IN1. The technical specification of the digital outputs 112 .1. The DSUB15 connectors’ pin configuration 149 . However...4 HCOM 5V LCOM LEVEL HCOM 5V LCOM LEVEL 24V HCOM 5V LCOM LEVEL 5V DC / DC +IN1.. 4 analog outputs and 4 incremental encoder inputs.1. This prevents 24 V from being applied to the voltage input range of 5V. In that case.1. 4.1.95 .05V are valid.

1.. +30V).34 imc C-series 4. imc C-series . The hardware ensures that the brief HIGH level within one sampling interval can be recognized. an external higher supply voltage can be connected (max.1. The eight stages' ground references are connected and are accessible as a signal at LCOM.1. It isn’t possible to select individual bits for acquisition.1. which then determines the drivers' output level.20mA LOW: 700mA . The technical specification of the digital outputs 112 .g.2 Digital outputs The digital outputs DO_01. Furthermore it is even possible to assign trigger values to digital outputs.1. This makes it easily possible to define control functions. all 8 bits (digital port) are always recorded. Alternatively.08 provide galvanically isolated control signals with current driving capability whose values (states) are derived from operations performed on measurement channels using Online FAMOS.2 Sampling interval and brief signal levels The digital inputs can be recorded in the manner of an analog channel.  short-circuit-proof to supply or to reference potential HCOM and LCOM  configurable as open-drain driver (e. HCOM represents the supply voltage of the driver stage.1. memory recorded signal 4. 149 The pin configuration of the corresponding DSUB 15 plug ACC/DSUB-DO8 Important notes  available levels: 5V (internal) or up to 30V with external power supply  current driving capability: HIGH: 15 . In addition to control via Online FAMOS. It is generated internally with a galvanically isolated 5V-source. input signal sampling inc.1. it is alternatively possible to set the digital outputs interactively via the user interface. as relay driver)  default-state at system power-on: HIGH (Totem-Pole mode) or high-impedance (Open-Drain mode)  The eight outputs are galvanically isolated as a group from the rest of the system and are designed as Totem-Pole drivers.

8 Register LCOM OPTOKOPPLER TOTEM POLE TTL / 24V . in LOW-state. need not be connected to HCOM but only to the load.und LowSide switch inactive With “Prepare measurement” following Reset or Power-up (setting procedure): activation of the output state with the mode set by the programming pin “OPDRN” Example: * wire jumper between programming pin “OPDRN” and LCOM (-> Totem-Pole driver type) * Initialization (first setting procedure) with 0 (LOW) ® resulting startup sequence: High-Z à LOW. the external supply driving the load. In the Open-Drain configuration. the driver delivers current in the HIGH-state.2. 30V 20mA DO_1. the appropriate checkmark must be set in the DIO interface dialog..8 enable OPDRN BIT1.1 Block schematic DC / DC 5V HCOM max. motors) should be equipped with a clamp diode in parallel for shorting out switch-off transients (anode to output.g. If a different state is desired. conversely. namely under: Settings ® Input/ Output channels ® Set values of Input/ Output channels in the experiment And not under Measure ® Input/ Output channels ® Read and write Input/ Output channels !!! 4.1. without intermediate HIGH state!! Without further steps the default initialization state while preparing measurement is: “LOW”.. cathode to positive supply voltage). relay) is pulled down to LCOM (Low-Side Switch).1.Device Description 35 The control signal OPDRN on the D-SUB plug can be used to set the driver type for the corresponding 8-bit-group: either Totem-Pole or Open-Drain : In Totem-Pole mode. Power-up response: 0) 1) 2) deactivated power-up first write access high-Z (high resistance) high-Z (high resistance) High. an internally (HCOM) or externally supplied load (e.With Open-Drain mode.1. it has high impedance in the HIGH-state. Inductive loads (relays.

.8 Relais LCOM LCOM LCOM 4.1....8 Relais max.2 Possible configurations 5V (internal) Open Drain HCOM OPDRN BIT1.04 are able to drive analog control signals whose values can be given by the results of computational operations performed by Online FAMOS on combinations of measurement channels.2.1. ± 10mA and 250  driver capability  16bit resolution  guaranteed startup in inactive state (0V) upon switch-on. The pin configuration of the corresponding DSUB 15 plug ACC/DSUB-DAC4 The most important specs:  ± 10V level at max..1.1. The technical specification of the module DAC-4 113 149 .1.8 Relais 30V LCOM + - Totem Pole HCOM OPDRN BIT1.. 30V Open Drain HCOM OPDRN BIT1.36 imc C-series 4. imc C-series . .2 Analog outputs The analog outputs DAC_01..8 Totem Pole HCOM 30V + - Relais OPDRN BIT1. without undefined transients  short-circuit protected against ground...

.3 Incremental encoder channels 37 The four incremental encoder channels are for measuring time or frequency-based signals.1.). 4. rpm's etc.1. for dual track encoders.3.1. For that reason. The choices available: Quantities derived from time measurements:  time  frequency  velocity  rpm  pulse time (phase-difference) The quantities derived from event-counting. fixed rate. as a rule. but instead time intervals between edges (transitions) of the digital signal are measured. The "sampling rate" which the user must set is actually the rate at which the system evaluates the results of the digital counter or the values of the quantities derived from the counters. Events. In contrast to the analog channels as well as to the digital inputs. to specify the time interval to be measured (also two-signal encoder). If. (positive or.1.3. slopes) of the digital signal:  positive edge  negative edge  positive edge The combination  negative edge  negative edge: (    ) is not allowed For all other measurement modes (frequency.1. The counters used (set individually for each of the 4 channels) achieve time resolutions of up to 31ns (32 Mhz). the time between two positive signal edges is evaluated. it generally isn't recommendable to define edge conditions.1. the channels are not sampled at a selected. negative also) or the newly occurred events (always positive). it must be calculated by integration of the differential measurements using Online FAMOS functions. These conditions refer to the transitions (edges.Device Description 4.    negative edge: positive edge: positive edge: (  ) (  ) (  ) Quantities derived from event-counting:  events  linear motion (differential)  angle (differential) 111 149 . the total displacement is desired. for instance. Linear motion and Angle are "differential" measurements: the quantity measured is the respective change of displacement or angle within the last sampling interval. This enables all four incremental encoders .2 Time measurement conditions The mode Time requires the definition of edge conditions. The technical specification of the incremental encoder 4. The pin configuration connector of the ACC/DSUB-ENC-4 to a single connector. which is far beyond the abilities of sampling procedures (under comparable conditions).1 Measurement quantities The quantity to measure must be set as the input for the incremental encoder channel.

however. the bold. The measurement types Linear Motion. followed by its (editable) default physical unit: Measurement quantity Linear motion Angle Velocity RPM Event Frequency Time Pulse time 4. A maximum value must be entered under Input range (max. These consist of a rotating disk with fine gradation in conjunction with optical scanning and possibly also with electric signal conditioning. The index signal is armed for each measurement! If a sensor without an index track (Reset signal) is used. Its bandwidth is limited to 20kHz by a permanently low-pass filter. Angle.3 Scaling A maximum value must be entered under Input range (max. The table below summarizes the various measurement types' units. depend on mode). frequency etc. In the interest of maximizing the measurement resolution it is recommended to set this value accordingly. RPM and Velocity are especially well adapted for direct connection to incremental encoder-sensors. this functionality is supported.4 Sensor types. By evaluating the phase information between the A and B-track. for instance. the following conditions apply: After the start of a measurement the counters remain inactive until the first positive slope arrives from SYNC.3. an (inactive) HIGH-state will set in. depend on mode).1. The SYNC-input is differential and set by the comparator settings. it is to be declared as an input range's unit or in terms of a corresponding max. to translate the revolutions of a flow gauge to a corresponding volume. The actual time or frequency information. Depending on the measurement mode (quantity to be measured). One differentiates between single track and dual track encoders. otherwise the counters will remain in reset-state and will never be started because the enabling start-impulse will never occur!! Incremental encoder sensors often have an index track (index signal. This is also the place to enter a conversion factor for the sensor along with any physical quantity desired. If the corresponding encoder type is selected. The Scaling is a sensor specification which states the relation between the pulse rate of the sensor and it's corresponding physical units (sensitivity). frequency etc. zero marker pulse) which emits a synchronization-signal once per revolution. Dual track encoders (quadrature encoders) emit two signals offset by 90° of phase. This arrangement is independent of the release-status of the Start-trigger condition.1.3. cursive letters denote the (fixed) primary quantity. pulse rate. synchronization Index signal denotes the synchronization signal SYNC which is globally available to all four channels in common. If its function Encoder w/o zero impulse is not activated. The input is located on ACC/DSUB-ENC4 Pins 6 and 13. Encoder w/o zero impulse must be selected. If the input remains open. pulse rate. the direction of turning can be determined.38 imc C-series 4. This Maximum determines the scaling factor of the computational processing and amounts to the range which is represented by the available numerical format of 16bits. This Maximum determines the scaling factor of the computational processing and amounts to the range which is represented by the available numerical format of 16bits. it is to be declared as an input range's unit or in terms of a corresponding max.1. is derived exclusively from the A(C) -track! (Sensor-) scaling Pulse / m Pulse / U Pulse / m Pulse / U Pulse / Pulse Hz / Hz s/s 1 Range m U m/s U / min 1 Pulse Hz s 1 Maximum m/s U / min m/s U / min Hz Hz s s imc C-series . Depending on the measurement mode (quantity to be measured). the tracks A and B (C and D).1.

Simple sensors such as those based on induction or photosensitive relays often emit only unconditioned analog signals which must be evaluated in terms of a threshold value condition.5V. 100k) enables reliable measurement from a sensor even along a long cable. and Time always are measured by one-track encoders.5 Comparator conditioning The incremental encoder channels' special properties make special demands on the signal quality: The very high time-resolution of the detector or counter means that even extremely short impulses which sampling measurement procedures (as at the digital inputs) would miss are captured and evaluated.25V ( ( 01) 1  0 ).5V.75V 1. Frequency. can counteract this using its special three-step conditioning unit. or enormous "peaks" in the rpm-measurements.. is CHASSIS. A (configurable) filter (in preparation) at the next stage offers additional suppression of interference. Missed pulses or bounces could otherwise lead to drop-outs in the time measurements. as well as effective suppression of common mode interference and ground loops. a comparator with configurable threshold and hysteresis acts as a digital detector. can make the processing of even conditioned encoder signals (such as TTL-levels) difficult. the threshold and hysteresis will be globally adjustable for all four channels within the range:  VREF = 10V VHYST = +100mV . The magnitude of the hysteresis therefore represents the maximum level of noise and interference that would not cause a spurious transition. and In future device versions. in other words the supply-ground connection for the sensor. Therefore the digital signals must have clean edges in order not to result in distorted measurements. The threshold VREF is set to 1. ground loops or interference. adapted to the measurement set-up. The device. since in these cases no evaluation of direction or sign would make any sense. 300mA). 200Hz .1. +4V Corner frequencies of the (2-pole) low-pass filter will be jointly configurable for both of a channel's tracks to the values:  Low-pass filter: 20kHz.1. State transitions are therefore detected at the signal amplitudes: 1. Furthermore long cables. a high-impedance differential amplifier (10V range. Since many signal encoders require a supply voltage. Finally. the hysteresis VHYST is 0. The reference potential for this voltage.Device Description 39 The measurement types Event. 2kHz.3. 4. the digital signal changes its state ( : 0  1) and at the same time reduces the threshold which must be crossed in order to change the state back to 0 by the amount VHYST (new threshold: VREF . The sensor must simply be connected to the terminal for Track A (C). +5V are provided at the connector socket for this purpose (max. To begin with. however. The (configurable) hysteresis is an extra tool for suppressing noise: VREF IN (analog) IN > VREF +VHYST/2 IN < VREF -VHYST/2 VHYST INC (digital) If the analog signal exceeds the threshold VREF + VHYST/2.VHYST/2).

If the corresponding encoder type is selected. The actual time or frequency information. At the imc terminal plug the pin is labeled ±INDEX.40 imc C-series 4. the sensor must be ground referenced. for instance in the form of a wire jumper between the sensor’s GND and POWER_GND contacts! The 5V (max.3. INDEX +5V SUPPLY Ua +INA +/-30V -INA REF FREQ HYST SENSOR -Ua POWER_GND GND Filter COUNT GND CHASSIS Dual track encoders (quadrature encoders) emit two signals offset by 90° of phase.7 Channel assignment The connector used is the ACC/DSUB-ENC-4. 4. i.1. 300mA upon request) supply voltage which the module provides at the terminals +5V and GND can be used to power the sensors. however. it can take effect on all four channels. If its function is activated. this functionality is supported. It also does not matter that a differential measurement is configured for the high-impedance differential input.e. the sensor must be supplied externally. which means that it is absolutely necessary to ensure that this supply voltage is referenced to system ground! imc C-series . CHASSIS. it must have low resistance to ground (GND. PE).6 Structure Complete conditioning with individual differential inputs is provided for 4 tracks: they can be used for forur channels with one-signal-encoders or for two channels with two-signal encoders. then such a connection must be set up. It enables all four incremental counters to be connected at the same terminal. By evaluating the phase information between the A and B-track. If more voltage or supply power is needed.3. Block schematic sensor cable 9 tracks: IN1.1. the direction of turning can be determined.. the tracks A and B. This is not to be confused with the sensor’s common mode voltage. As a prerequisite for the input differential amplifier to find the correct working point.1. which may be up to +25V/-12V (even for the –IN input!). the Index-channel is fully conditioned. 100mA. is derived exclusively from the A-track! Like the other channels.4 X/Y.1. If this electrical connection to the system ground (CHASSIS) does not exist initially because the sensor is electrically isolated.

3.1.8 Incremental encoder track configuration options Mode Single-signal mode two-signal mode Channel 1 √ Channel 2 √ Channel 3 √ Channel 4 √ 41 Single-signal mode two-signal mode √ shows signal value 0 √ √ Single-signal mode two-signal mode √ √ √ shows signal value 0 Single-signal mode two-signal mode √ shows signal value 0 √ shows signal value 0 4.9 Block schematic .1.Device Description 4.1.3.1.

8.1.1. The threshold to select is 0V. These deliver a complementary (inverse) TTL-level signal for each track. If a one-signal encoder is used. it must be connected to the X-track and the positive Y-track must be shorted with the negative Y-track.. This enables all four incremental encoders to a single connector. sensor (SUPPLY) cable ENC-4 +5V Ua RS422 -Ua R_ ter m +INA a +/-30V -INA POWER_GND GND CHASSIS imc C-series . 4.1.42 imc C-series 4.1.10..3. The illustration below shows the circuiting..1. Each of the 4 incremental encoder channels has an A and a B-track (C and D) for connecting a two-signal encoder.8.-5V (LOW).3. since the differential evaluation results in a bipolar zero-symmetric signal: 3.10 Connection The connector is the ACC/DSUB-ENC-4. The pin configuration of the DSUB15 plug 149 . The sensor's data are evaluated differentially between the complementary outputs. Ground loops as pure common mode interference are suppressed to the greatest possible extent.1.5V (HIGH) or –3.. the positive index channel must be shorted with the negative index-channel.2 Connection: Sensors with RS422 differential line drivers Commercially available rotary encoders are often equipped with differential line drivers.3. for instance as per the EIA-standard RS422.1 Connection: Open-Collector Sensor Simple rotary encoder sensors are often designed as an Open-Collector stage: sensor (SUPPLY) cable ENC-4 +5V Ua +INA +/-30V SIGNAL_GND -INA POWER_GND GND CHASSIS 4. The reflection response and thus the signal quality can be further improved by using terminator resistors.10. If the index-input isn't used.

3.3 Connection: Sensors with current signals 43 For a rotational encoder working with current signals. The pertinent specifications are: max.1. the current/ voltage terminal ACC/DSUB-ENC-4-IU 145 can be used. current c: max. 85mA per (2-signal) encoder Note The resulting input voltage for the ENC module can not be measured at the terminal but at the pins of the DSUB plug. .1. The pin configuration is equal to ACC/DSUB-ENC-4 149 . encoder with 11µAss signals: Heidenhain ROD 456.10.Device Description 4. supply current: 320 mA typ. It is possible to power the sensor from the ENC-4 module.

1. imc C-series .1. comes with additional conditioning equipment built into its housing and having the following features:  individual current sources for the current-fed ICP-sensors  per source: 4.3 ICP-Expansion plug As a special accessory for voltage channels.2. cable length of 25m. C-60xx This (active) expansion plug having the same dimensions as the imc DSUB-plug. The commonly used name ICP (Integrated Circuit Piezoelectric) is actually a registered trademark of the American manufacturer "PCB Piecotronics". signal slew rate (full-power):  max.  each channel can be switched to current-fed ICP measurement (AC-coupled) or DC-coupled voltage measurement. Up to a max. 4-channel models (ACC /DSUB-ICP4) are available for the following devices: C-12xx. C-10xx. 4. an ICP expansion plug is available. current headroom: cable capacity (typ. Brüel&Kjaer: DeltaTron-Sensor.1. C-41xx 2.2.1. 25V  differential AC-coupling to block the signal's DC-component (approx.channel models (ACC /DSUB-ICP2) are available for the following devices: C-70xx. 5V). KISTLER: Piezotron-Sensor. voltage swing: max. ICP-sensors are typically employed in vibration and solid-borne sound measurements and are offered by various manufacturers as solid-borne sound microphones or accelerometers under different (trademarked) product names. such as: PCB: ICP-Sensor.44 imc C-series 4. Values of 2mA tend to be adequate. C-50xx.2 Feed current The exact magnitude of the supply current is irrelevant for the measurement's precision. The technical specification of the module ACC/DSUB-ICP4 4. no limitations are to be expected as long as the above conditions are fulfilled. Only in the case of very high bandwidth and amplitude signals in conjunction with very long cables.2.1.2 4.1 ICP-Sensors The ICP-channels are specially designed for the use of current-fed sensors in 2-wire-configuration. dynam. coax-cable): max.2. as considerable currents are need to dynamically charge the capacitive load of the cable. +12V) superimposed with an AC-signal (max. This sensor type is fed with a constant current of typically 4mA and delivers a voltage-signal consisting of a DC-component (typ. cable length: I = 2mA C = l * 100pF/m dU/dt = 5V * 2*PI*25kHz l_max = 2mA / (100pF/m * 5V * 2*PI*25kHz) = 25m 143 . +12V) typical with ICP.2mA (typ. supply currents may be a concern.). This can be used to directly connect current-fed ICP-sensors also at voltage channels.1.1 Miscellaneous ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-Expansion plug for voltage channels 4.1.1.

a considerable offset can occur (in spite of AC-coupling). the current source de-coupled. Switch position Volt:  The voltage channel is DC-coupled.2. which can be traced to the (DC-) input currents in conjunction with the voltage amplifier's DC input impedance. This remainder.5V ...Device Description 4. the voltage channel is DC-coupled.) and the input impedance constitutes a high-pass filter. .  The voltage channel's input impedance is reduced by parallel connection with the ICP-plug's impedance. it can be adjusted within the range between 5V .1.1. When connecting the plug or sensor. +12V). too..  The input range must be adapted to the signal's AC-component. +/.4 Configuration Block schematic: Potential relationships ICP-Expansion plug CRONOS Voltage channel +5V GND DC / DC +27V AGND AGND +/. be aware of the transients experienced by this high-pass filter. caused by the sensor's DC-offset (typ.. It is necessary to wait until this phenomenon decays and the measured signal is offset-free!  When the ICP-expansion plug is used.250mV "DC-coupling" +IN -IN text see 45 4 mA shielded cable ICP+ Sensor +ICP -ICP no isolation common sensor Bridge f or ungrounded sensors AGND AGND CHASSIS 100 see text Groundloop common mode interf erence CHASSIS Switch position ICP:  The AC-coupling is already provided by the ICP-plug. can be compensated by high-pass filtering with Online FAMOS. (Direct high-pass filtering for voltage channels is in preparation).) with the impedance of the ICP-plug (2M diff. 250mV  The combination of the built-in coupling capacitor (2 x 220nF corresponding to 110nF diff.

9 Hz 2. 7M 0. impedance 0. Module C-12xx   C-41xx   C-60xx   C-70xx   C-50xx Range ≥ ±20V ≤ ±10V ≥ ±5V ≤ ±2V ≥ ±5V ≤ ±2V ≥ ±20V ≤ ±10V alle diff. The resulting high-pass cutoff frequencies and the time necessary for the 12V-offset to decay to 10µV are shown. (10µV) 1.0s 2.46 imc C-series The following table provides an overview of the modules compatible with the ICP-plugs.8 Hz 2. R_in 1M 20M 1 M 10M 1 M 20M 1 M 20M 20M Res.6s 1.0s 2.2 Hz 0.8s In terms of the shielding and grounding of the connected ICP-sensors. imc C-series . 7M 1.8 Hz Settling. 7M 1. where the shielding (at the plug) is connected to the plug "CHASSIS". or can be connected to the pull-relief brace in the plug. The voltage amplifiers' different input impedance values (with / without input divider) depend on the voltage range selected.8s 1.8s 1. 2M 1.2 Hz 0. 2M 0. The section on ICP-channels within this chapter provides further information on ICP-sensors and hints on applications.8s 2.2Hz 0. 7M 1. note:  We recommend using multicore. shielded cable.0s 2. 7M 1.0s 2. 2M tau 73ms 20ms 73ms 18ms 73ms 20ms 73ms 20ms 20ms fg 2.2 Hz 0. 2M 0.8 Hz 2.8 Hz 0.

4.8 mA + pwr 8 +5V 47 100R 100R 100R 100R 17 AGND 15 pwr 18 AGND Signal ground Sensor 1 +ICP1 ICP 2 -ICP1 -in1 10 +in1 2 3 +ICP2 ICP 4 -ICP2 +in2 11 -in2 4 5 +ICP3 ICP 6 -ICP3 +in3 5 -in3 13 7 +ICP4 ICP 8 -ICP4 +in4 14 -in4 7 13 CHAS SIS 14 CHAS SIS 15 CHAS SIS 16 CHAS SIS 1 CHASSIS Terminal numbers DSUB15 Pins .1.1 Circuit schematic: ICP-plugs 4 x 3.Device Description 4.1.2.

1. Other limitations apply (5 ranges. The connector ensures a 4mA current supply.2. The technical specification of the module SEN-SUPPLY 146 . ® DeltaTron ®-. this error message will appear upon performing preparation: "All channels connected to the imc clamp terminal ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC requires input coupling AC with current feed or DC! Error number 6329" Channels at which an ICP2-BNC terminal is connected but not any TEDS-capable sensor must be set to DC. refer to the amplifier’s spec sheet. Upon request also available as an internal amplifier expansion for sensor supply. To the available coupling types for channels to which it is connected. The technical specification of the ACC/DSUB-ICP 144 plug.3 SEN-SUPPLY Sensor supply Non-isolated Module for Sensor Supply with Selectable Voltage Output The module provides a sensor supply voltage which is adjustable by a selection switch. Otherwise. an appropriate terminal must be connected or the coupling type must be corrected by importing the sensor’s info (if no sensor info is found. the information on the TEDS-capable sensors used must be imported.2 imc C-series ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC. ACC/DSUB-ICP2-MICRODOT This is a 2-channel pre-amp in the form of an imc clamp terminal. The terminal for the voltage is then at the amplifier DSUB jack. or PiezoTron -sensors possible. it offers the additional entry “AC with current supply”. The voltages provided are short-circuit-proof. ACC/DSUB-ICP-BNC imc C-series .2. which makes direct connection of ICP™ -. if the opposite case occurs: “AC with current feed” is set but no ICP terminal is connected at the corresponding channel. However. Once the ICP2-BNC terminal is connected. ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC 4. The maximum available power is 3 W. which enables two sensors having ICPoutput to be connected via BNC interconnections. the following error message provides notification of this: "The required imc clamp terminal ACC/DSUB-ICP is not connected! Error number: 6334" In this case.1.48 4. in order to be able to successfully prepare the measurement. the typical coupling types for that amplifier are displayed again). ±15V as optional substitute for +15V).

350mm x 168mm x 25mm Screen dimensions: 244mm x 68mm Weight: approx. Four of the lines are visible on screen. The Display can be connected or disconnected at any time without disturbing a running measurement. This Display type comes in these varieties:  M/Display housing dimensions approx. it’s possible to carry out the measurement without any PC. to check the status of multiple running devices in succession. The display serves as a convenient status indicator and can replace or supplement imcDevices for process control purposes.5kg M/Display-L housing dimensions approx. for example at temperatures of -20°C or +70°C. 220mm x 105mm x 30mm Screen dimensions: 146mm x 28. 0. .5mm Weight: approx. A variety of different models of the Display are available: Alphanumeric Displays – Hand-held terminals and built-in displays o Alphanumeric hand-held terminals have 32 scrollable lines of text with 40 characters each. 1.2. for instance.3kg 143  The technical specification of the alphanumerical display . It works even where no PC or display unit normally could. which can either be evaluated for the purpose of status indication or set in order to affect the measurement process. This makes it possible. If the measurement device is prepared for opening a particular configuration upon being activated.Device Description 4.1. The Display’s interaction with the measurement device is handled by means of virtual Display variables or bits.4 imc Display 49 The optional display screen enables interaction between the user and a running measurement process by posting read-outs of system states and allowing parameter adjustments via the membrane touch panel.

0kg There are three different display modes:    320 x 240 pixels in 16 gray scale colors 320 x 240 pixels in 65536 colors The built-in Display is monochrome: 160 x 80 pixels .5cm x 8. 306mm x 170mm x 25mm Screen dimensions: approx. 11. 1.50 imc C-series - Graphics Displays – The prerequisite is the software version imcDevices 2. The technical specification of the graphics display 142 imc C-series .6cm Weight: approx.5 o imc Graphics Terminal technical benchmarks: Housing dimensions: approx.

2.sec pv. the measurement system synchronizes itself automatically.counter pv. Also.vdoppv. the first signal which the hardware recognizes as valid is accepted.height height over sea level (over geoid) in meter pv.GPS.time.iota-es. GPS18LVC-5Hz etc. Furthermore.GPS.speed speed in km/h pv.6.GPS. this information can be processed further. fix valid 2 differential GPS.longitude latitude and longitude in degree.GPS.GPS.GPS.hdop pv.GPS.GPS.Device Description 4. vertical and position See http://www. order number CRPL/GPS-MOUSE-1Hz 1080065 CRPL/GPS-MOUSE-5Hz 1080174 C/GPS-MOUSE-5Hz 1400019 As of imcDevices Version 2.time. (Scaled with 1E-7) pv.GPS.test .pdop Dilution of precision for horizontal.course_variation magnetic declination in ° pv.satellites number of used satellites. from this version onward.GPS.height_geoidal height geoid minus height ellipsoid (WGS84) in meter pv. it is possible to evaluate all GPS information which can be retrieved in the system via the process vector.html for internal use only: pv. The available GPS information includes: pv.quality GPS quality indicator Invalid position or position not available 1 GPS standard mode.GPS. which enables absolute synchronization to GPS time.1. the time counter DCF77 or GPS can be selected by software. if a valid DCF-77 signal is applied at the Sync-socket. fix valid 3 … pv.GPS.course course in ° pv.GPS.latitude pv.GPS.GPS.GPS.5 GPS 51 At the nine-pin GPS socket it is possible to connect a GPS-receiver of the type Garmin GPS35LVS.de/federspiel/gps_artikel. pv. If the GPS-mouse has reception.usec pv. GPS18LVC. By means of Online FAMOS.

Any potential differences among devices may have to be evened out using an additional line having adequate cross section. pv.7 Modem connection By default.quality) satellites = CreateVChannel( slow.GPS.latitude) longitude = CreateVChannelInt( slow.2. Note When using multiple devices connected via the Sync terminal for synchronization purposes. on the device front panel) and a beeper are provided as additional visual and acoustic "output channels". 4. Pin configuration of the 9 pin DSUB socket 150 . 4.1. an external modem is connected via the 9-pin DSUB socket. Pin configuration of the DSUB9 connector. 4. otherwise precession will be lost.GPS. however they will fit without an adapter.satellites) Important note pv. 1.GPS. See also chapter Synchronization in the imcDevices manual. pv. It is not possible to deactivate the beeper by software.longitude are scaled as integer 32 with 1E-7.GPS.52 imc C-series slow = Mean( DIn01. If your system comes with a built-in modem. Interactive setting and Bit-window display for these output channels is neither especially useful nor supported.6 LEDs and Beeper 151 6 Status-lamps (LEDs. there is an RJ45 socket instead. ensure that all devices are the same voltage level. That connector has to be connected with other imc devices or a DCF77 antenna.GPS.2. Normal telephone connection plugs are smaller than standard RJ45 plugs.2.latitude and pv. pv.GPS.longitude) quality = CreateVChannel( slow. imc C-series . They can be used just as standard output channels in Online FAMOS by assigning them the binary values "0" / "1" or functions taking the Boolean value range. Technical data 115 for synchronization. pv.1. They must be proceeded as integer channels. 10 ) latitude = CreateVChannelInt( slow.8 SYNC For a synchronized measurement use the SYNC terminal. Alternatively it is possible to isolate the devices by using the module ISOSYNC.1. Note Don’t mistake the modem socket for the Ethernet socket used to connect to a computer network.

Hierbei vermeidet ein festes analoges Tiefpassfilter Aliasing-Fehler.Fehlern.1dB) = 4. Das pass band ist definiert durch die Eckfrequenz. Nyquist) geht hervor. Die automatische Wahl der Eckfrequenz in der Einstellung „AAF“ basiert auf folgenden Kriterien:  Im Durchlassbereich („pass band“) ist eine maximale (AC-) Verstärkungs-Unsicherheit von 0. die einen Verzicht auf vollständige Filterung rechtfertigen.6 = Abtastfrequenz * 0.2 Nyquistfrequenz * 0. Der Betrag dieser primären Abtastrate ist nicht nach außen hin sichtbar. Die zugrundeliegende Regel dabei ist: AAF-Filterfrequenz (-80dB) = AAF-Filterfrequenz (-0. neben einer nachgeschalteten digitalen Frequenzgang-Korrektur.1. Andernfalls müsste ohnehin ein größerer Bereich gewählt werden um .1. bei dem die analogen Signale mit einer festen primären Abtastrate abgetastet werden (analog-digital Wandlung mit Sigma-Delta ADCs). angepasst an die gewählte Abtastrate. Das einstellbare Filter ist als digitales Filter realisiert. Deren „scharfe“ Kennlinie im Frequenzbereich ermöglicht es. die Eckfrequenzen erheblich näher an die Abtast.Device Description 4.bzw. welches den Vorteil eines exakten Betrags. die für einen steileren Frequenzgang sorgt. Diese stellt sicher.1 Theoretischer Hintergrund Der Filter-Einstellung kommt bei einem abtastenden Mess-System besondere Bedeutung zu: Aus der Theorie digitaler Signalverarbeitung und des Abtasttheorems (Shannon.4 = Nyquistfrequenz * 1. Die Einstellung AAF für die Filtereinstellung steht für Automatisches Antialiasing Filter. Frequenz) dieser Bedingung unterworfen ist.005dB zulässig. hängt vom Kanaltyp ab und ist in der Regel größer oder gleich der in der Einstelloberfläche wählbaren Abtastrate. dass das Signal ab der halben Abtastfrequenz (Nyquist-Frequenz) keine nennenswerten spektrale Signalanteile mehr beinhaltet. dass bei einem abtastenden System eine Bandbegrenzung des Signals vorhanden sein muss.1.2 Allgemeines Filter-Konzept Die C-Serie verwendet eine zweistufige Systemarchitektur. da diskrete Störfrequenzen nie 100% Amplitude erreichen können: der nutzbare Messbereich wird im wesentlichen durch das Nutzsignal ausgefüllt.006% = -0. Drei Fälle können dabei unterschieden werden: 4.9. Die auswählbare Tiefpass-Filterfrequenz ist dabei bestimmend für die Bandbegrenzung des mit dieser Rate abzutastenden Eingangssignals.9. Diese Dämpfung wird auch für 16-Bit Systeme als ausreichend angesehen.2. Nyquist-Frequenz heranzuführen.8 Filter-Einstellung „Filter-Typ: AAF“: Die (digitalen) Anti-Aliasing-Filter werden als elliptische Cauer-Filter ausgeführt. wenn maximale Bandbreitenreserven genutzt werden sollen und gleichzeitig einschränkende Annahmen über die spektrale Verteilung des Messsignals gemacht werden können. bei der dieser Wert unterschritten wird. die auch durch nachträgliche Filterung nicht mehr zu beseitigen sind.2. Dies ist insbesondere für den Gleichlauf (Matching) von miteinander verrechneten Kanälen von großer Bedeutung. SPARTAN-Ux(-CAN) stellt ein abtastendes System dar.9 Filter-Einstellungen 53 4. Abtastfrequenz * 0. Werden in der System-Konfiguration langsamere Datenraten (f_sample) eingestellt. Andernfalls führt dies zu Aliasing .2.2. Sie nimmt eine automatische Wahl der Filterfrequenz vor.1.3 Implementierten Filter Filter-Einstellung „Filter-Typ: ohne“: Nur das (analoge) auf die primäre Datenrate abgestimmte Anti-Aliasing-Filter ist wirksam. Diese Einstellung kann sinnvoll sein.9. bei dem die im Konfigurationsmenü einzustellende Abtastzeit (bzw.und Phasenverlaufs hat. ohne Kompromisse zwischen Bandbreite und Aliasing-Freiheit einzugehen. so gewährleisten digitale Anti-Aliasing Filter (Tiefpass-Filter) die Einhaltung der Bedingungen des Abtast-Theorems.  Der Sperrbereich („stop band“) ist gekennzeichnet durch eine Dämpfung von mindestens –80 dB.

Da die einstellbaren Abtast. mit fg_AAF (3dB) mit fg_AAF (3dB) mit fg_AAF (3dB) = f_sample / 4 = f_sample / 5 = f_sample / 10 Dämpfung bei Nyquist Frequenz: 1/64 Dämpfung bei Nyquist Frequenz: 1/244 Dämpfung bei Nyquist Frequenz: 1/15630 = -36 dB = -48 dB = -84 dB  Charakteristik: Butterworth.) –80dB unterdrückt sind. Rest-Anteile aus dem Frequenzbereich zwischen Nyquist-Frequenz und stop band Grenze spiegeln lediglich zurück in den Bereich außerhalb des pass band (pass band bis Nyquist) dessen Signalgehalt als nicht relevant definiert ist. dass die ins pass band zurückgespiegelten Aliasing-Anteile aus dem stop band um ausreichende (mind.und Filterfrequenzen jeweils in 1 – 2 – 5 Schritten gestuft sind.1dB) = 0.  Die genannten Kriterien sind mit den verwendeten Cauer-Filter durch folgende Konfigurations-Regel erfüllt: Filter-Einstellung „Filter-Typ: AAF“:  fg_AAF (-0. ist stets entweder 1 /4 oder 1/5 der Abtastrate als Filter einstellbar. natürlich unter „Opferung“ entsprechender Bandbreite-Reserven. Insbesondere kann eine Eckfrequenz deutlich unterhalb der Nyquist-Frequenz eingestellt werden. Damit ist gewährleistet. die in jedem Fall ein Aliasing garantiert ausschließt.Ordnung. imc C-series .  Charakteristik: Cauer Filter-Ordnung: 8-pol Filter-Einstellung „Filter-Typ: Tiefpass“: Es kann manuell eine Tiefpassfrequenz gewählt werden. die den konkreten Anforderungen der Applikation gerecht wird.  Der Übergangsbereich („transition band“) liegt typischerweise symmetrisch um die Nyquist-Frequenz herum.4 * f_sample. Filter-Ordnung: 8-pol In jedem Fall ist die Einstellung AAF keine Garantie für Aliasing-freies Messen: Die Anforderungen an das Filter sind im konkreten Anwendungsfall zu überprüfen und bei stark gestörten Signalen anzupassen.54 imc C-series Übersteuerung zu vermeiden. Weitere mögliche Filtereinstellungen sind Bandpass und Hochpass jeweils 4.

All other couplings such as current measurement.Device Description 4. For this reason. Since only charges can be measured at the channels concerned as long as the terminal is connected. this error message appears during the preparation process: "The required imc plug with charging amplifier DSUB-Q2 is not connected! Error number: 6333" Now the channels are set to charge coupling.10 DSUB-Q2 charging amplifier Charging amplifier in DSUB connector 55 The charging amplifier accessory DSUB-Q2 serves as an adapter for a piezo-electric sensor having a charge output to the voltage measurement inputs of the CRPL device family. the other coupling types are not available.1. namely that charge coupling is set but no charge amplifier is connected to the corresponding channel. . It adds the options “DC charge” and “AC charge” to the list of coupling types available for the channels to which it is connected. imcDevices>amplifier tab: DSUB-Q2 settings with UNI-8 NOTE The charge amplifier itself is not TEDS-capable. if the opposite case occurs. Otherwise. the channels used are configured by importing the sensor information . velocity and acceleration directly or indirectly. charging amplifier DSUB-Q2 The two-channel pre-amp takes the form of an imc plug which enables two charge sensors to be connected via BNC. However. are now no longer available. It contains two miniature charge amplifiers which convert charge to voltage.2. so it is not possible to import sensor information from the connected charge sensors. the following error message provides notification of this: "The required imc plug charging amplifier DSUB-Q2 is not connected! Error number: 6333" The technical data for the DSUB-Q2 connector 147 . They can perform both quasi-static and dynamic measurements. Once the DSUB-Q2 terminal is connected. and can be used to measure force. bridge measurement etc. the button “Import sensor data from sensor and set channel” causes the function “Import connector data and set channel” to be performed in this case.

The module is built as a "scanner" which enables the maximum aggregate sampling rate of 320kHz to be distributed among the amount of activated channels (up to 16). with sampling rates of up to 20kHz per channel. The input channels are differential and equipped with per-channel signal conditioning. In addition. nearly aliasing-free measurement in the sense of the Sampling Theorem is ensured. The maximum sampling rate for a single channel can extend up to 20kHz.g.2. CL-1032 Universal measurement device CS-1016 and CL-1032 are 16. ICP (optional) The devices come with the following analog measurement channels:  voltage 4. CS-1016 CL-1032 4. current measurement by means of a shunt plug and the use of an ICP-expansion plug are provided for. respectively. The channels each come with 5th order ("analog". non-isolated input channels which can be used for measuring voltage. fixed-configuration) anti-aliasing filters.8kHz. This means that for a channel sampled at 20kHz.and 32-channel universal measurement devices.2 Hardware configuration  current  current-fed sensors e. whose cutoff frequency is 6.1 CS-1016.56 imc C-series 4. imc C-series . The technical specs of the CS-1016. CL-1032 116 .3 Signal conditioning and circuitry The devices come with 16 (CS) or 32 (CL) differential.2.2. including filters. for voltage and current measurement tasks.2 4.

4.2 Connection 152 The DSUB connectors’ pin configuration of the CS-1016. .5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt's limited power dissipation in the case of static long-term loading. the properties of this affordable module are perfectly adequate for a number of applications. CL-1032 .3. 10V 20M (differential)  Voltage ranges: The input impedance is 10M referenced to system ground or 20M differential.2. 2. when many channels are active). The inputs are DC-coupled.g. 1V.3. appropriately adapted (digital) low-pass filter are implemented. ±5 0mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.Device Description 57 For low channel sampling rates (esp. ICPs. e. 4. but an appropriate scaling factor is entered which allows direct display of current values (20mA/V = 1/50). 4. its reference potential is identical to the overall system's ground reference. 10V 6.5V.1 External +5V supply voltage At the DSUB-15 connector plugs. 20mA. The sensor's reference potential.     4. The corresponding connection terminal is designated ACC/DSUB-U4 4. 50mA  Current ranges: For current measurements.8kHz (-3dB). a special plug with a built-in shunt (50) is needed (order #: ACC/DSUB-I4).2 Current measurement 5mA. in other words its supply-ground connection is the terminal "GND". there is a 5V supply voltage available for external sensors or for the ICP-expansion plug.2.4 Current-fed sensors For measurement of current-fed sensors. The +5V supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short-circuiting and can each be loaded up to max. 4.1 Input ranges: Analog bandwidth: 250mV.8kHz) is not adapted to the lower channel sampling rate.2. 1V.4. For current measurement with the special shunt-plugs ACC/DSUB-I4.2. Maximum aggregate sampling rate: 320kHz Impedance: Voltage measurement 250mV. This procedure then no longer stringently adheres to the condition for the Sampling Theorem. 2. since the cutoff frequency of the "primary" analog filter (6. input ranging only up to max.5V. however. This source is not isolated. the special connector ACC/DSUB-ICP2 is required. 160mA (short-circuit limiting: 200mA).2. Configuration is carried out in the voltage mode.

2 Hardware configuration  current  current-fed sensors e.3. CL-1224 All-purpose laboratory and test rig devices CS-1208 and CL-1224 are 8. DELTATRON -. the resulting input impedance is 1 M.3. 118 4.and 24-channel universal measurement device.PIEZOTRON.3 4.   . with sampling rates of up to 100kHz per channel. which comes with 50 shunts. The input configuration is differential and DC-coupled.3 Conditioning and signal connection ® ® 8/24 differential analog inputs (ICP™-.3. by contrast.3. The input channels are differential and equipped with per-channel signal conditioning. is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc. the use of an ICP-expansion plug ACC/DSUB-ICP4 is possible. . PIEZOTRON -Sensors)5 The measurement inputs (non-isolated. imc C-series . 4. 5 mV  Voltage: In the voltage ranges 50 V and 20 V. for voltage and current measurement tasks. differential amplifiers) are for voltage or current measurement..1 Voltage measurement 50 V.g. In the voltage ranges 10 V to 5mV.1 CS-1208. When the device is deactivated. respectively. ICP (optional) The devices come with the following analog measurement channels:  voltage 4. the ACC/DSUB-I4. the input impedance is 20M. including filters. PIEZOBEAM is a registered trade mark of Kistler. The technical specs of the CS-1208. a voltage divider is in operation. it drops to about 1 M.. The module supports TEDS. Their 50V input range and their very low noise voltage in particular destine these devices for highest-performance voltage measurement.DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibration. must be used. For measurement of current. CL-1224. In addition. The 15-pin DSUB plug ACC/DSUB-U4 enables voltage measurement on four channels.3.58 imc C-series 4. the technical specification of the amplifier 5-ICP 118 .

a battery) and whose contacts have no connection to ground potential is measured.g. it is referenced to the device ground. The voltage source is at the same potential as the device ground. the input GND is at ground potential. its potential floats freely vis-à-vis the device ground.1.3. as it may be. If a ground reference cannot be established. Important: In this case.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference The voltage source itself has no reference to unit’s ground.1.Device Description 4.3. The device is grounded. the ground potential at the voltage source deviates from the ground potential of the device itself by a few degrees. If the voltage source itself is also grounded. 4. It isn't any problem if. there is a risk of permanent damage to the amplifier.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference 59 The voltage source itself already is referenced to the device's ground. .3. +in + - Ue -in GND Example: The unit is grounded. a single end measurement is performed. Otherwise. but instead. a true differential (but not isolated!) measurement is performed. through which interference could be coupled in. The maximum permitted common mode voltage must not be exceeded. it's also possible to connect the negative signal input –IN to the ground contact GND. a ground loop would result. be sure that the signal source's potential can actually be drawn to the device ground's potential without an appreciable current flowing. Thus. If IN and GND are connected. In this case. If the source can't be brought to that potential level (because it turns out to be at fixed potential after all).3. This isn't a problem unless a ground reference already existed. Important: When –IN and GND are connected. the negative signal input -IN may not be connected to the ground contact GND in the device. +in + - Ue -in GND Example: A voltage source which isn't grounded (e.

The appropriate scaling must be set in the user interface. select the option Tare for the desired channel. In addition.2 Current measurement Current: e. This can generally only be assured if the current source is also already referenced to ground.1. The resistance should be sufficiently precise. 4. too. the maximum common mode voltage must lie within the range ±10 V. imc C-series .3..3. If the current source has no ground reference.)…. it's possible to tare a zero offset to restore correct zero.g. voltage can be measured via an externally connected shunt. for instance.3. The value 50 is only a suggestion. The input range correspondingly is reduced by the amount of the zero adjustment. and on the screen's index card Common. by grounding the current source. Rcable +in + 50  Rcable -in GND In this configuration. there is a danger of the unit suffering unacceptably high overvoltage.3.3. It may be necessary to create a ground reference.4 Voltage measurement: With taring With voltage measurement. +in + - Ue -in + - Ucm GND 4.60 imc C-series 4.3. select the menu item Settings _ Amplifiers (balance etc.3 Case 3: Voltage source at other. ±1mA For current measurement.. This plug is not included in the standard package. the DSUB connector ACC/DSUB-I4 must be used. It is reduced by one-half of the input voltage. Make not of the shunt's power consumption. It contains a 50 shunt. ±50mA . For this purpose. If the initial offset is so large that it's not possible to adjust it by means of the device.1. the common mode voltage Ucm must lie within the range 10 V. fixed potential In the input ranges ≤20 V. a larger input range must be set. under Balancing.

4 Bandwidth The channels' max. The DSUB connectors’ pin configuration of the CS-1208. .3.3. sampling rate is 100kSamples/s (10µs sampling interval).Device Description 4. 4. The technical specification of the CS-1208. CL-1224 .5 Connection 152 118 .3.3 External voltage supply for ICP-Extension plug 61 A permanent 5V supply voltage for external sensors for the ICP expansion plug is always available at the terminal sockets. CL-1224 4.3.3.3. The analog bandwidth (without digital low-pass filtering) is 1 4kHz (-3dB). This voltage source is referenced to the unit’s chassis.

Thus. The utilization is determined for each target system.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry 4 differential analog inputs The high voltage amplifier consists of one two-channel master module and one two-channel attachment module which is configured for measurement of either voltage or current probe signals.3.4 4. They enable direct measurement of voltages of up to ±600V (peak values). The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) is 6. imc C-series . in accordance with the protection class CAT II..1 Voltage measurement  Voltage: 1000V .1 High-voltage channels 120 .62 imc C-series 4. 4.5V in 9 different ranges The inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance of 2M.3. The amplifier enables direct measurement of voltages of up to 600V and offers connection terminals for current probes.1 CL-2108 Power measurement devices CL-2108 is a measurement device for measurement of network power quality.5kHz. The differential response is achieved by means of the isolated configuration. and may not reach the maximum in some cases – refer to the technical data. With the optional software enhancement imcPOLARES.4. a single amplifier can acquire either four voltage signals or two voltage and current probe channels each.4.4. 2.2 Hardware equipment The following measurement channels are available:  voltages of up to ±600V with a  current probes/ low voltages protection class of up to CAT II  direct support for the use of Rogowski coils 4. it can serve network quality analyzer according to EN 50160 (power measurement devices and event analyzer) for standards-compliant evaluation of the quality of electrical supply networks.. The high-voltage channels are each equipped with an isolated amplifier.4. The measurement signal is connected directly to the device via a safety banana jack.1.4. 4. The technical specifications of the CL-2108 4.

300mV in 4 different ranges The non-isolated differential inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance of 2M. The inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance in the M range. The voltage channels are each equipped with isolated amplifiers.4. The differential response is achieved by means of the isolated configuration.3.4. which are configured for direct connection of isolated current probes.2.3. Besides measurement with current probes.2 Current probe channels of the CL-2108 63 Current probe channels are non-isolated voltage channels. . Connect the leads for the reference voltage. Note To the extent possible. See Chapter T to learn the measurement category. Only use connectors which are protected on all sides against touch.3.3.. use symmetric connection cables having separate leads for both the measurement and reference voltages of each line. The measurement signal is connected directly to the device via a safety banana jack.4.3 Connection 4.4.3. They enable direct measurement of voltages up to ± 1000 V (this values decreases the higher the measurement category is  see the technical data).Device Description 4. if necessary. All the inputs are individually isolated. The maximum permitted voltage to ground depends on the measurement site. safety banana jacks are provided. only at the measurement object. 4. any other voltage signals can also be connected..1 Voltages For voltage measurements of up to 1000V (peak).1 Voltage measurement_CL-2108_CP  Voltage: 10V . 4. The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) enables correct measurement of up to the 50th harmonic.

three-pin Phoenix sockets are provided.. the device’s electronics are not in danger of damage. 4. imc C-series .and phase response of the current probes provided by imc are measured prior to delivery and recorded in a TEDS. power) are determined correctly. Note The transducers’ amplitudes and angle errors influence the measurement results. With probes having multiple input ranges. Current probe MN71 Current transducer AmpFLEX A100 The current probes recommended by imc cover the range for low currents (< 10A) and for medium to high currents (5. If the transducer’s conversion uncertainty is specified.  Whenever you connect a new current probe. Notes  If the current input range set in the user’s interface doesn’t match the probe’s. Connection resembles the illustrations below.3.  Use only current probes provided by imc.2 Currents Current measurement is achieved contact-freeCC by means of current probes.3. This is the only way to ensure that phase-independent quantities (e. which especially affects the measurement of power. To connect these transducers. or have your own current probes modified by our customer service. Only then can error-free functioning be assured. read its TEDS information.4. The TEDS data are recorded along with the experiment and therefore need not be imported each time the same equipment is activated. The amplifier is able to read this information and to correct the signal accordingly. the current signal is scaled incorrectly.64 imc C-series 4..Both the amplitude.4 Using transducers Compensation of systematic transducer conversion errors isn’t possible.3. so that the error estimation for higher harmonics is difficult.4. Only current probes fitted by imc with special terminals can be connected. since these errors aren’t known. However.10kA).g. the input range set on the probe must also be correctly set by hand in the user’s interface. it often only pertains to the technical frequencies. imc will not accept responsibility for disturbances or damage sustained by the device if unauthorized probes are used.

4. It must be checked whether the mechanical connection is secure and what would happen if it is accidentally disconnected.4. sharp edges.  Measurement device: The device must be placed in such a way that no terminals can be accidentally disconnected.Device Description 4.6 Pin configuration and cable wiring Cable connection plug (without pod) – Current probe channels Plug socket in CL-2108 + IN TEDS . The aim should be to orient it orthogonally to the current rail or lead.3. This applies especially to current measurement coils operating according to the Rogowski principle.1 Notes on the measurement setup Measurement lines must be kept away from unshielded conductors. For increased reliability. check the line leading to it in order to prevent the occurrence of dangerous touch voltages and short circuits.IN Signal +IN -IN Definition Signal input Signal input / Reference potential L or (PE)N Transducer Electronic Data Sheet TEDS Enables recognition of the current probe connected 4.4. 4. The amplifier is configured for this measurement type and returns an integrated signal in this case. electromagnetic fields and other adverse environmental factors.  Measurement line for the voltage: The measurement line’s connection to the measurement object must be designed for the maximum occurring voltage.6.5 Rogowski coil 65 Transducers which work according to the principle of the Rogowski coil return a signal’s derivative. .3.3. Before conducting the measurement. The use of flexible terminals makes special care necessary. The fuse’s breaking capacity must correspond to the expected error current at the measurement location. the lines should be secured at the measurement location.  Measurement line for the current: The current probes must be connected in a mechanically secure manner.

0 Hz BNC R_in range: <= 10V: 910k >10V: 330k R_in R_in range: <= 10V: 10M >10V: 500k Mode: AC single-end range: <= 10V: 910k >10V: 330k Mode: DC single-end range: <= 10V: 10M >10V: 500k IN1. CL-3024 124 .8 BNC 0. This state remains in effect until the measurement is first prepared.. no matter what is set in the user's interface. differential) are of the type BNC. which can cause damage to other (non-current-fed) sensor types. with sampling rates of up to 100kHz per channel.. PIEZOTRON®-Sensors).3 Signal conditioning This model includes an internal ICP expansion. this mode should only be set for appropriate sensors.37 Hz / 1. an open-circuit current-fed voltage of about 30V is present at the BNC sockets. According to this protocol.g.. CL-3024 Compact measurement device for current feed sensores CS-3008 and CL-3024 are 8..5.4 Class I Mixed Mode Interface. so that no external ICP-plug is necessary (ICP™-.0 Hz R_in IN1. 4.66 imc C-series 4.2 Hardware configuration The devices come with the following analog measurement channels:  voltage DC  voltage AC  sensors with current feed supply. DELTATRON ®-. imc C-series 50R R_in .5. both TEDS data and analog signals are sent and received along the same line.4 Input coupling Mode: DC Mode: AC R_in IN1. The BNC inputs provide supply for current feed sensors.8 BNC 0.5. respectively. PIEZOTRON®-Sensors). ICP 4.and 24-channel compact measurement devices.5 4. DELTATRON ®-.8 BNC 50R Note In the settings mode Sensor with current feed.8 IN1. The technical specs of the CS-3008.1 CS-3008. This means there is no possibility to measure current via the special DSUB terminal. e. 4.5. The interconnections ( not isolated. The ICPU-8 supports TEDS 29 (Transducer Electronic Data Sheet) as per IEEE 1451. The technical specification for ICPU-8 124 .(ICP™-.37 Hz / 1. For that reason. It is assured that no current feed is active when the device is started.

as it may be. it drops to about 1 M..6 Bandwidth The channels' max. Thus.5. a ground loop would result. In AC mode the lower cut off frequency is 0. a single end measurement is performed. a battery) and whose contacts have no connection to ground potential is measured. With the AC coupled ICP-measurement the DC voltage is suppressed by a high pass filter of 0. but instead. its potential floats freely compared to the device ground.Device Description 67 4.5. 4. For the ranges ≥ 20V the low pass cut-off frequency is 1Hz. If a ground reference cannot be established.5. the negative signal input -IN may not be connected to the ground contact GND in the device. Otherwise.. Important: In this case. a voltage divider is in operation.37Hz for all ranges ≤ 10V.g. sampling rate is 100kSamples/s (10µs sampling interval).1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference The voltage source itself already is referenced to the device's ground. It isn't any problem if. When the device is deactivated.5. there is a risk of permanent damage to the amplifier. through which interference could be coupled in. a true differential (but not isolated!) measurement is performed. If the voltage source itself is also grounded. by contrast.5. The input configuration is differential. 4. This isn't a problem unless a ground reference already existed. ±5mV  Voltage: In the voltage ranges 50 V and 20 V. The voltage source is at the same potential as the device ground. In this case. it's also possible to connect the negative signal input –IN to the ground contact GND. In the voltage ranges ≤ 10 V. If IN and GND are connected. the resulting input impedance is 1 M in DC mode and 0.82M in AC mode. Important: When –IN and GND are connected.67M in AC mode. the input GND is at ground potential.5. +in + - Ue -in GND Example: A voltage source which isn't grounded (e. The measurement system is grounded. . be sure that the signal source's potential can actually be drawn to the device ground's potential without an appreciable current flowing. else 1Hz. The maximum permitted common mode voltage must not be exceeded. 4.37Hz for all ranges ≤ 10V. +in + - Ue -in GND Example: The measurement system is grounded. The analog bandwidth (without digital low-pass filtering) is 14kHz (-3dB).5 Voltage measurement ±50V. If the source can't be brought to that potential level (because it turns out to be at fixed potential after all). the input impedance is 20M in DC and 1. the ground potential at the voltage source deviates from the ground potential of the device itself by a few degrees. it is referenced to the device ground.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference The voltage source itself has no reference to the device's ground.

the differential input impedance is 1M. It is also possible to use the ICP extension 44 plug with the ISO2-8. The inputs are DC-coupled. the signal source itself is isolated.2 Hardware configuration  current-fed sensors e. In other words: isolated amps are used in environments where the common mode levels and noise are already inherent in the process and not just accidental results of the equipment's isolation. The differential response is achieved by means of the isolated circuiting. the impedance is always 1M. operated in the voltage mode. The technical specification of the analog inputs of the CS-4108. differential and equipped with per-channel signal conditioning including filters. but than the isolation properties are not effective anymore.6. in all other ranges 10M.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry Each of the isolated voltage channels has its own isolated amplifier.6 4.6.and 24-channel universal measurement devices. it can be forced to a common-mode potential. CL-4124 4. which is the potential of the measurement equipment.g. one should make sure the common mode potential is "defined". The very high common mode input impedance of this isolated configuration (> 1G) will easily pick up enormous common mode noise as well as possibly letting the common mode potential drift to high DC-level. In this case. If. 4. General remarks on isolated channels When using an isolated channel (with or without supply). imc C-series .68 imc C-series 4. CL-4124 126 .. as a general rule: isolated amps should be used in environments where the common-mode level is high but "well defined" in terms of a low (DC-) impedance towards (non-isolated) system ground (CHASSIS). 50mV in 11 different ranges 126 . CL-4124 Compact measurement device with isolated inputs CS-4108 and CL-4124 are 8.3. with sampling rates of up to 50kHz per channel. The analog bandwidth (without low-pass filtering) of the isolated voltage channels is 8kHz.6.1 CS-4108. So. Along with voltage measurement. in turn. They are specially designed for measurement tasks in environments with unclear voltage fields such as test rigs or large-scale machinery.  Voltage: An internal pre-divider is in effect in the voltage ranges 50V to 5V.1 Voltage measurement 60V . The input channels are electrically isolated. This is the case with a microphone: the non-isolated power supply will force the common mode potential of the microphone and amp-input to system ground instead of leaving it floating. respectively.6. current measurement via a shunt plug and temperature measurement are all provided for. which would make it susceptible to all kinds of noise and disturbance. ICP (optional)  thermocouples  PT100 The devices come with the following analog measurement channels:  voltage  current 4. These high levels of common-mode noise will not be completely rejected by the amplifier's common-mode (isolation-mode) rejection. one way or another: Using an isolated channel on an isolated signal source usually does not make sense. The technical specs of the CS-4108. If the device is de-activated..

3.1 Input stage block schematic current measurement rom+IN voltage measuremen t +IN 10MΩ 50 Ω 1MΩ 20kΩ Isolation -IN ACC/DSUB_I4 -IN isolated voltage channel .3. Any combination of both sensor types can be used. CL-4124 .3.Device Description 4.6.6..2 Current measurement 69  Current: 40mA . in other words the supply's ground connection for the sensor. whereby an appropriate scaling factor is entered in order for amperage values to be displayed (20mA/V = 1/50).3.6. 20mA. For current measurement with the special shunt-plugs ACC/DSUB-I4. 1mA in 6 ranges A special plug (order-code: ACC/DSUB-I4) with a built-in shunt (50 ) is needed for current measurement. against up to 160 mA (limit of short circuit protection: 280mA). . all common thermocouple types are supported along with their particular characteristic curves. for external sensors or ICP-extension plug. This source is not isolated.4 Temperature-channels The analog channels are designed for direct connection of thermocouples and PT100-sensors (RTD. 4.3.3 External +5V supply voltage (non-isolated) The isolated voltage channels are also provided with a 5V supply voltage at the DSUB-15 connector plugs. Configuration is performed in voltage mode. These +5V supply outputs are each electronically protected inside from short-circuiting.5 Connection 152 The DSUB connectors’ pin configuration of the CS-4108. inputs ranging only up to max. 10mA. its reference potential is identical to the non-isolated reference ground of the overall system.. platinum-resistance thermometers).2. ± 50mA (corresponding to 2V or 2.10 kHz 4.5V voltage ranges) are permitted due to the measurement shunt's limited power dissipation in the case of static long-term loading.6.6. is the terminal GND. 4. The reference potential. 4.

7. The technical specs of the CS-5008.7 4.7.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry The eight measurement inputs whose terminals are the four DSUB plugs (ACC/DSUB-UN2) are for voltage.3. Outfitted according to only slightly less powerful specs than the amplifiers for CS-6004 and CL-6012. CL-5016 and CX-5032 are especially well suited for affordable multi-channel measurement of strain gauges.. Ideal for multi-channel dynamic and quasi-static strain gauge applications. 2.7. The amplifier supports TEDS 4.2 Hardware configuration   current feed sensors current measurement The devices have the following kinds of analog measurement channels:  bridge-sensor  differential voltage  bridge: strain gauge  voltage measurements with adjustable supply 4.  Voltage: 1000V .1 Voltage measurement in 9 different ranges 29 . They are non-isolated differential amplifiers. They share a common voltage supply for sensors and measurement bridges. The differential response is achieved by means of the isolated configuration.5V The inputs are DC-coupled and have a permanent input impedance of 2M. the measurement amplifier offers the highest density of channels in the smallest space. imc C-series . current. CX-5032 129 . the technical specification of the CS-5008.7. CX-5032 Bridge measurement device for multi-channel measurements CL-5016 The devices CS-5008. CL-5016.1 CS-5008. and not equipped for CF-mode. CL-5016. 4. CL-5016. bridge PT-100 and thermocouple measurements.70 imc C-series 4.. CX-5032 129 .

The potential difference between the voltage source and the device ground must be fixed.3. If the voltage source itself is also grounded.7. it's referenced to the device ground. In this case. Connecting them would cause a ground loop through which interference could be coupled in. But the maximum allowed common mode voltage must not be exceeded. Thus. 1/4Bridge G GND D Example: The device is grounded. the negative signal input B may not be connected with the device ground D.Device Description 4.1. It doesn't matter if the ground potential at the voltage source is slightly different from that of the device itself. a genuine differential (but not isolated!) measurement is carried out. +V Supply C +in + - Ue A -in B sense F I. Important: In this case.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference 71 The voltage source itself already has a connection to the device’s ground. . the input D is also at ground potential.

2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference The voltage source itself is not referenced to the device ground but is instead isolated from it. One way to do this is to ground the voltage source itself. the measurement is differential. too. in other words to connect B and D. a ground reference must be established. there is a danger of damaging or destroying the amplifier. In this case. 1/4Bridge G GND D Example: An ungrounded voltage source is measured. It is also possible to make a connection between the negative signal input and the device ground.1.3. for instance a battery whose contacts have no connection to ground. imc C-series . Then it is possible to proceed as for "Voltage source with ground reference". If B and D are connected.72 imc C-series 4. +V Supply C +in A + -in B sense F I. care must be taken that the potential difference between the signal source and the device doesn't cause a significant compensation current. This is no problem if there was no ground reference beforehand.7. The device module is grounded. If the source's potential can't be adjusted (because it has a fixed. then in practice a single-ended measurement is performed. overlooked reference). Here. Important: If B and D are connected.

Also.7. a larger input range must be set.4 Voltage measurement: With zero-adjusting (tare) In voltage measurement. For such a task.7.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential 73 Suppose a voltage source is to be measured which is at a potential of 120V to ground. it is possible for the sensor to have an initial offset from zero. measurement is not possible. the device cannot be used! +V Supply C +in + - Ue A -in B + Ucm sense F I. . use the operating software to select the measurement mode "Voltage enable offset calibration" for the desired channel. Since the common mode voltage is greater than permitted. 1/4Bridge G GND D 4.1. the input voltage difference to the amplifier ground would be above the upper limit allowed.Device Description 4.1. The measurement range will be reduced by the offset correction If the initial offset is too large for compensation by the device. The device itself is grounded. For such cases.3.3.

The resistor needs an adequate level of precision.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement  Current: e. The current source may need to be referenced to the ground. Pay attention to the shunt's power consumption. The maximum common mode voltage must be in the range ±10 V for this circuit. This can generally only be ensured if the current source itself already is referenced to ground. If the current source is ungrounded a danger exists of exceeding the maximum allowed overvoltage for the amplifier.7.2 imc C-series Current measurement 4.g.74 4. too.. for example by being grounded.2.7.. 50mA . 1/4Bridge G GND D For current measurement could be used the DSUB plug ACC/DSUB-I2. The value 50 is just a suggestion. 1mA +V Supply C Rcable +in + 50  Rcable A -in B sense F +I. Appropriate scaling must be set in the user interface. imc C-series .3. That connector comes with a 50 shunt and is not included with the standard package. It is also possible to measure a voltage via an externally connected shunt. The sensor can also be supplied with a software-specified voltage via Pins C and D.3.

1/4Bridge G + 120  Rcable GND D In this circuit. . the measurement carried out is single-end or ground referenced.Device Description 4.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement  Current: 50mA . Thus. set the measurement mode to Current. In that case.3. Note that here. In the settings interface. Note that the jumper between A and G should be connected right to PIN G inside the connecter. the current to be measured flows through the 120 shunt inside the module. The potential of the current source itself may be brought into line with that of the device's ground.7. the terminal D is simultaneously the device’s ground.. 2mA +V Supply 75 C +in A -in B -sense F Rcable +I.2. be sure that the unit itself is grounded..

76

imc C-series

4.7.3.2.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply E.g. for pressure transducers 4.. 20mA.
Rcable

+V Supply

C

Sensor 4..20mA

+in

A
-in

B

sense

F
Rcable

I; 1/4Bridge

G
120 

GND

D

Transducers which translate the physical measurement quantity into their own current consumption and which allow variable supply voltages can be configured in a two-wire circuit. In this case, the device has its own power supply and measures the current signal. In the settings dialog on the index card Universal amplifiers/ General, a supply voltage is set for the sensors, usually 24V. The channels must be configured for Current measurement. The sensor is supplied with power via Terminals C and G. The signal is measured by the unit between A and D. For this reason, a wire jumper must be positioned between Pins A and G inside the connector pod. Note There is a voltage drop across the resistances of the leadwires and the internal measuring resistance of 12 0W which is proportional to the amperage. This lost voltage is no longer available for the supply of the transducer (2.4V = 120W * 20mA). For this reason, you must ensure that the resulting supply voltage is sufficient. It may be necessary to select a leadwire with a large enough cross-section.

imc C-series

Device Description 4.7.3.3 Bridge measurement

77

Measurement of measurement bridges such as strain gauges. The measurement channels have an adjustable DC voltage source which supplies the measurement bridges. The supply voltage for all eight inputs is set in common. The bridge supply is asymmetric, e.g., for a bridge voltage setting of VB = 5V, Pin C is at +VB = 5 and Pin D at -VB = 0 The terminal–VB is V V. simultaneously the device's ground reference. Depending on the supply set, the following input ranges are available: Bridge measurement [V] 10 5 Input ranges [mV/V] 1000 ...  0.5 1000 ...  0.5

Fundamentally, the following holds: For equal physical modulation of the sensor, the higher the selected bridge supply is, the higher are the absolute voltage signals the sensor emits and thus the measurement's signal-to-noise ratio and drift quality. The limits for this are set by the maximum available current from the source and by the dissipation in the sensor (temperature drift!) and in the device (power consumption!)  For typical measurements with strain gauges, the ranges 5 mV/V ... 1mV/V are particularly relevant.  There is a maximum voltage which the Potentiometer sensors are able to return, in other words max. 1V/V; a typical range is then 1000mV/V. Bridge measurement is set by selecting as measurement mode either Bridge: Sensor or Bridge: Strain gauge in the operating software. The bridge circuit itself is then specified under the tab Bridge circuit, where quarter bridge, half bridge and full bridge are the available choices.

78

imc C-series

4.7.3.3.1 Case 1: Full bridge A full bridge has four resistors, which can be four correspondingly configured strain gauges or one complete sensor which is a full sensor internally. The full bridge has five terminals to connect. Two leads (C and D) serve supply purposes, two other leads (A and B) capture the differential voltage. The fifth lead (F) is the Sense lead for the lower supply terminal, which is used to determine the single-sided voltage drop along the supply line. Assuming that the other supply cable (C) has the same impedance and thus produces the same voltage drop, no 6th lead is needed. The Sense lead makes it possible to infer the measurement bridge's true supply voltage, in order to obtain a very exact measurement value in mV/V.
Rcable

+VB

C

VB

+in

A
-in

B

sense

F
I; 1/4Bridge

G

Rcable

-VB

D

Please note that the maximum allowed voltage drop along a cable may not exceed approx. 0.5V. This determines the maximum possible cable length. If the cable is so short and its cross section so large that the voltage drop along the supply lead is negligible, the bridge can be connected at four terminals by omitting the Sense line. In that case, however, F and D must be jumpered. Pin F must never be unconnected!

imc C-series

whose nominal value can be 120. only 5V can be set as the bridge supply.Device Description 4. or a potentiometer sensor. with the quarter bridge. 1/4Bridge G 120  -VB D The quarter bridge has 3 terminals to connect.half bridge sense F I.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge A quarter bridge can consist of a single strain gauge resistor.3. The pin I_1/4B for the quarter bridge completion is used for–15V instead.half bridge sense F Rcable I. The half bridge has 4 terminals to connect. 4.2 Case 2: Half bridge 79 A half bridge may consist of two strain gauges in a circuit or a sensor internally configured as a half bridge. For information on the effect and use of the Sense lead F. Rcable +VB quarter bridge C VB +in A -in B int. a quarter bridge measurement is not possible. the Sense lead is connected to +IN and Sense jointly. Rcable +VB C VB +in A -in B int.3. For quarter bridge measurement. 1/4Bridge G Rcable -VB D The unit internally completes the full bridge itself. so that the differential amplifier is working with a genuine full bridge. . Refer to the description of the full bridge for comments on the Sense lead. see the description of the full bridge 78 .3.3. If the sensor supply is equipped with the option “±15V”. However.7.7.

Any initial unbalance of the measurement bridge. Such an unbalance can be many times the input range (bridge balancing). Bridge measurements are relative measurements (ratiometric procedure) in which the fraction of the bridge supply fed in which the bridge puts out is analyzed (typically in the 0. The bandwidth for DC bridge measurement (without low-pass filtering) is also 5kHz (-3dB). corresponding to 1 mV/V). If there are no Sense lines. for instance due to mechanical pre-stressing of the strain gauge in its rest state. which would otherwise produce noticeable measurement errors.1% range. Input range [mV/V] Bridge balancing (VB = 5V) [mV/V] 1000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 500 100 100 15 15 3 10 10 3 4 Bridge balancing (VB = 10V) [mV/V] 150 250 50 50 7 7 15 5 5 5 imc C-series .80 imc C-series General notes The SENSE lead serves to compensate voltage drops due to cable resistance. must be zero-balanced (tare). the bridge input range. If the initial unbalance is too large to be compensated by the device. then SENSE (F) must be connected in the terminal plug according to the sketches above. a larger input range must be set. This means that the bridge supply's actual magnitude is not relevant and need not necessarily lie within the measurement's specified overall accuracy. and takes into account the momentary magnitude of the supply. Calibration of the system in this case pertains to this ratio.

if unconnected channels are in quarter.458mV/V 0.7.7. The analog bandwidth (without digital low-pass filtering) is 5KHz (-3dB).3.6 Connection 152 The DSUB connectors’ pin configuration of the CS-5008. The supply voltage can only be set for all measurement inputs in common. the bridge is unbalanced by means of a 59.66k shunt.3.5005mV/V The procedures for balancing bridge channels also apply analogously to the voltage measurement mode with zero-balancing. Note We recommend setting channels which are not connected for voltage measurement at the highest input range. which provides an adjustable supply voltage for active sensors.or half-bridge mode. Otherwise.8k 174.4 Sensor supply module The CS-5008. CL-5012.7.Device Description 4.4 Balancing and shunt calibration 81 The amplifier offers a variety of possibilities to trigger bridge balancing (tare):  Balancing / shunt calibration upon activation (cold start) of the unit. CL-5016 and CX-5032 is enhanced with a sensor supply unit.7k 120 0. If a value other than 5V or 10 V is set. The supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short circuiting to ground. all the bridge channels are balanced as soon as the device is turned on.  In shunt calibration. is the terminal GND.7.8k or 174. If this option is selected.5008mV/V 0. 4.171mV/V 350 1. The voltage selected is also the supply for the measurement bridges. in other words the sensor's supply ground contact.  Balancing / shunt calibration via the on the Amplifier balance tab. The results are: Bridge resistance Unbalance 59.5 Bandwidth The channels' maximum sampling rate is 10µs (100kHz). . The reference ­ potential. CX-5032. bridge measurement is no longer possible! 4. interference may occur in a shunt calibration! 4.

With carrier frequency.8 4. CL-6012 High-end bridge measurement device for DC and CF modes The CS-6004 and CL-6012 units come with a high-end bridge amplifier for direct connection of strain gauges.82 imc C-series 4. The amplifier can run in either DC.2 Hardware configration  differential voltage input The devices have the following kinds of analog measurement channels:  bridge: sensor  bridge: strain gauge 4. imc C-series .3 Signal conditioning and circuitry The device's bridge works with your choice of a DC-voltage or a carrier frequency of 5kHz. CS-6004 4. Voltage or bridge mode is global for all four channels.8. The technical specification of the CS-6004.8.1 CS-6004.6kHz (DC mode) the available sampling rate per channel is up to 20kHz. CL-6012 132 . With these properties and with the especially quiet 24-bit measurement amplifier. the bandwidth is limited to 3kHz (-1dB). For a bandwidth of 8. this module is ideal for measuring mechanical strains.8. CL-6012 132 . The technical specs of the CS-6004.or CF-mode and allows double sensor leads and symmetrical bridge supply.

50V . for compensation of symmetric cables: Just leave the unused sense line unconnected (+ or –SENSE): Internal pulldown-resistors provide defined zero levels to detect the SENSE configuration automatically.1 Block schematic of bridge channels CS-6004.3.1.k4 0V. .5mV Teiler +/. +/. 2.2V . It will be shown at the balance dialog of imcDevices and allows probe-breakage recognition... CL-6012: BR4 +SENSE 4-Leiter 83 3-Leiter global: k1...8...1 Terminal scheme of the CS-6004 and CL-6012 terminal pods: The amplifier supports configurations with single-line sense.5mV TF 5 kHz R R dR/R -IN single-end 10M R R AGND AGND R_KAL 25k / 50k / 200k R_HB 1/4 Brücke DC 3-Leiter-Sense g=10 Uk Rk -VB -Vb/2 R_1/4 120 / 350 3-Leiter 4-Leiter -SENSE CHASSIS 4. +/..8.Device Description 4. 5V Uk Rk +VB +Vb/2 +Vb/2 DC Rb = 120R .5V.3. 1V.1k R_KAL 25k / 50k / 200k R_HB 10M Rk +IN +/.

double Sense: +SENSE R_cable +VB +VB/2 R_B R_cable +IN -IN R_B R_cable -VB R_HB R_HB R_cal -VB/2 -SENSE     5-wire connection Both SENSE-lines. Calibration resistor for shunt calibration.2 imc C-series Connection scheme: Full bridge.8. for long cables in CF mode. Compensation of the influence even of asymmetric cable resistances. buffered SENSE line.3. double sense: +SENSE R_cable +VB +VB/2 R_B R_B R_cable +IN -IN R_B R_B R_cable -VB R_cal -VB/2 -SENSE    6-wire connection Both SENSE-lines. therefore asymmetric cable is permitted without the resulting offset-drift! imc C-series . ±SENSE. used ("4L-Sense"). for long cables in CF mode.3.8. used (double Sense): Compensation of the influence even of asymmetric cable resistances.4 Connection scheme: Half-bridge. Calibration resistor for shunt calibration: shunt calibration of external half-bridge arm.3  Analogous to the corresponding half-bridge configuration 4. reduced precision due to phase errors Internal half-bridge completion excitation is controlled by an internal. ±SENSE. double and single line-Sense: 4.84 4. reduced precision due to phase errors Connection scheme: Full bridge.3.8.

SENSE terminals to be left open of jumpered to ±VB at the plug. reduced precision due to phase errors. Calibration resistor for shunt calibration of external half-bridge arm. reduced precision due to phase errors. without Sense: +SENSE 4.8. therefore symmetric cable required. +SENSE or –SENSE can be used. unused SENSE left open. single line-Sense: +SENSE 85 R_cable +VB +VB/2 R_B R_cable +IN -IN R_B R_cable -VB R_HB R_HB R_cal -VB/2 -SENSE     4-wire connection Only one SENSE-line is used (single line-Sense): Compensation of the influence of symmetric cable resistances. therefore symmetric cabling required. Symmetric cabling required (also to +IN!).3. otherwise not only incorrect gain correction but also corresponding offset drift! Connection scheme. for long cables in CF mode. recognized automatically. in order to compensate the plug's contact resistance.Device Description 4. Calibration resistor for shunt calibration on external half-bridge arm. Optional cable resistance calibration ("offline"): Cable resistance determined by means of shunt calibration and automatic calculation. for long cables in CF mode.8. otherwise not only incorrect gain correction but also corresponding offset drift! . since it can only be performed offline before measurement. Internal half-bridge completion fed by ±VB. Internal half-bridge completion fed by ±VB.6 R_cable +VB +VB/2 R_B R_cable +IN -IN R_B R_cable -VB R_HB R_HB R_cal -VB/2 -SENSE      3-wire connection No SENSE-line used.5 Connection scheme: Half-bridge. No acquisition of cable resistance drift.3.

Shunt calibration can also be used with long cables in the CF mode! For DC: Compensation of gain error due to cable resistance at VB by means of measurement and automatic compensation of the voltage drop along the cable between –VB and +IN Online-compensation.86 4. otherwise corresponding offset drift! Connection scheme: Quarter-bridge. otherwise corresponding offset drift! Calibration resistance for shunt calibration: Shunt calibration at internal quarter-bridge completion.3. leave SENSE terminals open.8. with Sense: +SENSE R_cable +VB +VB/2 R_B R_cable +IN -IN R_cable -VB R_1/4 R_cal R_HB R_HB -VB/2 -SENSE    4-wire connection +SENSE is used compensation of gain error caused by symmetric cable resistance (at ±VB).8. Calibration resistor for shunt calibration: Shunt calibration at internal quarter-bridge completion.3. capture also of cable drift (which must be symmetric!) imc C-series . Compensation of the plug contact resistance at VB is thus not possible (in contrast to the case of half-bridge 2-wire configuration). Symmetric cabling required. +SENSE may also NOT be connected. quarter bridge. Shunt calibration can also be used with long cables in the CF mode! Symmetric cables required. without Sense: +SENSE  4.8 R_cable +VB +VB/2 R_B R_cable +IN -IN R_cable -VB R_1/4 R_cal R_HB R_HB -VB/2 -SENSE      3-wire connection No SENSE-line is used.7 imc C-series Connection scheme.

this procedure is performed in DC mode. a gain uncertainty given by the ratio between the cable resistance and the bridge impedance must also be taken into account. Along with the offset.14mm².52m / (K *120) 22µV/V = 1.g.. not the gain) is compensated. cable length l=1m Temperature coefficient Cu: Drift Rk: Equivalent bridge drift (120 bridge) Example: Temperature change dT = 20K Cable Rk = 130m 4000ppm / K 0. 130m/m.8. since compensation is done only once.Device Description  87 For CF: Optional cable resistance compensation ("offline"): Determination of and automatic accounting for cable resistance. If this symmetry condition is not met (e. the following offset drift would result due to the temperature-dependent cable resistance in series with the bridge impedance: Assuming a (one-way) cable length of 1 m. so that no offset versus the (constant) internal half-bridge's potential arises.2% resistance difference would cause the same offset drift of 1. we get: Cu-cable: 0.g. shunt and gain: any deviation by the actual value in shunt calibration is interpreted as the influence of the cable resistance. since it can only be performed offline before measurement. Under these circumstances.1µV/V / K (dT =20K) Cable resistance values which aren't ideally symmetric would have a proportionally equal effect: e. 500m of cable with 0. including for the line "+IN"! This condition is generally not set for the 3-line Sense configuration!! Assumption of nominal values for bridge impedance.1 Background info on quarter-bridge configuration: In quarter-bridge configuration the external ¼-bridge branch is connected via three cables. 0.3.52m / K ¼ 0. For 120 bridges. 130mΩ/m  cable Rk/Rb = 1/1000 for l=0.14mm².   . offline.1µV/V / K. Symmetric cable also required at +IN (!) No acquisition of cable resistance drift. The underlying model results in a different correction than "classical" shunt calibration! Offline compensation procedure which doesn't account for temperature drift Used only with DC.8. if CF-mode is set. where the two current-bearing leads "+VB" and "-VB" must be symmetric (same resistance. their influence (in terms of the offset. it remains under 0.1% for cable lengths of approx. 1m: (Cu-cable. if only two cables are used and the terminals "–VB" and "+IN" are directly jumpered at the terminal. thus identical length and cross-section).9m) There are three different procedures for cable compensation:  Connection of an additional 4th line: "+SENSE": * automatic calculated compensation on the condition of cable symmetry * online compensation procedure which also takes temperature drift into account * can be used with CF and DC-mode Evaluation of the voltage drop along the cable to "-VB" by means of measuring the voltage difference between the terminals "-VB" and "+IN": * automatic computed compensation on the condition of cable symmetry * online-compensation procedure which also accounts for temperature drift * only can be used for DC Offline cable resistance compensation by means of shunt calibration (on external quarter bridge):      automatic computed compensation on the condition of cable symmetry. Offline compensation measurement by means of shunt calibration at external quarter-bridge arm performed in DC mode and only covers resistance effects of cable! 4.

10 Connection The DSUB connectors’ pin configuration of the CS-6004.9 imc C-series Overload recognition Overload is indicated as double the value of the input range limit value.8. the doubled positive input range is always shown. then in DC-mode. 4.3. the doubled negative input range is indicated. imc C-series . CL-6012 153 . In CF-mode.8.88 4.3. If the negative input range is exceeded.

In addition the use of an ICP-expansion plug are provided for. They are especially well suited to frequently changing measurement tasks. The range is reduced by half of the input voltage. For instance.. 1 M. CL-7016 Compact measurement device for any sensor and signal type CS-7008 and CL-7016 are 8.3. 5mV ACC/DSUB-UNI2 29 . bridge PT-100 and thermocouple measurements. For the deactivated device. They share a common voltage supply for sensors and measurement bridges.and 16-channel universal measurement devices. By contrast.2 Hardware configuration  current feed sensors  charging amplifier  thermocouples  RTD (PT100) (2. if the potential to ground is +10 V at +IN and +8 V at -IN. The input channels are differential and equipped with per-channel signal conditioning including filters.9. They are non-isolated differential amplifiers.9. respectively. In the input ranges <20 V. the value is approx. the technical specification of the CS-7008.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry The eight measurement inputs whose terminals are the four DSUB plugs (ACC/DSUB-UN2) IN1 through IN8 are for voltage.9.and 4-wire-configuration)  bridge .sensor  bridge . with sampling rates of up to 100kHz per channel.9.1 Voltage measurement 50 V. 6The common mode voltage is the arithmetic mean of the voltages at the inputs +IN and -IN. Practically every sensor. CL-7016 135 .Device Description 89 4. the resulting input impedance is 1 M. the common mode voltage6 must lie within the 10 V range. The input configuration is differential and DC-coupled.9 4. current. a voltage divider is in effect. . the input impedance is 20 M. 4. the common mode voltage is +9 V.or signal type can be connected directly to any of the measurement amplifier’s all-purpose channels. CL-7016 135 . The analog channels support TEDS 4.1 CS-7008.  Voltage:  DSUB-plug: Within the voltage ranges 50 V and 20 V. The technical specs of the CS-7008. referenced to the device ground. non-isolated channels:  voltage measurements  voltage measurements with adjustable supply  current 4.strain gauge The devices have the following kinds of analog.. in the voltage ranges 10 V and 5mV.

90 imc C-series 4. In this case. Important: In this case. But the maximum allowed common mode voltage must not be exceeded. the negative signal input -IN may not be connected with the device ground GND.3. the input GND is also at ground potential. it's referenced to the device ground.9. If the voltage source itself is also grounded. The potential difference between the voltage source and the device ground must be fixed.1. 1/4Bridge GND Example: The device is grounded. Thus. a genuine differential (but not isolated!) measurement is carried out. It doesn't matter if the ground potential at the voltage source is slightly different from that of the device itself. +V Supply +in + - Ue -in sense I.1 Case 1: Voltage source with ground reference The voltage source itself already has a connection to the device's ground. Connecting them would cause a ground loop through which interference could be coupled in. imc C-series .

then in practice a single-end measurement is performed.2 Case 2: Voltage source without ground reference 91 The voltage source itself is not referenced to the amplifier ground but is instead isolated from it. One way to do this is to ground the voltage source itself. the measurement is differential. there is a danger of damaging or destroying the amplifier. In this case. in other words to connect -IN and GND. The device module is grounded.3. care must be taken that the potential difference between the signal source and the device doesn't cause a significant compensation current.1. Here. for instance a battery whose contacts have no connection to ground. If the source's potential can't be adjusted (because it has a fixed. If -IN and GND are connected. 1/4Bridge GND Example: An ungrounded voltage source is measured. too. +V Supply +in + - Ue -in sense I. overlooked reference). . Important: If -IN and GND are connected. Then it is possible to proceed as for "Voltage source with ground reference". This is no problem if there was no ground reference beforehand. It is also possible to make a connection between the negative signal input and the device ground.9. a ground reference must be established.Device Description 4.

the input voltage difference to the amplifier ground would be above the upper limit allowed.9. If the initial offset is too large for compensation by the device.3 Case 3: Voltage source at a different fixed potential Suppose a voltage source is to be measured which is at a potential of 120V to ground. Also. measurement is not possible. a larger input range must be set. the amplifier cannot be used! +V Supply +in + - Ue -in + - Ucm sense I.1. 1/4Bridge GND 4. The system itself is grounded.4 Voltage measurement: with zero-adjusting (tare) In voltage measurement. Since the common mode voltage is greater than permitted. The input range will be reduced by the initial offset. imc C-series . For such cases.92 imc C-series 4.9.3. For such a task. it is possible for the sensor to have an initial offset from zero. use the operating software to select the measurement mode "Voltage enable offset calibration" for the desired channel.3.1.

.Device Description 4. if one channel is set to measure thermocouples. 50mA .9. 4. Note This mode is not possible. the special connector ACC/DSUB-ICP2 is required. e. the channel has to be configured in imcDevices as a voltage measurement. It is also possible to measure a voltage via an externally connected shunt.3. . +V Supply Rcable +in + 50  Rcable -in sense +I. If the current source is ungrounded a danger of exceeding the maximum allowed overvoltage for the amplifier exists. 1/4Bridge GND The maximum common mode voltage must be in the range ±10 V for this circuit. too.1 Case 1: Differential current measurement  Current:  DSUB-plug: e. The resistor needs an adequate level of precision.2 Current-fed sensors 93 For measurement of current-fed sensors. ICPs. for example by being grounded.3 Current measurement 4.3.9.g. The value 50 is just a suggestion. The current source may need to be referenced to the ground.3. The sensor can also be supplied with a software-specified voltage via Pins +VSupply and GND. 1mA ACC/DSUB-I2 That connector comes with a 50 shunt and is not included with the standard package. The scaling factor is 1/R and the unit has to be A.3. Pay attention to the shunt's power consumption..9. Appropriate scaling must be set in the user interface. This can generally only be ensured if the current source itself already is referenced to ground.g. Because this procedure is a voltage measurement of the shunt.

1/4Bridge + 120  Rcable GND In the settings interface.2 Case 2: Ground-referenced current measurement  Current:  DSUB-plug: 50mA . ¼Bridge inside the DSUB-Plug. ¼Bridge should be connected right to +I.. +V Supply +in -in -sense Rcable +I.9. In that case. ground referenced current measurement is not possible! imc C-series . be sure that the unit itself is grounded. The potential of the current source itself may be brought into line with that of the amplifier’s ground. Note that here.3.3. Thus. set the measurement mode to Current. the current to be measured flows through the internal 120 shunt. the terminal GND is simultaneously the amplifier ground. the measurement carried out is single-end or ground referenced.. Note that the jumper between +IN and +I. In case the amplifier is of the 350 variety. 2mA ACC/DSUB-UNI2 In this circuit.94 imc C-series 4.

It may be necessary to select a leadwire with a large enough cross-section. The channels must be configured for Current measurement. +V Supply +in -in -sense Rcable +I. ¼Bridge inside the connector pod. for pressure transducers 4..3. a supply voltage is set for the sensors. you must ensure that the resulting supply voltage is sufficient. For this reason.4V = 120W * 20mA). this mode is not possible! . This lost voltage is no longer available for the supply of the transducer (2. ¼Bridge. The sensor is supplied with power via Terminals +V Supply and +I. a wire jumper must be positioned between Pins A and +I. The signal is measured by the unit between +IN and GND.Device Description 4. Note There is a voltage drop across the resistances of the leadwires and the internal measuring resistance of 120W which is proportional to the amperage. In this case. usually 24V. 20mA. 95 Transducers which translate the physical measurement quantity into their own current consumption and which allow variable supply voltages can be configured in a two-wire circuit. In case the amplifier has been ordered as 350 variant.3 Case 3: 2-wire for sensors with a current signal and variable supply  DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2 E.9.3. the device has its own power supply and measures the current signal. For this reason.g. 1/4Bridge + 120  Rcable GND In the settings dialog on the index card Universal amplifiers/ General.

96 4.9.3.4

imc C-series

Bridge measurement

 DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2 Measurement of measurement bridges such as strain gauges. The measurement channels have an adjustable DC voltage source which supplies the measurement bridges. The supply voltage for all eight inputs is set in common. The bridge supply is asymmetric, e.g., for a bridge voltage setting of VB = 5V, Pin C is at +VB = 5 and Pin D at -VB = 0 The terminal–VB is V V. simultaneously the device's ground reference. Depending on the supply set, the following input ranges are available: Bridge measurement [V] 10 5 Input ranges [mV/V] 1000 ...  1 1000 ...  1

Fundamentally, the following holds: For equal physical modulation of the sensor, the higher the selected bridge supply is, the higher are the absolute voltage signals the sensor emits and thus the measurement's signal-to-noise ratio and drift quality. The limits for this are determined by the maximum available current from the source and by the dissipation in the sensor (temperature drift!) and in the device (power consumption!)  For typical measurements with strain gauges, the ranges 5 mV/V ... 1mV/V are particularly relevant.  There is a maximum voltage which the Potentiometer sensors are able to return, in other words max. 1 V/V; a typical range is then 1000mV/V. Bridge measurement is set by selecting as measurement mode either Bridge: Sensor or Bridge: Strain gauge in the operating software. The bridge circuit itself is then specified under the tab Bridge circuit, where quarter bridge, half bridge and full bridge are the available choices.

Note
We recommend setting channels which are not connected for voltage measurement at the highest input range. Otherwise, if unconnected channels are in quarter- or half-bridge mode, interference may occur in a shunt calibration!

imc C-series

Device Description 4.9.3.4.1 Case 1: Full bridge

97

A full bridge has four resistors, which can be four correspondingly configured strain gauges or one complete sensor which is a full sensor internally. The full bridge has five terminals to connect. Two leads ( +VB and -VB) serve supply purposes, two other leads (+IN and -IN) capture the differential voltage. The 5th lead (Sense) is the Sense lead for the lower supply terminal, which is used to determine the single-sided voltage drop along the supply line. Assuming that the other supply cable (+VB) has the same impedance and thus produces the same voltage drop, no 6th lead is needed. The Sense lead makes it possible to infer the measurement bridge's true supply voltage, in order to obtain a very exact measurement value in mV/V.
Rcable

+VB

VB
+in

-in

sense I; 1/4Bridge

Rcable

-VB

Please note that the maximum allowed voltage drop along a cable may not exceed approx. 0.5V. This determines the maximum possible cable length. If the cable is so short and its cross section so large that the voltage drop along the supply lead is negligible, the bridge can be connected at four terminals by omitting the Sense line. In that case, however, Sense and -VB must be jumpered. Pin Sense must never be unconnected!

98

imc C-series

4.9.3.4.2 Case 2: Half bridge A half bridge may consist of two strain gauges in a circuit or a sensor internally configured as a half bridge, or a potentiometer sensor. The half bridge has 4 terminals to connect. For information on the effect and use of the Sense lead, see the description of the full bridge 78 .
Rcable

+VB

VB
+in

-in int.half bridge sense I; 1/4Bridge

Rcable

-VB

The amplifier internally completes the full bridge itself, so that the differential amplifier is working with a full bridge. 4.9.3.4.3 Case 3: Quarter bridge A quarter bridge can consist of a single strain gauge resistor, whose nominal value can be 120. For quarter bridge measurement, only 5V can be set as the bridge supply.
Rcable

+VB

quarter bridge +in

VB

-in int.half bridge sense
Rcable

I; 1/4Bridge

120 

-VB

The quarter bridge has 3 terminals to connect. Refer to the description of the full bridge for comments on the Sense lead. However, with the quarter bridge, the Sense lead is connected to +IN and Sense jointly. If the sensor supply is equipped with the option “±15V”, a quarter bridge measurement is not possible. The pin I_1/4B for the quarter bridge completion is used for–15V instead.

imc C-series

all the bridge channels are balanced as soon as the device is turned on. Balancing / shunt calibration via the on the Amplifier balance tab. but 4-line measurement is still possible. a larger input range must be set. The bandwidth for DC bridge measurement (without low-pass filtering) is also 14kHz (-3dB). General notes The SENSE lead serves to compensate voltage drops due to cable resistance. If there are no Sense lines. but only with the optional connector ACC/DSUB-I2 having a 50W shunt (differential measurement).8k 174. no Pt100 3-line measurement is possible.5008mV/V 0. Any initial unbalance of the measurement bridge. the bridge is unbalanced by means of a 59. then SENSE must be connected in the terminal plug according to the sketches above.Device Description 4.5005mV/V Bridge balancing (VB = 5V) [mV/V] 500 100 100 15 15 3 10 10 3 4 Bridge balancing (VB = 10V) [mV/V] 150 250 50 50 7 7 15 5 5 5 The procedures for balancing bridge channels also apply analogously to the voltage measurement mode with zero-balancing.1% range.3. the scope of functionality is limited:   no direct current measurement with the included standard connectors ACC/DSUB-UNI2 is possible. Bridge measurements are relative measurements (ratiometric procedure) where the ratio of bridge supply input to bridge output is analyzed (typically in the 0. corresponding to 1mV/V). If this option is selected. for instance due to mechanical pre-stressing of the strain gauge in its rest state.7k 120 0. A 350W completion resistor for quarter bridge measurements is also possible.66k shunt.3.1 Quarter bridge with 350Ohm option.9. the bridge input range. .4.458mV/V 0.8k or 174. and takes into account the momentary magnitude of the supply.9.171mV/V 350 1. The results are: Bridge resistance Unbalance 59. must be zero-balanced (tare).4 Balancing and shunt calibration The amplifier offers a variety of possibilities to trigger bridge balancing (tare):    Balancing / shunt calibration upon activation (cold start) of the unit.4. Calibration of the system in this case pertains to this ratio. This means that the bridge supply's actual magnitude is not relevant and need not necessarily lie within the measurement's specified overall accuracy. which would otherwise produce noticeable measurement errors. Input range [mV/V] 1000 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 2 1 4. If the initial unbalance is too large to be compensated by the device. In shunt calibration. When using this option. 99 A built-in 120W completion resistor comes standard for bridge measurements.3. Such an unbalance can be many times the input range (bridge balancing).

Any combinations of the two sensor types can be connected.9.100 4. However. for example. basically where they are soldered or crimped.3. Note on making settings with imcDevices A temperature measurement is a voltage measurement whose measured values are converted to physical temperature values by reference to a characteristic curve. the wiring is established automatically. However. inside a switch cabinet where the temperature processes are stabilized. that these resistors are not installed in the plugs themselves but on the housing. The characteristic curve is selected from the Base page of the imcDevices configuration dialog.9. We strongly recommend using a Pt100 in the connector for all thermocouple measurements.   In the imc connector ACC/DSUB-UNI2. so that they are actually at some distance from the real contact point. the module comes with the appropriate PT1000 resistors for measuring the junction temperature. Since the temperature sensor PT1000 and the contact point are separated in space. in order for the temperature characteristic curves to be available on the Base page.3. a Pt100 in the connector is absolutely necessary. This is certainly the case if: o o o o o there is a draught if the module is used on-board a vehicle if cables with terminals of different temperature are connected if the ambient temperature is fluctuating whenever reliable and precise measurement is required. the cold junction is located directly under the clamp terminal strip and is measured automatically. The following circuit diagrams reflect each of the varieties with and without Pt100 in the connector. situations do exist where the measurement results are valid.5 imc C-series Temperature measurement  DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2 The module's channels are designed for direct measurement with thermocouples and PT100-sensors. the internal cold junction compensation is in practice adequate. must first be set to Voltage mode (DC). 4. Note. When using DSUB plugs.1 Thermocouple measurement The cold junction compensation necessary for thermocouple measurement is built-in. This point's exact location is where the thermo-wires meet the electric contacts in the plug. This temperature difference can also lead to measurement errors. imc C-series . their temperatures can also diverge.5. however. For connection with ITT VEAM plugs. if the temperature processes in the device’s environment are not stable. Amplifiers which enable bridge measurement.

However. V Supply V Supply +in +in -in -in sense I.3. Select in the operating software the measurement mode Thermocouple (mounted with ground reference).5. a genuine differential (but not isolated!) measurement is carried out. . Connecting them would cause a ground loop through which interference could be coupled in.Device Description 4. 1/4Bridge PT100 GND GND The thermocouple itself already is referenced to the device ground. Important: In this case the negative signal input -IN may not be connected to amplifier ground point GND. Since the unit is grounded itself.9. This is ensured by attaching the thermocouple to a grounded metal body. It is not a problem if the ground potential at the thermocouple differs from that of the device units by a few volts. for instance. the necessary ground reference exists. 1/4Bridge sense I. The thermocouple is connected for differential measurement. the maximum allowed common mode voltage may not be exceeded.1.1 Case 1: Thermocouple mounted with ground reference 101 The thermocouple is mounted in such a way that it already is in electrical contact with the device ground / chassis. In this case.

The thermocouple's connection is differential. Compensation currents are a danger with every single-ended measurement. RTD.9. 4. but is instead isolated from it. single end measurement is really only allowed -and only then really necessary.2 Pt100/ RTD measurement  DSUB-plug: ACC/DSUB-UNI2 Pt100. The thermocouple itself is not referenced to the module's ground. 1/4Bridge F I.5. The 4-wire measurement returns exact results since it does not require the resistances of both leads which carry supply current to have the same magnitude and drift. Note   A description of the available thermocouples 31 . In this measurement mode. This is achieved by sticking the thermocouple on to non-conducting material. V Supply V Supply C C +in +in A -in A -in B B sense sense F I. select the measurement mode Thermocouple (isolated mode). but the module itself supplies the necessary ground reference internally. There is no disadvantage to this if there was no ground reference previously.5. Important: The thermocouple itself may not be ground referenced! If it was mounted with a ground reference. Then a measurement which is practically single-ended (ground-referenced) is performed. the unit itself provides the ground reference by having Terminals -IN and GND connected internally. When using thermocouples. 1.3.1. This can even lead to the destruction of the amplifier.9.3.2mA.if the thermocouple has no ground reference of its own.102 imc C-series 4. Each sensor is fed by its own current source with approx. Along with thermocouples. For that reason. the ICP-supply is no longer available. there is a danger that a large compensation current will flow through the thermocouple's (thin) line and the module's plug.2 Case 2: Thermocouple mounted without ground reference The thermocouple is mounted so as to be isolated from the module's ground/chassis. imc C-series . PT100 can be connected directly in 4-wire-configuration. 1/4Bridge G PT100 G GND GND D D In the operating software. platinum resistor thermometer.

The voltage drop along the conducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error. the voltage at the resistor itself can be determined precisely. the voltage at the resistor itself can be determined precisely.2.3 Case 3: Pt100 in 3-wire configuration +V Supply C The Pt100 is supplied by 2 lines. Note that the total cable resistance contributes to measurement error. and that this method is the most imprecise and not to be recommended. By using the Sense-lead.3. The voltage drop along the conducting cable thus does not cause any measurement error. 1/4Bridge + - Rcable GND The Sense-leads carry practically no current. The other one serve as sense-lead.9.3.2 Case 2: Pt100 in 2-wire configuration Use the software to set a Pt100 4-wire configuration. It is important.2.3. that the connection between +IN to Sense and -IN to GND (-VB) is made directly at the module. 4.5. 4.Device Description 4. By using the Sense-leads. The module performs a genuine differential measurement. +V Supply Rcable +in RTD (PT100) Rcable -in Rcable sense I. 3-wire configuration is not always as precise as 4-wire configuration.2. When in doubt.9. The difference is that +IN/SENSE and –IN/GND must be jumpered inside the connector. The Sense-leads carry practically no current. 4-wire configuration is preferable.1 Case 1: Pt100 in 4-wire configuration 103 The Pt100 is supplied by 2 lines. The 4-wire configuration is the most precise way to measure with a Pt100.5.9. 1/4Bridge G + - Rcable GND D .5. because the connection is made in the same way as for the 4-wire case. Rcable +in RTD (PT100) A -in B sense F Rcable I. The other two serve as Sense-leads.

it would take the period of a few measurement samples for transients in the module's filter to subside and the correct temperature to be indicated. The open sensor detection is also triggered if a channel is parameterized for "Thermocouple" and measurement starts without any thermocouple being connected. the measurement signal generated by the amplifier approaches the bottom of the input range in a defined pattern. then within a short time (only a few samples). note that in a 4-wire measurement a large variety of combinations of broken and shorted leads are possible. Is the measured value < -195°C. then it's possible to conclude that the sensor is broken. to about 200°C. e. If a thermocouple is later connected after all.g. the Pt100 built into the connector may not be able to indicate the real junction temperature exactly. Many of these combinations. especially ones with a broken Sense lead. this is around 270°C. unless such temperatures could really occur at the measurement location. Note also in this context that any thermocouple cable's connector which is recently plugged into the amplifier is unlikely to be at the same temperature as the module.3. imc C-series . This usually takes some minutes to happen. The actual value reached depends on the particular thermocouple. e.2. Within this phase.5.4 Open sensor detection The amplifier comes with the ability to recognize breakage in the sensor lines. the temperatures begin to assimilate. RTD/PT100: If the leads to the PT100 are broken. the nominal value returned is also that low.g. will not return the default value stated. Is the measured value < -265°C. in a defined pattern. then it's possible to conclude that the sensor is broken. In the case of Type K thermocouples. If the system is monitoring a cutoff level with a certain tolerance. If the system is monitoring a cutoff level with a certain tolerance.104 imc C-series 4. Thermocouple: If at least one of the thermocouple's two lines breaks. then within a short time (only a few samples). unless such temperatures could really occur at the measurement location. the measurement signal generated by the amplifier approaches the bottom of the input range.9. In this context. Once the connection is made. In case of a short-circuit.

1 DSUB-15 plugs The amplifier is equipped with four DSUB-15 plugs (two channels / plug). If a value other than 5V or 10 V is set. the charge amplifier must be read by means of TEDS technology or it must be adjusted according to an appropriate sensor database entry. The supply outputs are electronically protected internally against short circuiting to ground. 4. which is a 2-chanel pre-amp in the shape of an imc terminal connector enabling connection of two charge sensors via BNC. The description of the DSUB-Q2 4.6 Charging amplifier 105 The UNI8 module supports the DSUB-Q2 charge amplifier.8 Bandwidth The channels' maximum sampling rate is 10µs (100kHz). You will find that manual at the installation CD for imcDevices. is the terminal GND. The charge amplifier is recognized and adjusted automatically if either DC.or AC charge coupling is selected in the amplifier dialog.3. The module is enhanced with a sensor supply unit.9.3.9. bridge measurement is no longer possible! 4. in other words the sensor's supply ground contact.3.9. The voltage selected is also the supply for the measurement bridges. The analog bandwidth (without digital low-pass filtering) is 14kHz (-3dB). which provides an adjustable supply voltage for active sensors.9.7 Sensor supply module 55 and the technical specification 147 .3.3. . The supply voltage can only be set for all measurement inputs in common.9.Device Description 4. The pin configuration of the DSUB plugs 152 .9.9 Connectors 4. The DSUB-Q2 is a module of the CRONOS-PL/SL family and is described in the corresponding manual. In order for these two coupling types to be displayed for the channel selected. The reference ­ potential.

with the 1/3-octave spectrum returned along with the signal’s plot over time. Any kind of ICP™ sensors such as DeltaTron® accelerometers and microphones are supplied with power and can be directly connected to the measurement amplifiers. by running the (optional) imcWAVE software platform alternatively to imcDevices.106 imc C-series 4. the device can be expanded into a complete workstation for noise and vibration analysis. Additionally. the sampling rate is up to 50kHz with a bandwidth of 22. Along with a spectrum analyzer. there are packages for order tracking. It is additionally possible to connect voltage or current signals at the differential input channels.1 Overview CS-8008 is an 8-channel universal measurement device with sampling rates of up to 100kHz and a bandwidth of 45.3kHz (@0. and all of its functions are operable.10. while interfaces to ME´Scope™ and µ-Remus™ are also available. The technical specs of the CS-8008 139 . In conjunction with its operating software imcDevices. as well as pass-by analysis of noise from motor vehicles.10. and a module for free configuration of application-specific functions. which are each individually equipped with signal conditioning including filters.4kHz (@-3dB). 4.10 CS-8008 Noise and vibration analysis 4.005dB) per channel. Supplemental processing of the signals is possible thanks to the signal analysis software FAMOS.2 Hardware equipment The following measurement channels are available:  current-fed ICP™ sensors such as DeltaTron® accelerometers and microphones  voltage imc C-series . With active thirds. the CS-8008 module is immediately ready to take measurements.and structure analysis for standards-compliant measurement of workplace noise.

Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE 1451)“. DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibration 4. even the setting AC or DC for the coupling an affect things differently. the incremental numbering of the channels in the software is shifted upward.3 Measurements with ICP sensors The use of ICP™ e.3 Signal conditioning and circuitry The CS-8008 includes an amplifier specially designed for acquisition of sound and vibration data. The calculated 1/3-octave channels appear in the software after the amplifier's analog input channels.4 Connection The signals are connected via BNC sockets. 4. depending on the measurement environment.10.Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (IEEE 1451)  The technical specification 139 7ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc. Therefore. in order for the 1/3-octave spectra to be displayed properly. check each individual case with multiple settings in order to achieve optimal measurement results. DeltaTron-sensors® is supported by a 4mA current source.Device Description 107 4. it can happen that the channel designation on the device panel will deviate from its designation in the software interface. acquisition using ICP™ or DeltaTron-Sensores®7 is possible.10.3. a divider is switched in between which lead to a reduced input impedance of 1MΩ or 2MΩ. In addition you can choose between AC and DC. The sensor information can read directly from the sensor in accordance to the standard „TEDS . In addition.3. 4. Its particular strengths are:  large analog bandwidth  sampling rate up to 100kHz per channel  online third octave processing on amplifier board  TEDS 29 . The various sources of interference can affect the measurement by a variety of means. 139 .3.as well as differential measurements.g.2 1/3-octave calculation The online processor on the amplifier card is able to calculate 1/3-octaves in real-time.10. In the 25V and 50V ranges. The technical specification of the CS-8008 4. Note If the calculation of the 1/3-octaves is only enabled after delivery.3. if the source which should be measured has a low impedance path to ground. In this way. A 1/3-octave channel's data stream must be processed with the Online FAMOS function AudioBoardThirds.10.1 Voltage measurement’s Voltage measurements can handled as single ended. In cases of isolated sources single-ended should be chosen to avoid floating problems and better noise immunity. We recommend the differential mode.10. .

108

imc C-series

Technical specifications
Unless otherwise indicated, the technical specs given are valid for the following ambient conditions:    temperature 23°C air pressure 1013mbar relative humidity 40%

5.1
Type

C-Series general technical specification
CS-Series CL-Series CX-Series

“X”: standard-equipped; “O” optional; “-“: not available

Housing Housing type Dimension (WxHxD in mm) Weight (kg) compact frame 95 x 111 x 185 2 CS-Series compact frame 250 x 85 x 260 3,5 CL-Series 10/100 MBit 1 BNC DSUB DSUB by supply SMB RJ45 TBD see description of device CS-Series 10-36V DC x x x 1s x x x <40 W CL-Series 10-36V DC x x x 30s x x x <60 W CX-Series 10-36V DC x x x TBD x x x TBD TBD DSUB DSUB compact frame TBD TBD CX-Series

Interconnections PC connector:: Ethernet TCP/IP PCMCIA Slot Synchronization of multiple devices Modem connection Hand-held terminal connection Earth connection Measurement signal terminals Current supply Power supply DC-input isolated 110 V / 230 V power adapter Battery buffering / UPS UPS buffer time/ power outage Automatic charge control Automatic measurement operation with autostart Auto-data saving upon power outage Power consumption (with UPS battery fully charged)

imc C-series

Technical specifications

109

Operating conditions Operating environment (standard) Operating temperature (standard) Operating altitude Relative humidity Shock resistance Extended temperature range (opt.) PC - software equipment Operating software "imcDevices" LabView Visualization tool Factory configuration options Personal Analyzer Online FAMOS Display intern Digital inputs Digital outputs Incremental inputs Analog-outputs CAN-Bus Interface Internal modem PCMCIA Slot Compact Flash memory slot LED-Port (6 LEDs) Sensor supply

CS-Series

CL-Series

CX-Series

indoor -10 .. 55 °C up to 2000 m 80 % for less than 31°C, for more than 31°C linear declining to 50%, according DIN EN61010-1 30g pk over 3 ms -20 .. 85°C CS-Series x x CS-Series CL-Series x x CL-Series O x 8 8 4 4 2 nodes O X O CX-Series x x CX-Series O 8 8 4 4 2 nodes O X O X

O
8 8 4 4 2 nodes X O X

Either provided by the signal conditioning module or available separately as a supply module.

110

imc C-series

Device properties and hardware options Maximum channel count Maxim aggregate sampling rate Time bases Per-channel sampling rates Sampling rate adjustable in 1-, 2-, 5 steps Monitor channels Multi-triggered (multi-shot) data acquisition Extensive intelligent trigger functions arithmetic mean, min, max, mean value, extensive real-time calculation and control functions External hand-held terminal for display of measured data and status messages(#10) External modem (PPP) for remote measurement DCF77 real time radio clock GPS real time radio clock external GPS receiver Wireless LAN PCMCIA board (#9) Characteristic curve for temperature measurement

all C-Series variations 512, incl. analog, digital, virtual, monitor and bus channels 400 kHz 2 x x x x x x O (with Online FAMOS - Personal Analyzer) O X X O O O temperature table according IPTS-68

(#9) occupies the PCMCI slot and can be operated alternatively to the PCMCIA removable hard drive. (#10) Not CL-Series

Data storage internal hard drive
PCMCIA-Solid State storage

CS-Series

CL-Series

CX-Series

Compact Flash-Card Option of removable drive or PC storage Option of internal hard drive or PC storage Any memory depth with pre- and post triggering Circular buffer memory Synchronous, multi-triggered records

O O X X X X

O O O X X X X X

O O O X X X X X

imc C-series

Time.1 Incremental encoder channels Value (typ. . RPMs 1 x DSUB-15 50kHz / channel (max. / max) 4+1 (5 tracks) Remarks Four single-tracks or combining two singleinto two-track encoders One index track Parameter channels measurement modes: Displacement. 50Hz 10kHz of input voltage range @ 25°C of input voltage range @ 25°C to system ground not isolated (reference: GND.25ns Counter frequency: 32MHz (primary sampling rate) ACC/DSUB-ENC4 connection terminals sampling rate time resolution of measurement data resolution input configuration input impedance input voltage range (differential) common mode input range switching threshold hysteresis analog bandwidth analog filter 16bits differential 100k ±10V max. 2kHz. +25V.Technical specifications 111 5.) 31. min. 300mA 37 adjustable per channel adjustable per channel -3dB (full power) adjustable (per-channel) 2nd order Butterworth Modulation: 100mV squarewave switching delay CMRR 50dB 50dB DC. 200Hz 500ns 70dB 60dB < 1% < 1% ± 50V +5V.1.. Angle. +10V min. Events.. 20kHz. CHASSIS) gain uncertainty offset uncertainty overvoltage protection sensor supply The description of the incremental encoder channels . Frequency. –11V -10V . 100mV 500kHz Bypass (no Filter). Velocity.

5V > 23V < 100µs 34 LOW 0.) 8bit Comments 1 group of 8 bits. Uext = 5V . galvanically isolated as a whole. = 15mA.1. / min. output current (typ.4 V ≤ 0.7A 0.7A 0.7A LOW ≤ 0. 30 V Independent of output configuration (OPDRN-pin)! with initial states which can be adjusted in the experiment (High / Low) in the selected output configuration (OPDRNpin) Parameter channels / bits connector plug isolation strength output configuration 1 * DSUB-15 / 8 Bit 50V totem pole (push-pull) or open-drain TTL or max.max. Uext -0.2 Digital outputs Value (typ. imc C-series . Ilow. ≤ 0. galvanically isolated supply voltage by connecting an external supply voltage Uext an "HCOM".8V output level State following system start Activation of the output stage following system start High resistance (high-Z) upon first preparation of measurement max..7A The description of the digital outputs .7A Ihigh. common reference potential ("LCOM“) for each group ACC/DSUB-DO8 to system ground (protection ground) configurable by wire jumper ("ODRN" – "LCOM") in the connector plug internal.) TTL 24V-logic open-drain output voltage TTL 24V-logic (Uext = 24V) switching time HIGH 15mA 22mA --HIGH > 3.4 V external clamp diode needed for inductive load for load current: Ihigh. = 22mA.112 imc C-series 5. Ilow. ≤ 0.

low pass 2.1. output frequency analog bandwidth gain uncertainty offset uncertainty Remarks ACC/DSUB-DAC4 3 LSB -3dB.1. 16Bit 2 LSB 50kHz 50kHz < ±5mV < ± 2mV 36 Parameter channels connection terminals output level load current resolution non-linearity max.5V (±200mV) 7V (±300mV) per channel to system ground (tested 200V) isolated mutually and from supply 5V mode 24V mode switching time supply HCOM < 20s 5V max. . isolated from the other input group ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 configurable at the DSUB jumper from LCOM to LEVEL activates TTL-mode LEVEL unconn. activates 24V-mode Parameter channels connection terminals configuration options DSUB-15 TTL or 24V input voltage range (global configurable for all inputs) sampling rate isolation strength input configuration input current switching threshold 10kHz 50 V differential max.85°C The description of the analog outputs .3 Digital Inputs Value (typ.Technical specifications 113 5. / min.max.4 Analog outputs (DAC-4) Value (typ. order < ±10mV < ±4mV -40° .85°C -40° . 100mA 33 isolated (HCOM refered to LCOM) The description of the digital inputs . 5.) 4 1 * DSUB-15 / 4 channels ±10V ±10mA /channel max.) 8 Remarks common ground reference for each 4-channel group.max. 500µA 1. / min.

A channel could be an analog.7ms/m per device.. battery fully charged for empty battery.1. cable length at data transfer rate channels termination Integration of CANSAS isolation strength 25m at 1000kBit/s 90m at 500kBit/s < 512 124 yes 50V to system ground (protection ground) 1)Note The number of channels is limited to 512 per device. imc C-series .1.36V DC 24V 1sec.5 DC-12/24 USV Value (min / max) 10. 23°C. see 1) Note set per node per software Comments Parameter number of CAN-nodes connector plug transfer protocol max. the duration of a continuous outage which triggers device deactivation. buffer time * (total power/ 12W) 24h 5. depending on device model (total power ≤ 110W) more charging power available in short term device activated! Comment Parameter input supply internal battery voltage buffer time constant effective buffer capacity minimum charging time for 1 min. Other configurations upon request typ.6 CAN-BUS Interface value (min / max) 2 2x DSUB-9 CAN High Speed 1 MBaud (ISO 11898) CAN Low Speed 125 KBaud (ISO 11519) for each of CAN_IN / CAN_OUT Standard set by software CAN High Speed delay of cable 5. field bus or virtual channel.114 imc C-series 5. buffer duration charging time ratio charging time for empty battery ≥ 15 W h ≤ 10min.

GPS accuracy synchronized with DCF-signal DCF-accuracy synchronization for several devices with DCF DCF accuracy 1 Sample 3ms(max. none isolated jitter (max..+80°C 200m 20 52 1 minute @ 25°C for cable RG58 slaves only For description see imcDevices manual and here .Technical specifications 115 5.1.. . cable length max. number of devices common mode 8µs 200m 20 0V for cable RG58 slaves only module ISOSYNC with potential difference voltage level ISOSYNC with different potentials isolation strength delay temperature range max. 10 years accuracy of time base with external synchronization synchronized with GPS-signal. / max.) TTL-level.7 Synchronization and time base value typical min. number of devices 5V 1000V 5µs -35.) max. cable length max. Comments Parameter time base per device without external synchronization not balanced (default) 50ppm @ 25°C (== accuracy of internal time base) Drift ageing 20ppm 50ppm 10ppm @ 25°C. short circuit proof.

250 mV 40V permanent channel to chassis differential. 1kHz ….current . 2kHz.. 2Hz conform IEEE 1451.CLAD62Z LEMO FGG. DELTATRON ®-Sensors8) total sampling frequency 320ksps -0.05% offset: uncertainty imc C-series .1B.6. ambient temp: Ta of range typ.. order TEDS . Bessel (digital) low pass filter 8th order AAF: Cauer 8th order with fcutoff = 0. 500mV. CL-1032 Parameter inputs measurement modes: General technical specification Value 16 (CS) / 32(CL) . 1V.CLAD62Z Comments differential. ICP™-.5kHz 0. 5V.302.Transducer Electronic DataSheets voltage measurements input ranges surge protection 10V.0B.302.5 V.voltage . / max..6kHz 4x (CS) / 8x (CL) ACC/DSUB-U4 ACC/DSUB-I4 ACC/DSUB-ICP4 ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4 ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4 1x ACC/DSUB-DI8 1x ACC/DSUB-DO8 1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4 4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4 2 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 LEMO FGG.02% 0. 1% > 10k off-state of reading Ta=|Ta -25°C|.. Butterworth. non isolated (e. min.1dB -3 dB (analogue 5th order AAF) 16/32 voltage current current feed sensors voltage with TEDS current with TEDS 8 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 incremental encoder inputs 4 analog outputs two nodes CAN (in / out) display modem or GPS supply (CS) supply (CL) sampling frequency /channel bandwidth connection DSUB-15 Technical specification analog inputs Parameter filter cut-off frequency characteristic.02% 8ppm/KTa 0.2 CS-1016.transducer with constant current supply 20kHz 0. Comments Cauer.4 fs ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4 ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4 5kHz. 2.116 imc C-series 5.4 Class II MMI input impedance 20M gain: uncertainty drift 0.05% 30ppm/KTa 0.g.

. 0. ambient temp: Ta drift max.Technical specifications 117 Parameter typ.5mV . 160mA / plug) not isolated 56 e. 250mV . 1 V. 2. 1 V. range: 10V bandwidth: 0.. 1 V. . CL-1032 8 .02% 20ppm/KTa 0. 50Hz -90dB -116dB 12µVrms test voltage: 10 V= und 7Vrms.02% 30nA/KTa differential 12 V -90dB -108dB -80dB -97dB common mode test voltage: 10 V= and 7Vrms. over load input configuration gain: uncertainty drift offset: uncertainty drift 0. 250mV . / max. 2. noise current measurement input ranges max. ambient temp: Ta general auxiliary supply +5V (max. . 45µV/KTa 5µV/KTa Comments 10 V.5 V .1% 55ppm/KTa 0. Ta=|Ta -25°C|.1Hz. .g.. 10mA.5 V . 2.50 Hz. . . channel to channel crosstalk MB 10V. for ICP-expansion plugs The description of the CS-1016.. . 5mA 60 m A 50  shunt in terminal plug permanent 50 shunt plug (ACC/DSUB-I4) 0. 250mV . 20mA.06% 0.05% 60nA/KTa of reading plus uncertainty of 50 shunt Ta=|Ta -25°C|. 18µV/KTa 2µV/KTa min.1kHz 50mA. common mode voltage common mode rejection ranges 10V. ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc. DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibration. ambient temp: Ta of range Ta=|Ta -25°C|..

. Bessel (digital) low pass filter 8th order high pass filter 4th order band pass. order 2Hz. CL-1224 Property analog inputs measurement modes: General technical specification Value 8 (CS) / 24 (CL) . 5 mV 80V permanent channel to chassis input impedance 1M 20M 1% imc C-series .0B.CLAD62Z -3 dB 8/24 voltage current current feed sensors voltage with TEDS current with TEDS 8 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 incremental encoder inputs 4 analog outputs two nodes CAN (in / out) display modem or GPS supply (CS) supply (CL) with shunt terminal plug with ICP extension plug Comments Technical specs (differential analog inputs) Parameter typ. 5V. LP 8th and HP 4th order AAF: Cauer 8th order with fcutoff = 0.voltage .current .5kHz voltage measurement sampling frequency/channel input ranges surge protection input coupling input configuration DC differential differential > 10 V  10 V 100kHz 50V..302.sensors with current supply sample rate bandwidth connection DSUB-15 100kHz 14kHz 2x (CS) / 6x (CL) ACC/DSUB-U4 ACC/DSUB-I4 ACC/DSUB-ICP4 ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4 ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4 1x ACC/DSUB-DI8 1x ACC/DSUB-DO8 1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4 4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4 2 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 LEMO FGG.302.5 V.3 CS-1208. 10V. / max. Comments Cauer. Butterworth.CLAD62Z LEMO FGG. 25V.1B. 2. .118 imc C-series 5.4 fs filter cut-off frequency. min.. 1V.

(RTI) min.06% 100µV/KTa 0.1% +95ppm/KTa 0.5nA/KTa offset: uncertainty drift The description of the CS-1208.1kHz. noise parameter current measurement sampling frequency/channel input ranges over load protection input configuration 62dB 92dB 120 dB 0.  25V . 20mA.02% gain uncertainty +20ppm/KTa +80ppm/KTa Ta=|Ta -25°C|. 50mV .02% 0.05% 0. 2 mA. 25mV..Technical specifications 0.06µV/KTa common mode rejection ranges 5 0V.3µV/KTa > 50mV  50mV > 10 V  10 V Ta=|Ta -25°C|. 5mA. . in ranges: offset uncertainty 0.02% 0. 10mA.. 10 V.02% +20ppm/KTa 0. . . ambient temp: Ta of range. CL-1224 58 . . / max.4µVrms 14nV/√Hz typ. 5m V . comments 100kHz 50mA. >46dB >84dB >100dB common mode test voltage (50%): 50 V 10 V 10 V bandwidth 0.05% 5nA/KTa 50  shunt in terminal plug permanent 50  shunt in terminal plug (ACC/DSUB-I4) of reading plus uncertainty of 50 shunt Ta=|Ta -25°C|. ambient temp: Ta of range Ta=|Ta -25°C|. 1mA 60 m A differential 0.06% 0.1. ambient temp: Ta gain: uncertainty drift 0. ambient temp: Ta 0.05% of reading 119 drift 60µV/KTa 0.

55°C 16 bit < 60WDC approx.CLAD62Z Comments 23°C No condensation For fully charged UPS rechargeable batt. power cable -10°C . 5 k g 250 x 85 x 260 4x safety banana jacks 4x Phoenix terminals 1x ACC/DSUB-DI4-8 1x ACC/DSUB-DO8 1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4 4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4 2 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 LEMO FGG..302. 3 .36VDC Buffer duration: 30s Table-top power adapter incl.4 CL-2108 Property Analog inputs per module Max.0B.120 imc C-series 5.0. without table-top power adapter without connections 4 voltage channels 4 voltage channels for current probes 8 digital inputs8 digital outputs 4 counter inputs 4 analog outputs two nodes CAN (in / out) Display modem or GPS supply imc C-series . sampling rate / channel Bandwidth Digital inputs Digital outputs Counter inputs Analog outputs CAN: Aggregate sampling rate: Current supply UPS (optional) Accessories Operating temperature range Resolution Power consumption Weight Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm Connection terminals 15-pin DSUB terminal plugs Value 8 100kHz 17kHz 8 8 4 4 2 nodes 400kHz 10.

thermally stabile Offset 0.5kHz 0 . Comments 121 Measurement categories imc CRONOS-PL-3 imc CRONOS-PL-8 imc CRONOS-PL-16 Maximum possible meas. Bypass Channels for voltage measurement Input range Overvoltage strength Input impedance Input coupling Gain uncertainty 0. DC 50Hz 1kHz <0.3kVeff 50Hz.5 V 1450V 1% isolated Crest value Long-term 5ppm/KTa 15ppm/KTa 5ppm/KTa 15ppm/KTa Isolation suppression 130dB 76dB 50dB > 130dB >74dB >48dB 0 . Bessel (digital) low pass filter 8th order high pass filter 4th order band pass.0 M DC 0.. / max.5kHz <20mV <2mV Measurement bandwidth Phase uncertainty Signal noise .4 fs Bandwidth Filter 0..17kHz 5Hz ..Technical specifications Parameter General Sampling frequenc y / channel Isolation strength 100kHz 4.. 10 kHz. .... LP 8th and HP 4th order AAF: Cauer 8th order with fcutoff = 0.02% 2.05% Ta=|Ta -25°C| ambient temperature Ta. category 600 V CAT III 600 V CAT III 600 V CAT III Pollution Degree 2 -3 dB Cauer.02%  0. . thermally stabile Isolation voltage 500Veff. min..05% Ta=|Ta -25°C| ambient temperature Ta.1% <1° MB ±250V and higher MB ±100V and lower 1000V. 250 V. 2. 2. Butterworth. 500V. 6.. 1min / 1000V CAT III typ.

122 imc C-series Channels for current measurement with current probes Input range Overvoltage strength 5 V.5kHz 0 ... 250 mV 100V long-term isolated input range ±250 mV. .±1 V input range ±2. 2.5 Measurement uncertainty 0.5 long-term.. .. crest factor <1. crest factor < 1. f≤ 1kHz.1% <1° 3ppm/KTa 15ppm/KTa Isolation suppression >130dB > 105dB > 80 dB 0 .. ...5A≈ ≤200A≈ RMS-values. 5A≈.05% Ta=|Ta -25°C| ambient temperature Ta.. 2.7% 1mA 50Hz. 5 V ± Input impedance 100 k 500 k 0.. thermally stabile Isolation voltage: 500 Veff. .. 1 V. DC 50Hz 1kHz <0. line centered TBD Measurement bandwidth Phase uncertainty Signal-to-noise ratio (SN ratio) 40Hz . 2.5kHz T B D Ta=|Ta -25°C| ambient temperature Ta <0. 2.. 6.5 kHz 75µV Measurement bandwidth Phase uncertainty Signal noise Noise suppression > 86dB Bandwidth: 100Hz Current measurement with MN71 clamp sensor Input range Overload strength 10A≈.. 6. thermally stabile Offset 0.02% 0. sine.09% Gain uncertainty 3ppm/KTa 15ppm/KTa Ta=|Ta -25°C| ambient temperature Ta. .5V .02% 1% 1%  0.3%  0. ..5kHz 40Hz .5% < 1° Bandwidth: 100 Hz imc C-series .5 V..

6% < 1° Bandwidth: 100Hz The description of the CL-2108 ..2 % 0.. 2. 6. line centered and orthogonal Ta=|Ta -25°C| ambient temperature Ta Measurement uncertainty 0.. 6. 2.5 50Hz. crest factor <1. .6% 2A TBD Measurement bandwidth Phase uncertainty Signal-to-noise ratio (SN ratio) 40 Hz .5kHz TBD 62 < 0. crest factor < 1.5 long-term. f≤ 1kHz.Technical specifications Current measurement with AmpFlex A100 (2kA) Input range Overload strength 2000A≈ ≤3000A≈ RMS-values.5 long-term.6% 1A TBD Measurement bandwidth Phase uncertainty Signal-to-noise ratio (SN ratio) Current measurement with AmpFlex A100 (10kA) Input range Overload strength 10kA≈ ≤10kA≈ RMS-values.2 % 0.5kHz 40Hz ..6% < 1° Bandwidth: 100Hz 123 Measurement uncertainty 0.5kHz 40Hz . line centered and orthogonal Ta=|Ta -25°C| ambient temperature Ta 40 Hz . f≤ 1kHz. Sinus.. crest factor <1.5kHz TBD < 0. crest factor < 1.5 50Hz.... sine.

range ≤ 10V DC.0Hz conform IEEE 1451.302. 25V. Bessel (digital) low pass filter 8. and HP 4..124 imc C-series 5. differential. LP 8.. cut-off frequency. range ≥ 20V TEDS-data and analog signal shared-wire ± 10%..1B.CLAD62Z LEMO FGG.5kHz Comment Cauer. 2. range ≥ 20V imc C-series . differential..0B. range ≥ 20V AC. order band pass. 1V.37Hz 1. order high pass filter 4.82 M 0.2mA / channel > 24V 960 k 380 k 1. 5 mV 0.. differential. differential.5 V.4 fs nd for AC-coupling without filter a HP 2 order Bessel with fcutoff =0. order AAF: Cauer 8. differential. individual current sources ICP.302.CLAD62Z Technical specs (differential analog inputs) Parameter filter characteristic. order with fcutoff = 0.. differential. 10V. range ≤ 10V AC. differential. 5V.. range ≤ 10V AC.. order Value (typ.4Hz is calculated * input configuration differential single-end 50V. / max) 2Hz. differential. . high-pass) TEDS transducer electronic data sheet sampling frequency/channel ICP-current sources voltage swing input resistance (static) AC. CL-3024 Property analog inputs measurement modes Value 8 (CS) / 24 (CL) ICP-mode (4 mA) DC voltage mode AC voltage mode ≤100kHz 0.14kHz BNC software-configurable Comments General technical specification sample rate bandwidth connection per channel .5 CS-3008. range ≤ 10V ICP. range ≥ 20V DC.3 dB voltage current feed sensors with TEDS 8 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 incremental encoder inputs 4 analog outputs two nodes CAN (in / out) display modem or GPS supply (CS) supply (CL) DSUB-15 1x ACC/DSUB-DI8 1x ACC/DSUB-DO8 1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4 4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4 2 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 LEMO FGG.67 M 20 M 1 M software-configurable input ranges filter cut-off frequency (-3 dB.4 Class I Mixed Mode Interface 100kHz 4. Butterworth.

. noise 60µV/KTa 0.02% +20ppm/KTa 0. .Technical specifications Parameter gain uncertainty Value (typ.05% +80ppm/KTa Comment 125 of reading Ta=|Ta -25°C|.1. / max) 0.02% 0.3µV/KTa > 50mV  50mV > 10 V  10 V Ta=|Ta -25°C|. 5 V. protection ground) channels not mutually isolated common mode test voltage(50Hz): 50 V 10 V 10 V bandwidth 0.. 5m V . .05% 0.1kHz. (RTI) drift isolation common mode rejection ranges 50V. 50mV .06µV/KTa max. in ranges: offset uncertainty 0. .4µVrms 14nV/√Hz 66 >46dB >84dB >100dB The descirption of the CS-3008 and CL-3024 . ambient temp: Ta to device ground (CHASSIS. ambient temp: Ta of range. 50V 62dB 92dB 120 dB 0. 25mV.06% 100µV/KTa 0. 10V .

025% < 0. characteristic. Butterworth. Bessel (digital) low pass filter 8th order high pass filter 4th order band pass.. 23°C current with shunt-plug current input ranges gain uncertainty imc C-series .0B. LP 8th and HP 4th order AAF: Cauer 8th order with fcutoff = 0.6 CS-4108.302.CLAD62Z not isolated per channel .126 imc C-series 5.07% offset uncertainty non-linearity gain drift 2 LSB < 120 ppm 6 ppm/K 50 ppm/K range ±10V ranges ≤ 2V ranges ≥ 5V over full temperature range < 0.2 dB 8/24 voltage current current feed sensors temperature voltage with TEDS current with TEDS current feed sensors with TEDS 8 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 incremental encoder inputs 4 analog outputs two nodes CAN (in / out) display modem or GPS supply (CS) supply (CL) Comments General technical specification Technical specs (8 / 24 differential isolated inputs) Parameter filter cut-off frequency. 2Hz.5kHz Comments Cauer. / max. CL-4124 Property analog inputs measurement modes Value 8 (CS) / 24 (CL) voltage current thermocouple. min.4 fs voltage and current measurement voltage input ranges 50mV / 100mV /250mV / 500mV / 1V/ 2V / 5V / ±10V / 25V /50V / 60V ±1mA / ±2mA / ±5mA ±10mA / ±20mA / ±40 mA < 0.CLAD62Z LEMO FGG. RTD (PT100) ICP (current fed sensors) sample rate bandwidth connection DSUB-15 ≤50kHz 8kHz 2x (CS) / 6x (CL) ACC/DSUB-U4 ACC/DSUB-I4 ACC/DSUB-ICP4 ACC/DSUB-T4 ACC/DSUB-TEDS-U4 ACC/DSUB-TEDS-I4 ACC/DSUB-ICP-Microdot 1x ACC/DSUB-DI8 1x ACC/DSUB-DO8 1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4 4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4 2 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 LEMO FGG.1B.302.05% < 0. order typ.0.15% with shunt-plug (Shunt 50) (ACC/DSUB-I4) voltage.

K. J.+850°C.5 ppm/K 2. –250V Ri=30.. Ta temperature drift sensor feed (PT100) general isolation nominal rating test voltage overvoltage protection 60V 300V (10 sec.Technical specifications Parameter offset drift input voltage noise typ.2K < 0. B. / max.01 K/K Ta 250µA –200.) ±60 V ESD 2kV transient protection: automotive load dump ISO 7636. N 0. Testimpuls 6 channel to case (chassis) and channel-to-channel not isolated with ICP plug differential input voltage (continuous) human body model test pulse 6 with max. tr<60µs .05% 0. 2. T.5µVrms 20µVpp IMR (isolation mode rejection) channel isolation > 145dB (50Hz) > 70dB (50Hz) > 1G. range -150…1200°C else Ta= |Ta -25°C| ambient temperature Ta ACC/DSUB-T4 Tj = |Tj -25°C| cold junction temperature Tj according IEC 584 > 165dB (50Hz) > 92dB (50Hz) Comments over full temperature range bandwidth 0. < 40pF > 1G. < 10pF channel isolation (crosstalk) channel-to-channel temperature measurement .6K < ±1.063K (1/16K) < 0.15K 0.1 … 1kHz for input range ±50mV range ≤ 2V range ≥ 5V channel-to-ground (protection ground) channel-to-channel range ≤ 2V range ≥ 5V Rsource ≤ 100Ω Rsource = 0Ω 127 uncertainty of cold junction compensation temperature drift temperature measurement – PT100 measurement range -200…+850°C -200…+250°C resolution measurement uncertainty 0. td=300µs. 4-wire connection plus of reading Ta=|Ta -25°C|.063K (1/16K) < ±0. ambient temp. S. L.0K temperature drift 0. min. E.001K/KTj type K.02K/KTa < 0.thermocouples measurement range resolution measurement uncertainty R..

isolated (differential) 10M 1M 50 input current operating conditions on overvoltage condition TEDS . CL-4124 68 . min.4 Class II MMI +5V (max.g.128 Parameter imc C-series typ. fraction of total system power The description of the CS-4108. / max.0 W 2. 160mA / plug) not isolated 2. Comments galvanically isolated to System-GND (case.Transducer Electronic DataSheets auxiliary supply 1nA 1mA |Vin| > 5V on ranges < ±5V or device powered-down conform IEEE 1451.4 W e. for ICP-expansion plugs power-consumption of analog conditioning per 8 channels (no ICP-plug used). CHASSIS) voltage mode (range ≤ +/-2V). temperature mode voltage mode (range ≥ +/-5V) current mode (shunt-plug) input coupling configuration input impedance DC. imc C-series .

/ max.Technical specifications 129 5.302.5 V... characteristic. no load 10V. Bessel (digital) low pass filter 8th order high pass filter 4th order band pass.0B.7 CS-5008.. order 2Hz.1B.. 5V.. DELTATRON ®-.CLAD62Z LEMO FGG. bridge ” current current feed sensors 8 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 incremental encoder inputs 4 analog outputs two nodes CAN (in / out) display modem or GPS supply (CS) supply (CL) with shunt plug ACC/DSUB-I2 (*ICP™-.CLAD62Z -3 dB 8/16/32 voltage. 2.5kHz 5V (Vcc) (pin 17 at DSUB plug) voltage measurement input ranges surge protection input coupling input configuration ±5%. min. Comments Cauer. Butterworth. 1V. PIEZOTRON ®-Sensors) with ACC/DSUB-ICP210 Comments General technical specification Technical specs.302. LP 8th and HP 4th order AAF: Cauer 8th order with fcutoff = 0.4 fs Short circuit proof independent of integrated sensor supply module SUPPLY filter cut-off frequency. . (8 differential analog inputs) Parameter typ. CL-5016. 5 mV 40V DC differential permanent channel to chassis .. CX-5032 Property analog inputs measurement modes: Value 8 (CS) / 16 (CL) / 32 (CX)  voltage measurements  current measurement  current feed sensors (ICP*)  bridge-sensor  bridge: strain gauge sample rate bandwidth connection DSUB-15 100kHz 5kHz 2x (CS) / 6x (CL) ACC/DSUB-B2 ACC/DSUB-UNI2 ACC/DSUB-I2 ACC/DSUB-ICP2 1x ACC/DSUB-DI8 1x ACC/DSUB-DO8 1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4 4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4 2 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 LEMO FGG.

. in ranges: > 50mV  50mV  10 V DTa=|Ta -25°C|.. 92dB 120 dB 0. 10mA.1kHz. ±0. ±500mV/V.4µVrms 14nV/√Hz >84dB >100dB common mode test voltage: 10 V= noise current measurement bandwidth 0.02% 0.06% 0. 1% 0.05% 5nA/KTa permanent with 120  internally or 50  shunt in terminal plug of reading plus uncertainty of 50 shunt DTa=|Ta -25°C|.3µV/KTa drift 0. 5mA. 20mA. . 5m V . (RTI) input ranges 50mA.1% +95ppm/KTa 0. 20mV.1. ambient temp: Ta of range. ±1mV/V . ambient temp: Ta over load protection input configuration gain: uncertainty drift offset: uncertainty drift +20ppm/KTa 0. ambient temp: Ta input impedance gain uncertainty drift offset uncertainty 0.5mV/V 5V bridge excitation voltage only excitation bridge voltage: 5V 10V input ranges imc C-series .02% +20ppm/KTa min. .05% +80ppm/KTa Comments differential of reading DTa=|Ta -25°C|. 20M 0. ...130 Parameter imc C-series typ.02% 0. 50mV .5nA/KTa bridge measurement bridge measurement modes: full bridge half bridge quarter bridge ±1000mV/V.05% 0..06% 0. 2 mA. / max. ambient temp: Ta of range DTa=|Ta -25°C|.06µV/KTa common mode rejection ranges 10 V. ±200 mV/V.. 1mA 60 m A single-end differential 0.02% 0.

bridge impedance bridge impedance (max. The descirption of the sensor supply 146 . no direct current measurement < 6W < 12W 10 V excitation 5 V excitation 120 W 120 W The description of the CS-5005. DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibratio. . 70 . ambient temp: Ta £0. PIEZOBEAM is a registered trade mark of Kistler. CL-5016.Technical specifications 131 input impedance gain: uncertainty drift offset: uncertainty drift bridge excitation voltage min..5% 120W full bridge 60W half bridge 5kW 120W optional 350W.02% of input range after automatic bridge balancing +0. CX-5032 PIEZOTRON. 10-ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.2µV/V/KT DT =|T -25°C|.05% differential. full bridge of reading +80ppm/KTa DTa=|Ta -25°C|. ambient temp: T a a a a ±0.) internal quarter bridge completion Cable resistance for bridges (without return line) 20MW 0.02% +20ppm/KTa 0.01% +16nV/V/KTa 10V 5V ±1% £0.

CLAD62Z LEMO FGG. ±1.g.5V 1V set globally for 4-channel groups corresp. half-. / max. characteristic. ±800 000µm/m ±4 000µm/m ... ±400mV/V ±2mV/V.g... bridge current current feed sensors 8 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 incremental encoder inputs 4 analog outputs two nodes CAN (in / out) display modem or GPS supply (CS) supply (CL) Voltage or bridge mode global for all four channels.132 imc C-series 5.6kHz (DC) 3kHz (CF) connection DSUB-15 2x (CS) / 6x (CL) CRPL/DSUB-BR-4-BR ACC/DSUB-I2 ACC/DSUB-ICP2 1x ACC/DSUB-DI8 1x ACC/DSUB-DO8 1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4 4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4 2 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 LEMO FGG. 4-20mA sensors) current-fed piezo-electric transducer (e. CL-6012 Property analog inputs measurement modes Value 4 (CS) / 12 (CL) full bridge half bridge quarter bridge differential voltage input sample rate bandwidth 20kHz 8..5V..5V bridge input ranges ±1mV/V . ±800mV/V ±5mV/V. LP 8th and HP 4th order AAF: Cauer 8th order with fcutoff = 0.) 2Hz. ICP. Butterworth..5V 1V for bridge voltage: 5V 2. ±1600 000µm/m ±10 000µm/m . 5V (symmetric) imc C-series . ±2. ±2000mV/V corresponding to strain gauge: ±2 000µm/m . Bessel (digital) low pass filter 8th order high pass filter 4th order band pass.. quarter bridge piezo-resistive bridge transducer potentiometer voltage current (e.4 fs directly connectable sensors strain gauge: full-.5V. Deltatron) with shunt-connector pod with ICP-connector pod for bridge voltage: 5V 2.CLAD62Z 8/24 voltage.25V.302. Comments General technical specification Technical specs.302. ±4 000 000µm/m bridge voltage DC 1V. (8/12 differential analog inputs) Parameter filter cut-off frequency...1B. 2.. order Value (typ.8 CS-6004. ±0.5kHz Comments Cauer...0B.

Technical specifications
Parameter CF Carrier frequency voltage input ranges Value (typ. / max.) 1V, 2.5V, 5V (peak) 5kHz ±5mV / ±10mV / ±25mV / ±50mV / ±10 0mV / ±250mV / ±500mV / ±1V / ±2V / ±5V / ±10V / ±25V / ±50V ±100µA / ±200µA / ±400µA / ±1mA / ±2mA / ±5mA / ±10mA / ±20mA / ±40mA ±50V ±80V input impedance 10M 1M Comments corresp. RMS: 0.7V, 1.8V, 3.5V

133

current input ranges

with special shunt connector pod (shunt 50) long-term (differential- and SENSE-inputs) short-term ranges 5mV to 2V ranges 5V to 50V and for deactivated device

surge protection

input current input capacitance common mode voltage (max.)

40nA (max.) 300pF (typ.) ±2.8V ±50V ≥ measurement range however, minimally: ≥ ±5mV/V ≥ ±10mV/V ≥ ±25mV/V for Vb = 5V for Vb = 2.5V for Vb = 1V Vb = 1V .. 5V, I_load ≤ 42mA ranges 5mV to 2V ranges 5V to 50V

bridge balance range

min. bridge impedance bridge impedance (max.) cable length (max.) cable compensation technique

120, 10mH full bridge 60, 5mH half bridge 5k 500m (one-way length)

0.14mm², 130m / m, 65 3 techniques available: any cables; for cables of same type; one-time (not controlled) compensation selectable

4-wire Sense 3-wire Sense by means of shunt-calibration internal quarter-bridge completion automatic shunt-calibration gain uncertainty offset after bridge balance non-linearity input offset-drift 120, 350 0.5mV/V < 0.05% < 0.02%

for 120 and 350 bridges 23 °C 23 °C

< 200 ppm
0.05µV /K 0.01µV/V /K 0.3µV /K 0.06µV/V /K DC voltage measurement DC full bridge (Vb=5V, 1mV/V range) without ext. bridge offset

gain drift

60ppm /K

< 100ppm /K

134
Parameter

imc C-series
Value (typ. / max.) 50ppm /K 0.05µV/V /K < 90ppm /K 0.09µV/V /K Comments of compensated amount full bridge (DC or CF), ext. bridge offset = 1mV/V 1mV/V input range DC or CF bridge full-scale / rms-noise full bandwidth ranges ±100mV ... ±50V range ±50mV range ±25mV range ±10mV range ±5mV DC-Mode (range ±5mV) 16nV/Hz rms 14V pk-pk 2V rms 0,6V pk-pk 0...1kHz 0...10kHz 0...10kHz 0,1...10Hz range: 1mV/V (bridge voltage = 5V) 3µV/V pk-pk, 0,39µ/V rms 0,9µV/V pk-pk, 0,12µ/V rms 0,3µV/V pk-pk, 0,04µ/V rms 0,1µV/V pk-pk 3,3µV/V pk-pk, 0,45µ/V rms 1,1µV/V pk-pk, 0,15µ/V rms 0,35µV/V pk-pk, 0,05µ/V rms 0,3µV/V pk-pk 3,5µV/V pk-pk, 0,47µ/V rms 1,7µV/V pk-pk, 0,22µ/V rms 0,6µV/V pk-pk, 0,07µ/V rms 0,3µV/V pk-pk 0,31 µV 0,06 µV/V 0,12 µm/m > 120dB > 110dB > 95dB > 54dB 0...10 kHz 1 kHz, lowpass filter 100 Hz, lowpass filter 10 Hz, lowpass filter 0 .. 10 kHz 1 kHz, lowpass filter 100 Hz, lowpass filter 10 Hz, lowpass filter 0 .. 10 kHz 1 kHz, lowpass filter 100 Hz, lowpass filter 10 Hz, lowpass filter 15 Bit

drift of bridge balance equivalent offset drift by means of balanced ext. bridge offset

half-bridge drift (int. half-bridge) SNR (signal to noise ratio) > > > > > Input noise, voltage (RTI)

0.5µV/V /K

1µV/V /K

90dB 88dB 82dB 75dB 69dB

Input noise (bridge) DC full bridge

DC half-/quarter bridge

CF full bridge, half bridge

min. measurement resolution

common mode rejection ratio (CMRR)

DC ranges 5 mV to 25 mV ranges 50 mV to 100 mV ranges 250 mV to 2V ranges 5 V to 50 V 50 Hz ranges 5 mV to 2 V ranges 5 V to 50 V 5 kHz all ranges e.g. for ICP-expansion plugs (ACC/DSUB-ICP2)

> 100dB > 68dB

> 90dB > 54dB

> 50dB auxiliary supply +5V (max. 160mA / plug) not isolated
82

The description of the CS-6004, CL-6012

.

imc C-series

Technical specifications

135

5.9

CS-7008, CL-7016
Property analog inputs measurement modes: Value 8 (CS) / 16 (CL) Comments

General technical specification

 voltage measurements  current measurement  current feed measurement*  charging  thermocouples  thermocouples, isolated  temperature sensor PT100 (3- and 4-line)  bridge-sensor  bridge: strain gauge

with shunt plug ACC/DSUB-I2 or single ended ICP™-, DELTATRON ®-, PIEZOTRON® 1 sensors with imc plug ACC/DSUB-ICP2.

with DSUB-Q2 the thermocouple has no low-impedance connection to the device ground.

sample rate bandwidth connector plug DSUB-15

100kHz 14kHz 4x (CS) / 8x (CL) ACC/DSUB-UNI2 ACC/DSUB-ICP2

per channel -3 dB 8/16 voltage, current, bridge, temp. (ICP™-, DELTATRON ®-, PIEZOTRON® -Sensors)9. 8 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 incremental encoder inputs 4 analog outputs two nodes CAN (in / out) display modem or GPS supply (CS) supply (CL)

1x ACC/DSUB-DI8 1x ACC/DSUB-DO8 1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4 4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4 2 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 LEMO FGG.1B.302.CLAD62Z LEMO FGG.0B.302.CLAD62Z 1- ICP is a registered trade mark of PCB Piezotronics Inc.
  - DeltaTron is a registered trade mark of Brüel & Kjær Sound and Vibration. - PIEZOTRON, PIEZOBEAM is a registered trade mark of Kistler.

Technical specs. (8 / 16 differential analog inputs)
Parameter filter cut-off frequency, characteristic, order 2Hz..5kHz Value (typ. / max) Comments Cauer, Butterworth, Bessel (digital) low pass filter 8th order high pass filter 4th order band pass, LP 8th and HP 4th order AAF: Cauer 8th order with fcutoff = 0,4 fs Short circuit proof independent of integrated sensor supply module SUPPLY

5V (Vcc) (pin 17 at DSUB plug)

±5%; no load

02% +20ppm/KTa 0.02% +20ppm/KTa DC differential differential input range > 10 V input range  10 V of reading Ta= |Ta -25°C|. 5 m V 80V differential (long term) input impedance 1% gain uncertainty 0. 1 mA 60mA differential single-end 0. / max) 50mA..5nA/KTa imc C-series .. .05% +80ppm/KTa drift 60µV/KTa 0. 25V. Ta of measurement range offset 0.1kHz input range > 50mV input range  50mV > 10 V  10 V Ta= |Ta -25°C|.06µV/KTa linearity common mode rejection ranges 60V. 5V. ambient temp.02% 0. . 10mA.4µVrms 14nV/√Hz >46dB >84dB >100dB 50 V 10 V 10 V bandwidth 0.06% +95ppm/KTa 0. 50mV . 10 V.05% 0. Ta Of measurement range Ta= |Ta -25°C|. ambient temp.136 imc C-series voltage measurement voltage input range surge protection input coupling input configuration 1MΩ 20MΩ 0.5 V. Ta 50V. 5m V . 5mA. 1V. 2.3µV/KTa 300ppm common mode test voltage: 62dB 92dB 120 dB 0. 20mA. noise (RTI) current measurement Value (typ. 20mV.. ambient temp. 2mA. Ta current input range over current protection input configuration gain uncertainty offset 0. . 20V .02% 0.06% 100µV/KTa 0.. ambient temp. 10V.05% 5nA/KTa Comments with 50W shunt in terminal plug or 120 W internally long term with 50 W shunt in terminal plug or 120 W internally of reading Ta= |Ta -25°C|.1.

Technical specifications bridge measurement bridge measurement modes Value (typ.05% 0. S.01% +16nV/V/KTa 1% 0.1K type K 0.02 K/KTa +0.5mV/V 20MΩ 0. 500mV/V.05 K/KTa of measurement range of reading Ta= |Ta -25°C|. 1mV/V . E. Ta of input range after automatic bridge balancing Ta= |Ta -25°C|. ambient temp.. / max) Comments J.02% +0.05% drift +0.2µV/V/KTa 550ppm 10V 5V 120 Ω full bridge 60 Ω half bridge 5kW 120W optional 350W.05% +80ppm/KTa 0.02% +20ppm/KTa 0. Ta linearity bridge excitation voltage min.15K Tj = |Tj -25°C| cold junction temperature Tj differential input impedance 1 % . bridge impedance bridge impedance (max. / max) full bridge half bridge quarter bridge 1000mV/V. no direct current measurement 10 V excitation 5 V excitation 120 W 120 W 0. N. ambient temp. Ta with „ACC/DSUB-T4“ uncertainty of cold junction compensation drift 0.001K/KTj 20 MW < 0.) internal quarter bridge completion cable resistance for bridges (without return line) < 6W < 12 W temperature measurement thermocouple measurement input range uncertainty Value (typ.5% Comments 137 5V bridge excitation voltage only excitation bridge voltage: 5V 10V differential. B according IEC 584 resolution: ca.. T. 200mV/V. 0. R. K. full bridge bridge input range input impedance gain uncertainty drift offset uncertainty drift Ta= |Ta -25°C|. 0. ambient temp.

23mA 89 -200.850 °C of reading -200..25 K +0. The descirption of the sensor supply 146 .1 K +0.. ambient temp.. 0.250°C resolution: ca. Ta The description of the CS-7008. imc C-series .. 0.02% < 0...02% +0.138 PT100 imc C-series input range -200.850 °C -200. CL-7016 .1K ca...1K 4-wire measurement: uncertainty < 0.01 K/KTa sensor feed (PT100) 1.250°C of reading Ta= |Ta -25°C|.

.0B. ranges: 50V. / max. 25mV refer to chassis continuous < 2ms 11 single-end.sensors with current supply ICP™-. 10V. 25 V 10 V..1B.4 Class I MMI Class II MMI ranges 50V. order typ.Technical specifications 139 5. 25 V input voltage surge protection 65V 200V input impedance 1M 10 M 2M 1% 2% 1% . . LP and HP each 4th order AAF: Cauer 8th order with fcutoff = 0..  1V. min. 5V. 25 V.10 CS-8008 Comments 8 ..302..005dB) with thirds (-3dB) (imcWAVE) 8 voltage 8 digital inputs 8 digital outputs 4 incremental encoder inputs 4 analog outputs two nodes CAN (in / out) display modem or GPS supply (CS) supply (CL) + 8 thirds-channels when used with imcWAVE General technical specification Property analog inputs measurement modes: sample rate 100kHz 50kHz bandwidth 1Hz 45.4 fs for AC-coupling without filter a HP 2nd order Bessel with fcutoff =1Hz (0.4kHz connection BNC DSUB-15 8x BNC 1x ACC/DSUB-DI8 1x ACC/DSUB-DO8 1x ACC/DSUB-ENC4 4x ACC/DSUB-DAC4 2 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 1 x DSUB-9 LEMO FGG.5Hz with WAVE) calculated 10 10kHz.302. Comments Cauer. ranges: 50V.3kHz 22. 2. (8 differential analog inputs) Parameter filter cut-off frequency filter characteristic. . Butterworth.5 V. 5kHz. 25mV differential. 5Hz TEDS sensors (current supply) condenser micro Voltage conform IEEE 1451.voltage .CLAD62Z Technical specs. Bessel (digital) low and high filter pass 8th order band pass.CLAD62Z LEMO FGG. DELTATRON ®-Sensors without thirds with thirds lower cutoff frequency -3dB without thirds (0.

DELTATRON®-Sensors1 constant current 4. 250mV 100 mV  50 mV  25mV range > ±10 V range £ ±10 V DTa=Ta –25°C| ambient temperature Ta offset uncertainty (AC.... 2th order differential.5 V..  100ksps bandwidth 20 Hz . 25mV coupling DC.. ICP Comments 10 V.2mA 20 % imc C-series . / max.006% ±170µV/K×DTa ±6.15% ±610µV/K×DTaa ±90µV/K×DTa 50V.. ranges: gain uncertainty 0. 1 V 500 mV 250 mV .4µV  25mV ICP™-..004% 0.03% 0... 2% DC AC. 25 V 10 V. 50Hz. 5 V 2.10% 0. 250 mV 100 mV  50 mV  25mV bandwidth 10 Hz .5µV/K×DTa 0. common mode test voltage 10 V= or 4Vrms. 10 kHz noise voltage (rms) 1. settling time of the 1Hz input high pass filter (AC) 2LSB 20s ranges: common mode voltage 65V 10V 50V.. -3dB..006% +110ppm/K×DTa 0. ICP) max.006% 0.005% 0. single end of reading.1% +110ppm/K×DTa 50V… 50 mV 25mV DTa=|Ta –25°C| ambient temperature Ta of measurement range. ranges: common mode suppression CMRR 68dB 82dB 95dB 101dB 108dB >60dB >66dB >78dB >84dB >96dB 50V.05% 0..05% 0.. 25mV (A-weighted).. 25 V 10 V. 20 kHz signal to noise ratio -110dB -82dB -76dB -70dB -90dB 50 V. 25mV input coupling input configuration 1Hz..004% 0. ranges: offset uncertainty (DC) 0.140 Parameter imc C-series typ. 20 M min.

Technical specifications 141 Parameter compliance voltage source impedance typ. Above 70V you can expect higher currents which can only be handled for 2ms. >24V >100k Comments The description of the CS-8008 10 AC-coupling 106 . you may get a 5mA input current. 11For voltages greater than the maximum voltage of the chosen range and lower than 70V. a high pass filter is always calculated. even if the user selects „without filter“. To avoid drifting of the module. (or ICP) means a high pass filter at the input. 25V 280k min. / max. .

5kg internal internal approx.11.) Dimensions (mm. 1.7² TFT 65536 320 x 240 CCFL BW Display 5.65W approx. 0.57W 160 x 80 LED Temperature range default extended t.9W approx.) with 100% backlight approx. W x H x D) Weight Supply voltage Cable length (DSUB-9) Power consumption 350 :1 >280cd/m2 192 x160 x30 approx. 8MB Flash. RS232 spec. +70°C DSUB-9 (female) for connection to measurement device 3-pin linker (metal) ESTO RD03 series 712 3-pin for external current supply internal System prerequisites RS232 settings Group 2/3 measurement devices from imc. 0... 1.5  baudrate: 115200  hardware handshake on (crtscts)  no parity 8N1 Miscellaneous 150MHz ARM9 processor. Membrane touch panel with 15 buttons Robust metal frame. imc C-series . Anti-reflection coated glass pane to protect Display 49 The description of the graphics display .. 30m (acc. +65°C -30°C . 3.0W with 50% backlight approx.11 Miscellaneous 5. Data transfer from measurement device via BlueTooth (upon request).50VDC upon request max. 7 buttons embedded Linux. 6..range Interconnections -20°C .4W 60cd/m2 Color Display 5.7² FSTN Inbuilt Display 3. 0. 16MB RAM. as per imcDevices manual imcDevices software from Version 2. 6W approx.) Brightness (typ.142 imc C-series 5. 1kg 9-36VDC 6 .1 imc Graphics Display Parameter Display Colors Resolution Backlight line of vision Contrast (typ.2² FSTN 16 gray scale colors 320 x 240 LED 6 o’clock 5:1 80cd/m2 100 x 54 x 11 approx.

5 approx. +IN4 at -IN1. 5. differentiell..L Parameter Display Dimensions (W x L x H in mm) without interconnections Weight Cable length (DSUB-9) Supply voltage Power consumption Interconnections M/DISPLAY M/DISPLAY-L 40 characters. +IN2 bzw.. CX50XX. AC.50V 3V differential.2W 350 x 168 x 25 244 x 68 approx. 30m (acc. +IN4 1M 10 M 0.. RS232 spec. 1.11. The description of the alphanumeric display 49 . CX-12XX. . .. 6m (0. CX-41XX. CX60XX.91M differential single-ended ICP™-. -IN2 bzw. PIEZOTRON®-Sensoren1 Highpass cutoff frequency 2. 32 lines total 220 x 105 x 30 146 x 28.Technical specifications 143 5. entsprechend der Messbereichsgruppen der verwendeten Messeingänge 10 % >24V >100k The description of the ICP-expansion plug . CX-70XX Comments DSUB-15 plug inputs 2 4 voltage measurement input voltage max. M/DISPLAY ..3kg max.3 ACC/DSUB-ICP ICP-expansion plug Parameter for use with channel types: Value (min / max) CX-10XX.) Power supply unit: 9-36VDC 18W DSUB-9 (female) for connection to measurement device 3-pin linker (metal) ESTO RD03 series 712 3-pin for external current supply Not supported by C-series based on MultiIO. DELTATRON ®-.14mm² cross section) from measurement device 1.11. .80Hz ICP-current source voltage swing Source impedance 4.2 Alphanumeric Display M/DISPLAY...33M 0. 4 visible lines.2Hz 0. voltage ICP input impedance voltage ICP 60V -3V..2mA 25V 280k 44 -3 dB. 0.5kg max. not isolated ACC/DSUB-ICP2 ACC/DSUB-ICP4 permanent to chassis at +IN1.

min. input voltage Input impedance Ground impedance High-pass cutoff frequency Constant current Voltage swing Current source internal resistance 0.33MW 0. BNC current source.4 Class I MMI Measurement with ICP™-. ACC/DSUB-ICP2-MICRODOT Technical Specs (2 differential analog inputs) Parameter Compatible channel types Inputs Input coupling TEDS typ.2Hz 0. PIEZOTRON®-sensors1 Max. to system ground depends on input range groups of the measurement inputs used resistance from the BNC shield to the device ground -3 dB. Test conditions/ Remarks adapter for BNC to DSUB-15 single-end. DELTATRON ®-. CX-41XX. 1 order high-pass sensor with current feed st CX-10XX. CX60XX. / max. not isolated.4 ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC. CX-12XX.11. CX50XX. imc C-series .2mA 25V 280kW 48 ±35V ±5 % ±10 W ±10 % ±10 % >24V >100kW long-term. CX-70XX 2 ICP conformant to IEEE 1451.80Hz 4.144 imc C-series 5.91MW 145W 2. depends on input range groups of the measurement inputs used in parallel with input impedance Description of the ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC expansion connector.

/ max. min.2V / µA -Vout = 2. 5V +Vout = 2. 5mA. non isolated 12 µ A 24 µ A Vout = .0.0. .Technical specifications 145 5.1V / µA differential signal „+Vout“ – „-Vout“ analyzed by the INC-4 module output level basic channels 80k H z 50k H z supplied by the INC-4 module: DSUB15(14) VCC Description for incremental sensors with current signals.5V analog bandwidth 4 basic channels: 1 index channel: supply: auxiliary power connector plug 5V..2V / µA Vout = . CRPL/ENC-4 CRPL/HRENC-4 C-Serie/ENC-4 CANSAS/INC4 inputs input coupling range 4 basic channels: 1 index channel: sensitivity 4 basic channels: 1 index channel: input impedance 4 basic channels: 1 index channel: voltage output 200 k 100 k differential approx.0.5 ACC/DSUB-ENC4-IU connector for incremental sensors with current signals Accessory: connector for incremental sensors with currents signals for use with an incremental encoder interface Parameter usable with typ.5V .11. 25mW DSUB-15 with screw clamp in the connector housing 43 Test conditions / Remarks DSUB-15 connector 4+1 DC differential. 0 .

no load 25°C over full temperature range2 provided for 5V and 10V. imc C-series . .146 imc C-series 5. not available with option ±15V. range -20°C .24V none isolated 5V 10V. DCB-81 and C-8 output to case (CHASSIS) Nominal rating: 50V.) >4000µF > 1000µF > 300µF operating temp. compensation of cable resistance (UNI-8. 15V 24V selected globally for 8-channel groups Comment non isolated isolated short-circuit protection precision of output voltage unlimited duration < 0. 3) representative measurement at Channel 1 10V. C-70xx Parameter configuration options output voltage Value (typ.. 72% typ.24V isolated 5V 2.): 300V.0W 3. DCB-8 only) 3-wire control: SENSE line as refeed ( –VB: supply ground) efficiency typ. 50% capacitive load (max.9W 3W option.0W 2.6 SUPPLY Sensor supply module Technical specs (sensor supply ) for C-50xx.9% (max ).25% (typ. upon request: Current 580mA 300mA 250mA 200mA 120mA 100mA Net power 2.) < 0. 55% typ.5V. to reference ground of output voltage 25°C. / max. 66% typ.0V +10V +12V +15V +24 V ±15V Isolation Standard: option.. Test voltage (10sec. 2) identical lines for all channels.) 5 adjustable ranges Voltage +5.5% (max.9W 3.11. .. +85°C 48 The description of the SUPPLY module ..) < 0. .10V 12V. Calculated compensation for bridges (no voltage adjustment) prerequisites: 1) symmetric supply and return lines. 0W 3.. replaces unipolar +15V upon request for UNI-8.

Test conditions / Remarks adapter for BNC to DSUB-15 with 4 channel DSUB-15 plugs.60°C 2 ±100000pC.1Hz. ±1000pC .1Hz.... / max..upper cutoff frequency Gain uncertainty quasistatic measurements Long-term..11. BNC Compatible channel types Cx-70xx and for all C-series devices in preparation (not CS-2108) 5°C. . 2 channels are usable only no condensation differential.7 DSUB-Q2 charging amplifier Technical specs (2 analog inputs) Parameter typ. ±25000pC.5?0 H z Noise TBD pCrms TBD pCrms TBD pCrms 55 bandwidth 0.6 pC £3 pC IR > ±10000pC IR ≤ ±10000pC Reset duration TBD 3ms Mode: DC-coupling ambient temperature Ta= 25°C±20K IR > ±10000pC IR ≤ ±10000pC Drift TBD pC/s TBD pC/s TBD pC/s TBD pC/s Common mode suppression IR >±10000pC ≤±10000pC TBD pC/V TBD pC/V TBD pC/V TBD pC/V common mode test voltage: ±1 V . to device ground voltage between sensor ground and device ground -3 dB TBD 10mHz TBD 100mHz TBD 30kHz TBD 50kHz 0.AC charge .1kHz 0.Technical specifications 147 5..DC charge ±20V ±200000pC ±TBD4V Operating temperature range Inputs Input range (IR) Input coupling Max.100Hz Description of the DSUB-Q2 expansion connector . input voltage Max. 0.lower cutoff frequency (Mode: AC-coupling) . residual charge after reset Zero offset 1. common mode voltage Bandwidth . charge Max..1Hz.. ±50000pC.. min.2% + TBD ppm/K×DTa £1..10kHz 0.0% + ?0ppm/K×DTa IR > ±10000pC IR ≤ ±10000pC IR > ±10000pC IR ≤ ±10000pC of indicated value DTa=|Ta -25°C| Ta : ambient temp.. . not isolated..

This plug contains an internal PT1000 sensor for cold-junction compensation within its housing. the special imc-plugs include in the product package are designed for ease and efficiency of use. using multimeter test prods) to check "loose" terminals can seem to indicate bad contacts! imc C-series . All measurement channels are connected at standard DSUB-15 sockets. The thermo-plugs for the various temperature modules are not necessarily identical or thus interchangeable! The Shunt-plug for current measurement with the isolated voltage channels (ACC/DSUB-I4) comes with built-in 50  shunts.1 Connecting DSUB-15 With only a few exceptions (high voltage channels. CL-7016. Note on the screw terminals used in the terminal plugs The terminal's screw heads are only in secure electrical contact once they have been tightened onto a connection wire.12 Connectors 5.148 imc C-series 5. There are also special plugs which offer additional functionality besides converting DSUB-pins to screw terminals. If these functions aren't required. Pin1 or Terminals T15. The special thermo-plug (ACC/DSUB-T4) is needed for temperature-measurements. these plug are electrically identical. Some plugs provide VCC (5V). However. however. with the exception of the ICP-channels (BNC). CL-5016 and CX-5032 contains a PT1000 temperature sensor for thermocouple measurement. Aside from that.12. whereby the reference current circuit is already pre-wired internally. For most measurement configurations the Standard terminal plugs are used. For direct display of the measurement results as current. There are 2. this value must be entered in the settings interface as the scaling factor. T16). which can be loaded with 135mA per plug. Cable shielding must always be connected to "CHASSIS" (DSUB housing. Therefore. which are essentially 1:1 adapters for connecting DSUB-15 to the screw terminals. The connection can be made with standard DSUB-15 plugs (male). CS-5008. all the measurement channels' terminals are DSUB-15 sockets.and 4-channel models. measurements (for instance. It contains additional "auxiliary" clamps for connecting PT100's in 4-wire-configuration. current probes). a standard DSUB-15 plug can also be used for any other measurement types. The universal plug for CS-7008. The ICP expansion plugs (ACC/DSUB-ICP) provide 4 isolated supply current sources and a capacitive coupling. Adhesive labels designed to denote the signal types can be attached to the appropriate channel groups' plugs. The plug housing contains screw terminals for direct connection of lines without requiring soldering.

12.2 DSUB-9 plugs for CAN-Bus DSUB-PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 signal nc CAN_L CAN_GND nc nc CAN_GND CAN_H nc nc description optional supply 7V.13V dominant low bus line CAN Ground use in busDAQ unused connected connected unused unused connected connected unused unused reserved optional CAN Shield optional CAN Ground dominant high bus line reserved (error line) reserved .16 CHASSIS DAC4 DIGITAL IN -DI4-8 DIGITAL OUT -DO8 INC. DO. DAC and incremental encoder measurement mode ANALOG OUT (labeled inside) name ACC/DSUB -DAC4 DSUB-15 terminals Pin 9 1 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 CHASSIS 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 17 15..2.2.-ENCODER -ENC4 +IN1 BIT1 BIT2 BIT3 BIT4 BIT5 BIT6 BIT7 BIT8 +INA -INA +INB -INB +INC -INC +IND -IND +INDEX -INDEX DAC1 AGND DAC2 AGND DAC3 AGND +IN2 +IN3 +IN4 -IN1/2/3/4 +IN5 +IN6 +IN7 +IN8 -IN5/6/7/8 HCOM LCOM LCOM LEVEL CHASSIS HCOM LCOM LCOM OPDRN CHASSIS +5V GND AGND CHASSIS 5.1 DSUB15 plugs for DI.Technical specifications 149 5.12.2 DSUB-plugs for all devices of the C-Series 5.12.

150 imc C-series 5.12.2.12.2.3 DSUB-9 plug for display DSUB-PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 signal DCD RXD TXD DTR GND DSR RTS CTS R1 description Vcc 5V Receive Data Transmit Data 5V ground use in device connected connected connected connected connected connected connected connected connected Data Set Ready Ready To Send Clear To Send Pulldown to GND Supply for the graphical display + Binder 1 2 Souriau B C 5.4 DSUB-9 plug for modem DSUB-PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Signal DCD RxD TxD DTR GND DSR RTS CTS nc Description nc 3 A Use in device connected connected connected connected connected connected connected connected unused Data Carrier Detect Receive Data Transmit Data Data Terminal Ready Ground Data Set Ready Ready To Send Clear To Send reserved imc C-series .

At the GPS-mouse Rx and Tx are interchanged.5Hz Color Red White Green 2x Black Yellow - *Pin configuration at imc device. .3 DSUB-9 plug for GPS-mouse With the following wiring. PowerOff PPS ( 1Hz clock) GPS 16 LVS Color Red White Blue Black.12. Yellow Yellow GPS 18 LVC Color Red White Green 2x Black Yellow GPS 18 .Technical specifications 151 5. Yellow Yellow GPS 35 LVS Color Red White Blue Black. a Garmin GPS-mouse can be connected: DSUB-9 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Signal Vin TxD1 RxD1* GND.

CS-7008.152 imc C-series 5. CL-1224. CL-5016.) +IN1 -IN1 (+SUPPLY) +IN2 -IN2 (-SUPPLY) +IN3 -IN3 GND +IN4 -IN4 TEDS1 TEDS2 CHASSIS TEDS_GND TEDS3 TEDS4 measurement mode (labeled inside) name ACC/DSUBused by C- TH-COUPLE/ RTD TH-COUPLE / RTD -T4 CS-4108. CL-1224. CS-5008. CL-4124 (RES. CS-4108. CS-1208. CL-1032.) +IN1 -IN1 (+SUPPLY) +IN2 -IN2 (-SUPPLY) +IN3 -IN3 (GND) +IN4 -IN4 (GND) CHASSIS (+5V ) VOLTAGE U4 CS-1016. CS-1208. CL-4124 also for voltage ICP ICP4 ICP -ICP2 TEDS -T4 CS-4108. CS-4108. CL-1032. CL-1032. CS-4108. CL-1032.12. CS-1208. CL-1224. CL-1032. CS-1208. CS-4108.4 Pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-15 sockets for amplifiers measurement mode (labeled inside) name ACC/DSUBused by DSUB-15 Pin 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 Gehäuse 8 terminals 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 (RES. CL-1224.) +IN1 -IN1 (+SUPPLY) +IN2 -IN2 (-SUPPLY) +IN3 -IN3 GND +IN4 -IN4 TEDS1 TEDS2 CHASSIS TEDS_GND TEDS3 TEDS4 (RES.) +IN1 -IN1 (+SUPPLY) +IN2 -IN2 (-SUPPLY) +IN3 -IN3 (GND) +IN4 -IN4 (GND) CHASSIS (+5V) (RES. CL-4124 CURRENT I4 CS-1016. CL-7016. CL-4124 VOLTAGE TEDS-U4 CS-1016. CS-1208. CS-4108. CL-1224. CL-4124 CX-5032 DSUB-15 Pin 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 Gehäuse 8 terminals 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 +I1 +IN1 -IN1 +I2 +IN2 -IN2 +I3 +IN3 -IN3 -I4 +IN4 -IN4 -I1 -I2 CHASSIS CHASSIS -I3 +I4 +IREF +IN1 -IN1 +IN2 -IN2 +IN3 -IN3 -IREF +IN4 -IN4 TEDS1 TEDS2 CHASSIS TEDS_GND TEDS3 TEDS4 +ICP1 -ICP1 +ICP2 -ICP2 +ICP3 -ICP3 +ICP4 -ICP4 +ICP1 -ICP1 +ICP2 -ICP2 CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS AGND imc C-series . CL-4124 also for voltage CS-1016. CL-4124 current-shunt internal in amplifier CURRENT TEDS-I4 CS-1016.

CL-6012 CS-6004. CL-5016. CL-7016. CS-5008.12. CS-5008. CL-5016. CX-5032 +VB1 +IN1 -IN1 -VB1 I1_1/4B1 SENSE1 +VB2 +IN2 -IN2 -VB2 I2_1/4B2 SENSE2 GND CHASSIS CHASSIS +5V +SUPPLY1 +IN1 -IN1 -SUPPLY1 (+SENSE1) -SENSE1 +SUPPLY2 +IN2 -IN2 -SUPPLY2 (+SENSE2) -SENSE2 (GND) CHASSIS CHASSIS (+5V ) +VB1 +IN1 -IN1 -VB1 +SENSE1_1/4B 1 -SENSE1 +VB2 +IN2 -IN2 -VB2 +SENSE2_1/4B 2 -SENSE2 GND CHASSIS CHASSIS +5V +SUPPLY1 +IN1 -IN1 -SUPPLY1 +SENSE1 -SENSE1 +SUPPLY +IN2 -IN2 -SUPPLY2 +SENSE2 -SENSE2 TEDS1 (GND) CHASSIS TEDS_GND (+5V) TEDS2 +VB1 +IN1 -IN1 -VB1 I1_1/4B1 -SENSE1 +VB2 +IN2 -IN2 -VB2 I2_1/4B2 -SENSE2 TEDS1 (GND) CHASSIS TEDS_GND (+5V) TEDS2 5. CL-7016. CL-6012 CS-6004. CL-7016. CL-5016. CL-7016. CS-7008.16 BRIDGE CURRENT-2 ICP (VOLTAGE) VOLTAGE CRPL/DSUB-BR-4-I CRPL/DSUB-BR-4-I ACC/DSUB-ICP2 CS-6004. CS-7008.Technical specifications measurement mode (labeled inside) name ACC/DSUB used by DSUB-15 Pin terminals 9 1 2 2 10 3 3 4 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 Gehäuse 8 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 UNIVERSAL -UNI2 CS-7008. CS-5008. CX-5032 CL-5016. CX-5032 CX-5032 CS-7008. CS-5008.5 Pin configuration of the ACC/DSUB-15 for CS-6004 and CL-6012 measurement mode (labeled inside) DSUB-plug used by Cterminals 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 17 15. CS-5008. CL-5016. CL-6012 +VB1 +IN1 -IN1 -VB1 -SENSE1 +SENSE1 +VB2 +IN2 -IN2 -VB2 -SENSE2 +SENSE2 GND +5V CHASSIS +SUPPLY1 +IN1 -IN1 -SUPPLY1 +ICP1 -ICP1 +ICP2 -ICP2 +SUPPLY2 +IN2 -IN2 -SUPPLY2 AGND +5V CHASSIS CHASSIS AGND CHASSIS . CX-5032 153 CURRENT -I2 BRIDGE -B2 CURRENT TEDS-I2 UNIVERSAL TEDS-UNI2 CS-7008. CL-7016.

12.154 imc C-series 5.16 .6 Pin configuration of the remote sockets CXDSUB-15 Pin 9 2 10 3 11 CHASSIS The description of the remote control 17 CLterminals of the imc DSUB-plug 1 2 3 4 5 15. LEMO 1 2 3 4 5 CHASSIS Signals at the REMOTE-plug OFF SWITCH ON SWITCH1 -BATT (interner Testpin) CHASSIS imc C-series .

143 amplitude reference 64 amplitude response correction: current probe analog outputs 36. 96 bridge measurement: bridge channels 77 bridge measurement: cable compensation 99 bridge measurement: sense 99 buffer duration: maximum (UPS) 18 buffer time constant (UPS) 18 buffering battery 18 -CC-30 XX 66 C-30 XX: input coupling 66 C-30 XX: input impdance 67 C-30 XX: voltage measurement: 67 C-30xx: bandwidth 67 C-30xx: voltage source with ground reference 67 C-30xx: voltage source without ground reference 67 calibration 77 CAN-BUS Interface 114 CAN-Bus: DSUB-9 plug 149 CE Certification 10 Channel assignment: incremental encoder 40 charging amplifier 55 CHASSIS 16 circuit schematic: ICP expansion plug 47 CL-2108 62.Index 155 Index -11/3-octave calculation: CS-8008 107 -22-wire configuration PT100: CS/CL-70xx 103 BEEPER 52 bridge 82. 36 converter 64 counter 37 -44-wire configuration PT100: CS/CL-70xx 103 -AAAF-Filter 53 abtastendes System 53 Abtasttheorem 53 AC-adapter 16 ACC/DSUB standard: pin configuration 152 ACC/DSUB-ICP2-BNC 48 ACC/DSUB-ICP2-MICRODOT 48 adjustment 77 aggregate sampling rate 22 Aliasing 53 alphanumeric display 49. 113 analog outputs: DSUB-15 149 angle measurement 37 Antialiasing Filter 53 Anti-Aliasing Filter: Tiefpass 53 avtivating device 17 64 -Bbalancing 81. phase response correction 64 CL-2108: converter 64 CL-2108: high voltage channels 62 CL-2108: Mini-DIN8 pin configuration 65 CL-2108: phasen difference 64 CL-2108: pin configuration Mini-DIN8 65 CL-2108: Rogowski coil 65 clamp diode: digital outputs 34 cleaning 21 comparator 39 connector plug: DSUB-15 148 control functions 34. 99 bandwidth (voltage channels) bandwidth: C-30xx 67 basic systems 108 battery 18 battery: rechargeable 19 61 © 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH . 120 CL-2108: 63 CL-2108: amplitude reference 64 CL-2108: amplitude-. 83 bridge measurement 77. 96.

112 digital outputs: DSUB-15 149 DIN-EN-ISO-9001 11 DIOENC 33 display: DSUB-9 plug 150 displays: overview 49 DO-8 34 DSUB plug with charging amplifier 55 DSUB-15: analog outputs 149 DSUB-15: digital inputs 149 DSUB-15: digital outputs 149 DSUB-15: incremental encoder 149 DSUB-9 plug: CAN-Bus 149 DSUB-9 plug: display 150 DSUB-9 plug: modem 150 DSUB-9: GPS mouse 151 DSUB-Q2 55.und Elektronikgerätegesetz 12 Elektro-Altgeräte Register 12 ElektroG 12 EMC 13 error message: sampling rates 2/5 22 event-counts 37 external voltage supply: voltage channels -DDAC-4 36 DC-12/24 USV 114 DCF:technical data 115 DCF77 52 DELTATRON 58 desktop power supply unit DI-8 33 61 -FFCC-Note 13 feed current: ICP-channels 44 Filter 53 Filter: implementierte 53 filter: incremental encoder channels Filter-Konzept 53 16 39 © 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH . CL-3024 Technical specs 124 CS-8008 106. 116 CS/CL-12xx 58. 40 CRPL/DSUB-15 (CS-6004. 102. 132 CS/CL-70xx 89. 69 current measurement: voltage channels 60. 139 CS-8008: 1/3-octave calculation 107 CS-8008: ICP 107 CS-8008: mic supply 107 C-Series: general 23 current feed inputs: C-30 XX 66 current measurement: CS/CL/CX-50xx 74 current measurement: CS/CL-10xx 57 current measurement: CS/CL-41x 69 current measurement: CS/CL-70xx 93 current measurement: isolated voltage channels current measurement: shunt-plug 57. 135 CS/CL-70xx: bandwidth 105 CS/CL-70xx: bridge measurement 96 CS/CL-70xx: ICP and thermocouples 102 CS/CL-70xx: temperature measurement 100 CS/CL-70xx: thermocouples 100 CS/CL-70xx: voltage 89 CS-3008. 93 current measurement: voltage measurement 74 current probe: amplitude response correction 64 current probe: connections 64 current probe: phase responde correction 64 current-fed accelerometer: application hints 44 customer service 8 39 -EElektro.156 imc C-series DI8DO8ENC4-DAC4 33 differential input: incremental encoder channel differential input: input channels 68 digital inputs 33. 105 DSUB-Q2 technical specs 147 69 dual track encoder 38. 113 digital inputs: brief signal levels 34 digital inputs: DSUB-15 149 digital inputs: input voltage 33 digital inputs: sampling interval 34 digital outputs 34. 118 CS/CL-41xx 68. CL-6012): pin configuration 153 CS/CL/CX-50xx 70. 129 CS/CL/CX-50xx: bridge measurement 77 CS/CL-10xx 56. 126 CS/CL-60xx 82.

70 input impedance: isolated voltage channels 68 internal time base 115 IPTS-68 30 ISO9001 11 ISO-9001 11 ISOSYNC 16. supply. 52 ISOSYNC:technical data 115 IU-plug 145 -LLadungsverstärker 105 leakage: UPS battery 19 LEDs 52 Limited Warranty 11 linear motion measurement 37 © 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH . incremental encoder fuses: overview 19 157 38 -Ggalvanic isolation: digital outputs 34 galvanic isolation: supply unit 16 General Notes 15 GPS 28. take-over threshold 19 39 -IICP 58 ICP expansion plug 44 ICP expansion plug: circuit schematic 47 ICP expansion plug: configuration 45 ICP expansion plug: grounding 45 ICP expansion plug: shielding 45 ICP expansion plug: voltage channels 44 ICP-channels 44 ICP-channels: application hints 44 ICP-channels: feed current 44 ICP-channels: supply current 44 ICP-channels: voltage channels with iICP expansion plug 44 ICP-expansion plug 143 ICP-expansion plug: Technical specs 143 imc Display 49 imc graphics display 142 imc-plug 148 Implementierten Filter 53 incremental encoder 37.Index Filter-Typ: AAF 53 Filter-Typ: Bandpass 53 Filter-Typ: Hochpass 53 Filter-Typ: ohne 53 Filter-Typ: Tiefpass 53 frequency measurement 37 full bridge 97 fuse: ext. 51 GPS mouse: DSUB-9 151 GPS mouse: pin configuration 151 GPS:technical data 115 graphic display 49 graphics display 142 grounding 16 grounding: ICP expansion plug 45 grounding: incremental encoder channel grounding: power supply 16 guarantee 15 Guide to Using the Manual 9 43 -Hhalf bridge 98 Hardware for all devices 32 high voltage channels: CL-2108 62 hotline 8 hysteresis: incremental encoder conditioning hysteresis: UPS. 111 incremental encoder channel: Open-Collector Sensor 42 incremental encoder channel: RS422 42 incremental encoder channel: sensors with current signals 43 incremental encoder: conditioning 39 incremental encoder: DSUB-15 149 incremental encoder: measurement quantities 37 incremental encoder: scaling 38 incremental encoder: sensors 38 incremental sensors with current signals 145 index signal 38 index track 38 industrial safety regulation 21 input impdanceC-30 XX 67 input impedance: current probe channels 63 input impedance: high voltage channels 62.

102 sampling rate: constraints 22 sampling: aggregate sampling rate 22 sampling: concept 37 Sampling: Verfahren 53 scaling: incremental encoder channels 38 Schmitt-trigger: incremental encoder conditioning 39 SENSE 99 sensor supply module: CS/CL/CX-50xx 81 sensor supply: CS/CL-70xx 105 sensor supply: SEN-SUPPLY 48 sensors with current signals: incremental encoder channel 43 SEN-SUPPLY 48 service 8 shielding 16 shielding: incremental encoder channel 43 shielding: signal leads 16 © 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH . 52 modem: DSUB-9 plug 150 modularity 20 -Qquadrature encoder 38. CL-6012) 153 pin configuration: GPS mouse 151 pin configuration: REMOTE 17 pin configuration: remote control 154 pin configuration: supply plug (LEMO) 16 plaque 21 power input 16 power-up: digital outputs 34 PT100 31. 40 Quality Management 11 quarter bridge 98 -R- -N- -O- Real Time Clock 115 receiver: GPS 51 rechargeable battery 18. 58 pin configuration Mini-DIN8: CL-2108 65 pin configuration: ACC/DSUB standard 152 pin configuration: CRPL/DSUB-15 (CS-6004.158 imc C-series 34 Pt100 in 3-wire configuration 103 logic threshold levels: digital outputs -Mmain switch 17 maintenance 21 maximum input range: incremental encoder channels 38 MICRODOT 48 microphone supply 107 Mini-DIN8 pin configuration: CL-2108 65 mode: digital outputs (driver configuration) 34 modem connection 28. 19 rechargeable battery: charging 19 remote control: pin configuration 154 remote switch on 17 Restriction of Hazardous Substances 12 RJ45 socket 52 Nyquist-Frequenz 53 Rogowski coil 65 RoHS 12 rpm-measurement 37 RS422: incremental encoder channel 42 OPDRN 34 RTC 115 open sensor detection: CS/CL-70xx 104 RTD 31 Open-Collector Sensor: incremental encoder channel RTD (PT100) 102 42 open-drain 34 -S- -PPCB 44 phase matching 22 phase response correction: current probe 64 phasen difference 64 PIEZOTRON 44.

52 synchronization:technical data 115 system setup: important notes 15 159 -Ttechnical data C-series 108 technical data:DCF 115 technical data:GPS 115 technical data:ISOSYNC 115 technical data:synchronization 115 technical data:time base 115 technical specification: alphanumeric display 143 technical specification: analog outputs 113 technical specification: CAN-BUS Interface 114 technical specification: CL-2108 120 technical specification: CS/CL/CX-50xx 129 technical specification: CS/CL-10xx 116 technical specification: CS/CL-12xx 118 technical specification: CS/CL-41xx 126 technical specification: CS/CL-60xx 132 technical specification: CS/CL-70xx 135 technical specification: CS-8008 139 technical specification: DC-12/24 USV 114 technical specification: digital inputs 113 technical specification: digital outputs 112 technical specification: graphics display 142 technical specification: incremental encoder 111 Technical specifications: general 108 Technical specs: CS-3008. CL-3024 124 Technical specs: ICP-expansion plug 143 Technical specs: SUPPLY 146 TEDS 29 telephone numbers 8 temperature measurement 69. 99 shunt-plug 57. 148 single track encoder 38. 52 synchronisation: incremental encoder 38 synchronization 22. 42 transport damage 15 transporting 15 -UUNI-8: Pt100 in 3-wire configuration uninterruptible power supply 18 UPS 18 103 -Vvelocity measurement 37 voltage channels: CS/CL-10xx 56 voltage channels: current probe 63 voltage channels: ICP expansion plug 44 voltage measurement: CL-2108 62. remote control plug 17 supply voltage: isolated voltage channels 69 SUPPLY: Technical specs 146 switching device on/off 17 SYNC 38.Y) 38. 69. 96. 100 temperature table IPTS-68 30 thermocouple 101 thermocouple: ground reference 101 thermocouples 69 thermocouples: colour codes 31 thermocouples: CS/CL-70xx 100 thermocouples: DIN and IEC 31 thermo-plug 148 thirds: CS-8008 107 time base:technical data 115 time counter: GPS 51 time measurement 37 time measurement: conditions 37 totem-pole 34 track (X. 70 voltage measurement: CS/CL-10xx 57 voltage measurement: CS/CL-12xx 58 voltage measurement: CS/CL-41xx 68 voltage measurement: CS/CL-70xx 89 voltage measurement: CS-8008 107 voltage measurement: current probe channels 63 © 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH . 52 Sync terminal 16. 40 storage temperatures 20 supply current: ICP expansion plug 44 supply current: ICP-channels 44 supply current: RTD-measurement 31 supply voltage 16 supply voltage: CS/CL-10xx 57 supply voltage: digital outputs 34 supply voltage: incremental encoder 38 supply voltage: internal. 40.Index shieling: ICP expansion plug 45 short circuit: CS/CL-70xx 104 shunt calibration 81.

160 imc C-series voltage measurement: high voltage channels 62. 70 voltage measurement: isolated voltage channels 68 voltage measurement:C-30 XX 67 voltage: high voltage 62 voltage: isolated 68 -Wwarm-up phase 15 Waste on Electric and Electronic Equipment Watchdog 21 WEEE 12 12 -YY2K: conformity 11 -Zzero marker pulse 38 © 2007 imc Meßsysteme GmbH .

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful